Mm 



K 



I I 



Xs^ ^-^ ■ t&. fit-gat- //. 
PRACTICAL 

FRENCH ACCIDENCE; 

A COMPREHENSIVE GRAMMAR jsZ= 



FRENCH LANGUAGE ; 



PRACTICAL EXERCISES FOR WRITING, AND VERY COMPLETE 

AND SIMPLE RULES FOR PRONOUNCING, 

THE LANGUAGE. 



BY 

WILLIAM BENTLEY FOWLE, 

Principal of the Female Monitorial School, Boston ; Author of the French First 

Class Book, and Editor of the American Improved Edition of 

Boyer's French Pronouncing Dictionary. 



/ 



/ 

BOSTON: 

PRINTED FOR THE AUTHOR. 



1337. 






• % Entered accordingUo Act of Congress, in the year 1837, w 

By William Bentley Fowle, 
In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of Massachusetts. 



ZOff 



STEREOTYPED AT THE 
BOSTON TYPE AND STEREOTYPE FOUNDRY. 



PREFACE. 



The great favor shown to the former editions of the 
Accidence and Exercises by many teachers, natives of 
France, as well as of the United States, has induced the 
author to attempt a more complete work, in which the 
simplicity and practical character of the former editions 
are preserved, and their deficiencies supplied. The author 
hopes that the humble title of his book will not lead any to 
undervalue it ; for he believes that it contains all that is 
essential to a learner in any of the grammars in common 
use, and much, very much, both in matter and arrangement, 
which is peculiar to itself. The early editions were in- 
tended as an introduction to the larger grammars ; but this 
is respectfully offered as a substitute, or, at least, a com- 
panion for them. 

The chief characteristics of this Grammar are, simplicity 
of plan and of explanation ; — the graduated application of 
practice to principles; — the illustration of both French and 
English by frequent comparisons of the two languages ; — 
and a careful adaptation of the whole work to the wants of 
the American teacher. 

The Grammar and Exercises commence with the sim- 
plest principles, and, as they advance, involve nothing with 
which the pupil has not previously been made acquainted. 
As ie^v Americans, of the many who study French, ever 



4 PREFACE. 

expect to need its assistance in their intercourse with 
society, the author has been careful to make the study of 
this foreign language conducive to a right understanding 
of English. The far greater part of those who teach 
French in the United States, are Americans, whose knowl- 
edge of the language must often be very limited; and to 
these the author's own wants enable him to say this book 
is calculated to be eminently useful. 

In some respects, the work is not a mere compilation. 
The directions for ascertaining the gender of French nouns, 
the great stumbling-block of foreigners, will be found 
peculiar to this Grammar, and fully competent to effect the 
end proposed. The Table of the Conjugations, and the 
List of Irregular Verbs, are more complete than in any 
other grammar ; and the Elements of Pronunciation, ac- 
companied with Practical Exercises, will, it is believed, be 
of essential service to American teachers, as well as to those 
pupils who are obliged to study the language without an 
instructor. 

WILLIAM BENTLEY FOWLE. 

December > 1836. 



INDEX 



Page. 
NUMBER 7 

Exercises on the Number of 
Nouns »•••* •* 10 

GENDER ... 12 

Exercises on the Gender of 
Nouns having Sex 13 

Rules for ascertaining- the Gen- 
der of English Neuters 13 

Exercises on English Neuters 
not ending in 6 16 

Table for ascertaining the Gen- 
der of Nouns in e.. . .. 18 

Exercises on English Neuters 
ending in unaccented e..... 18 

CASE AND ARTICLES 19 

Exercises on the Definite Article 22 

Exercises on the same before 
Proper Names 28 

Exercises on some peculiar 

Uses of this Article 29 

TJie Partitive Article . . 31 

Exercises on the Partitive Ar- 
ticle before Nouns 32 

Exercises on the Partitive Ar- 
ticle before Adjectives.... 33 

ADJECTIVES 5 Number of Ad- 
jectives 36 

Exercises on the Number of 

Adjectives 37 

Gender of Adjectives 37 

Exercises on the Gender of 

Adjectives 40 

Place of Adjectives 41 

Exercises on Adjectives joined 

to Nouns 41 

Exercises on Nouns having more 

than one Adjective 44 

Exercises on Adjectives having 

more than one Noun 45 

Comparison of Adjectives ..... 47 
Exercises on the Comparison 

of Adjectives 47 

Adjectives of Number and Or- 
der 55 

Exercises on Numeral Ad- 
jectives 57 

Exercises on Ordinal Ad- 
jectives 58 

1* 



Page. 

VERBS .... 62 

Table for conjugating Regular 

Verbs,.. opposite 64 

Table -of Changeable Termi- 
nations of Verbs . . . . . 64 

Exercises on the Tenses of 

Regular Verbs. ...... ..... 65 

The Irregular Verb Avoir. . . 72 

The Irregular Verb Eire...* 14> 

Exercises on Avoir and Eire 76 

Compound Tenses of Verbs. . 78 
Exercises on the Compound 

Tenses . .. 79 

PRONOUNS, Personal 80 

Exercises on the Personal 

Pronouns ......... 82 

Conjunctive Pi-onouns 84 

Exercises on Conjunctive 

Pronouns 87 

Exercises on the same with 

Reflective Verbs .' 91 

Adjective Pronouns ......... 96 

Exercises on Adjective Pro- 
nouns 97 

Possessive Pronouns 10] 

Exercises on Possessive Pro- 
nouns 103 

Demonstrative Pronouns 104 

Exercises on Demonstrative 

Pronouns 105 

Relative Pronouns Ill 

Exercises on Relative Pro- 
nouns 112 

Indefinite Pronouns 119 

On, 120} Quiconque, 123 5 
Quelqu'un, 124} Chacun, 
125 ; Autrui, 128 5 Personne, 
129 ; Rien, 130 5 L'un 1'au- 
tre, 131; L\m et Pautre, 
132; L'un 011 l'antre, 134; 
Ni Tun ni P autre, 134 ; Quel, 
135 ; Quelque, 136 ; Chaque, 
136; Nul, Aucun, Pas un, 
137; Autre, 140 ; Meme, 140 ; 
Tel, 141 ; Plusieurs, 142; 
Tout, 143; Quel-cmc, 147; 
Quoi-que, 148 ; Qui que ce 
soit, 148 ; Quelque-que, 149. 
Table of all the Pronouns. . . . 151 



INDEX. 



Page. 
PARTICIPLES, Exercises on 

the Present 152 

Perfect Participle, Exercises 
on it 154 

NEGATIVES, conjugated with 

Verbs 157 

Exercises on the Negatives 
with Verbs 158 

UNIPERSONAL or IMPER- 
SONAL VERBS 160 

Exercises on II fait, &c. 161 3 
on // faut, 163 3 II y avoir, 
164 3 Exercises on // 2/ avoir, 
165. 

IRREGULAR VERBS 168 

Exercises on Devoir 168 

Pouvoir, 169 3 Vouloir 170 

Shall, Will, &lq 171 



Page. 
ADVERBS 173 

Exercises on the Simple Ad- 
verbs 175 

Negatives, 177 5 Que — Ne, 
Ne — Que, 178 3 Ne-pas or 
point, 178 3 Ne-janiais, 179 ; 
Non-pas, 180 5 De after Ad- 
verbs of Quantity, 180. 

PREPOSITIONS 181 

Exercises on certain Preposi- 
tions 182 

A, de, &c. 182 3 Avant and 
Devant, 183 5 En and Dans, 
184 3 Cliez, 186. 

CONJUNCTIONS. 

Exercises on Ni — Ni 1 87 

Ou—Ou,Soit—Soit,Et—Et 188 

INTERJECTIONS 189 



APPENDIX. 



Irregular Verbs of the 1st Con- 
jugation 190 

Irregular Verbs of the 2d Con- 
jugation 192 

Irregular Verbs of the 3d Con- 
jugation 200 

Irregular Verbs of the 4th Con- 
jugation 204 

List of all the IRREGULAR 
VERBS, with reference to the 
pages where they arc conju- 
gated at length.. i 216 

List of all the French Words 
beginning with silent H.... 218 

COMPOUND ADVERBS, AD- 
VERBIAL PHRASES, 
&c 220 

Of Present and Past Time, 
221 3 of Future Time, 222 3 of 
Unspecified Time. 222: Ad- 
verbs of Place, 221 3 of Man- 
ner and Order, 230 3 ofConfo- 
sion and Rashness, 231 ; of 
H;iste, Moderation, and Diffi- 
culty, 232 3 of Collection, 
Separation, and Quality, 233 3 



of Comparison and Quanti- 
ty, 234 3 of Number, 235 3 of 
Affirmation, 236. 

List of Verbs allowing- no Arti- 
cle before the next Noun 5 



Use of de, a, and pour, before 
Infinitives 250 



ELEMENTS OF FRENCH 
PRONUNCIATION. 

Letters, 2563 Accents, 256; 
Vowels, 257 3 Consonants, 
258 3 Lessons for Practice on 
the simple Vowels, 259 3 Com- 
pound Vowels, 262 5 Diph- 
thongs, 264 5 Nasal Vowels, 
265 J Nasal Diphthongs, 267 5 
Consonants at the Beginning 
of Syllables, 2f)7 % 

Pronunciation of Final Conso- 
nants 269 

Final Consonants sounded... 269 
Final Consonants not sounded. 270 

Exceptions to General Rules.,, 275 



THE 



PRACTICAL ACCIDENCE. 



WORDS. 

The words of the French language are usually 
divided into nouns, articles, adjectives, pronouns, verbs,* 
adverbs, prepositions, conjunctions, and interjections. 

A noun is the name of a thing, whether it have sub- 
stance, as livre, book, or whether it be only ideal, as 
memoir e, memory. 

NUMBER. 

Nouns have two numbers, the singular and the plural, 
the same as in English, and the general rule for forming 
the plural is the same, viz. adding s to the singular ; as, 
livre, book ; livres, books ; but to this rule in French, 
as in English, there are some exceptions. 

Exceptions in forming the Plural* 

1. Nouns ending in al or ail usually change these 
terminations into aux ; as, 

animal, animal ; animaux, animals. 
travail, labor; travaux, labors. 

But the following, in al and ail, take s in the regular 
way : — 

* The participle is usually considered to be a form of the verb. 



9 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

Bal) ball. Portail, portal. 

Pal, pale, (in heraldry .) Serail, seraglio. 

Bocal, jug. Camail, Capuchin cloak. 

Regal, noble treat. Attirail, train. 

Car naval, Shrovetide. Eventail, fan. 

Mail, mall. Epouvantail, scarecrow. 

Detail, detail or retail. Gouvernail, helm. 

2. Nouns ending in au, eau, eu, ieu, ou, ceu, take x to 
form their plural ; as, rideau, curtain ; rideaux, curtains ; — 
feu, fire ; feux, fires, &c. 

The only exceptions are hibou, an owl ; matou, a 
male cat ; cou, the neck ; sou, a cent ; trou, a hole ; 
licou, a halter ; fou, a fool ; clou, a nail ; filou, a pick- 
pocket ; verrou, a bolt ; bleu, blue color ; which take 
an s in the regular way. 

3. Nouns ending in s, x, or z, have the same termi- 
nation in both numbers ; as, lis, lily or lilies ; prix, prize 
or prizes ; nez, nose or noses. 

4. Nouns of one syllable ending in nt, take an s in 
the regular way ; as, dent, tooth ; dents, teeth. Gent, a 
people, and cent, a hundred, become gens and cens. 
But if the noun consist of more than one syllable, the t is 
sometimes omitted ; as, enfant, child ; enfans, children. 
It is the practice of many good writers of the present 
day to retain the t in all cases. 

5. The following nouns are very irregular : — 

a'ieul, grandfather a'ieux, grandfathers. 

ail, garlic aux or aulx, garlic roots. 

del, heaven cieux, heavens. 

oeil, eye yeux, eyes. 

monsieur, sir messieurs, gentlemen. 

mad a me, madam mesdames, ladies. 

monseigneur, my lord . . . messcigneurs, my lords. 

mademoiselle, miss mesdemoisellcs, young ladies. 

beiail, cattle bestiaux, cattle. 

6. To these may be added compound nouns, which, 



NUMBER. y 

in taking the plural termination, observe the following 
rules : — 

When the compound noun is composed of a noun and 
an adjective, both take the plural termination ; as, 
gentil-homme, gentleman ; gentils-hommes, gentlemen, 

(I is liquid ;) (I is silent.) 

arc-boutant, a buttress ; arcs-boutans , buttresses. 
cerf-volant, a paper kite ; cerfs-volans, kites. 

When the compound noun is composed of two nouns 
and a preposition, the first noun only takes the plural 
termination ; as, 



Singular. 
ceil-de-bceuf, 
ciel-de-lit, 
jet-aVeau, 
arc-en-ciel, 
chef-d'ceuvre. 



Plural. 
ozils-de-bozuf.* 
ciels-de-lit.* 
jets-aVeau. 
arcs-en-ciel. 
chefs-oVozuvre. 



oval window, 
tester of a bed, 
fountain, 
rainbow, 
master-piece, 

When the compound noun is composed of a noun and 
a verb or preposition, the noun alone changes in the 
plural : — 

avant-coureur, forerunner, 

entresol, servant's room, 

abat-jour, sky-light, 

cure-dent, tooth -pick, 

garde-fou, rail of a bridge, 

garde-feu, fire-fender, 



avant-coureurs. 

entresols. 

abat-jours. 

cure-dents. 

garde-foux. 

garde-feux. 



All the above compound nouns are masculine. 

Now let the pupil practise upon the preceding rules by 
writing the plurals of the following nouns, thus : — 

Singular. Plural. 

grammaire, grammar ; grammaires, grammars ; 
dictionnaire, dictionary ; dictionnaires, dictionaries ; 
and so with the rest. 



* (Eil and ciel, in these compounds, form the plural regularly. 
When not compounded, their plurals are yeux and deux. 



10 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



I. 

grammaire, grammar. 
dictionnaire, dictionary. 
del, heaven. 
bal, ball. 
animal, animal. 
aieul, grandfather. 



chou, cabbage. 
sou, cent. 
cheval, horse. 
detail, detail. 
eau, water. 
onde, wave. 



main, hand. 
bouche, mouth. 
noix, nut. 
lieu, place. 
mineral, mineral. 
feuille, leaf. 



gant, glove. 
clou, nail. 
bijou, jewel. 
cou, neck. 
bras, arm. 
jour, day. 



mere, mother. 
soeur, sister. 
eventail, fan. 
jils, son. 
prix, price. 
pont, bridge. 



II. 

commandement, commandment. 

dent, tooth. 

oeil, eye. 

nez, nose. 

arc-en-del, rainbow. 

doigt, finger. 



III. 



IV. 



serail, seraglio. 
monsieur, sir. 
chapeau, hat. 
feu, fire. 

batiment, building. 
genou, knee. 



mile, town. 
bail, lease. 
verite, truth. 
bateau, boat. 
Zicow, halter. 
pavement, paved floor. 



caillou, flint. 
hibou, owl. 
veeM, vow. 
raontf, hill. 

montagne, mountain, 
pays, country. 



palais, palace. 
ligament, ligament. 
madame, madam. 
cerf-volant, paper kite. 
lot, law. 
chameau, camel. 






NUMBER. 


VI 




chien, dog. 
taureau, bull. 


serpent, serpent. 
serment, oath. 


chat, cat. 
agneau, lamb. 


epoux, spouse. 
mademoiselle, miss. 


ours, bear. 
huitre, oyster. 


garde-feu, fire-fender, 
canard, duck. 


VII 




maison, house. 


ardoise, slate. 


correspondant, corres- 


cas, case. 


bocalj jug. [pondent. 
fou, fool. 
arc-boutant, buttress* 


manteau, cloak. 
eg-aZ, equal, 
/eve, bean. 


mal, evil. 


0ow£, end. 


VIII. 


morceau, morsel. 


agrement, charm. 


monument, monument. 


berceau, cradle. 


general, general. 


os, bone. 


gaz, gas. 
bourg, borough. 
hup, wolf. 


g-eai, jay. 
moment, moment. 
monceau, heap. 


IX, 




seau, pail. 
cceur, heart. 


mail, mall, 
frw, hole. 


pourceau, hog. 
pou, louse. 
essieu, axle. 


j^eaw. scourge. 
vent, wind. 
6rm7, noise. 


intendant, overseer. 


repas, repast. 


X. 




perplexite, perplexity. 
metier, trade. 


soleil, sun. 
centf, a hundred. 


oaZ, ball. 


belement, bleating. 


abat-jour, sky-light. 
monseigneur, lord. 
temps, time or weather. 


fosse, ditch or grave. 
noyau, stone of fruit. 
avis, opinion, 



u 



12 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



GENDER. 



Nouns, in French, have but two genders ; there being 
no neater gender, as in English. All nouns or names 
applied to males are of the masculine gender \ all names 
applied to females are of the feminine gender, in both 
languages ; and, in French, the feminine noun that 
corresponds to the masculine, is generally formed by 
adding a silent e to the masculine ; thus, 

ami, male friend ; amie, female friend. 

a'ieul, grandfather; mettle, grandmother. 

babillard, male babbler ) babillarde, female babbler. 

berger, shepherd ; berger e, shepherdess. 

cousin, male cousin : cousine. female cousin. 



as, 



Some masculines ending in teur change teur into teuse , 

acheteur, male purchaser ; acheteuse, female purchaser. 

Other masculines ending in teur change teur into trice ; 
as, 

acteur, actor ; actrice, actress. 

If the masculine end in e accented, a silent e is added 
for the feminine ; as, 

marie, bridegroom ; mariee, bride. 

But if the masculine end in silent or unaccented e r the 
feminine is the same as the masculine ; as, 

esclave, a male or female slave. 
convive, a male or female guest. 

The pupil will recollect that no nouns but those having 
sex, can change their gender in this manner. 

Let the pupil write the following exercises thus : — 

Masculine. Femimnf. 

Anglois, Englishman ; Angloisc, Englishwoman. 

clive, male pupil ; eltve, female pupil, kc. 



GENDER. 13 

XL 

Anglois, Englishman. protect eur* protector. 

eleve, male pupil. heritier, heir.J 

chcteur* elector. Americain, American. 

danseur,-\ dancing man. berger, shepherd. 

chanteur,\ male singer. marie, bridegroom. 

amant, male lover. bienfaiteur, benefactor. # 
fee, male fairy. 

XII. 

bourgeois, male citizen. mendiant, beggar man. 
balayeurjf male sweeper. montagnard, mountaineer. 
buveur,-\ male tippler. lecteur* male reader. 

consort, male partner. meurtrier, murderer. 

cousin, male cousin. jardinier, male gardener. 

aigle, male eagle. invent eur,* inventor. 

The gender of nouns whose sex is known, presents 
little or no difficulty to the English student. It is the 
gender of words ivithout sex that presents the most 
formidable obstacle he will have to encounter, since no 
satisfactory reason can be given why table, a table, 
should be feminine, and plat, a dish, masculine. 

The following rules, compiled with great care and 
labor, are believed to be very complete, simple, and 
compendious : — 

Masculine Terminations. 

1. A. All nouns ending in A are masculine, except 

sepia, talpa, bandora, falacca, and vinula, 
no one of which is in common use. 

2. B. All nouns ending in B are masculine. 

3. C. All nouns ending in C are masculine. 

4. D. All nouns ending in D are masculine. 

5. E. All nouns ending in E accented are masculine, 

* Varied like acteur. t Varied like acheteur. 

$ The feminine of nouns ending in cr has a grave accent; thus, 
meunier, miller ; meuniere, miller's wife. 

2 



14 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

except pitie, pity; moitie, half; amitie, 
friendship ; inimitie, enmity. All in te are 
feminine, except pate, a pie ; cote, a side ; 
benedicite, the prayer before eating; cte, 
summer ; comite, committee ; comte, county ; 
traite, treatise or treaty. 

N. B. Nouns ending in silent or unaccented e 
will be attended to hereafter, and this 
rule has no reference to them. 

6. F. All nouns ending in F are masculine, except 

soif, thirst, and clef, a key. 

7. G. All nouns ending in G are masculine. 

8. I. All nouns ending in I are masculine, except 

parol, when it means a wall ; lot, law ; foi, 
faith ; merci, mercy ; fourmi, ant ; apres-midi, 
afternoon. Midi is masculine. 

9. L. All nouns ending in L are masculine. 

10. M. All nouns ending in M are masculine, except 

faim, hunger. 

11. N. Nouns ending in N are generally masculine. 

Exceptions. Words ending in ion and aison 
are feminine, excepting 

bastion, a bastion ; 
million, a million ; 
pion, pawn (at chess) ; 
septentrion, the north ; 
scion, a sprig ; 
scorpion, a scorpion ; 
talion, retaliation ; 

The following nouns in in and on are also feminine, 
viz. 

Jin, end. moisso?i, harvest. 

main, hand. foison, plenty. 

pamoison, swoon. garnison, garrison. 

prison, prison. guerison, healing. 

trahison, treason. boisson, drink. 



which are 
masculine. 







GENDER. 






chanson, song. legon, lesson. 
toison, fleece. fogon, manner 
rangon, ransom. 


12. 


O. 


All nouns ending in are masculine. 


13. 


P. 


All nouns ending in P are masculine. 


14. 


Q. 


All nouns ending in Q are masculine. 


15. 


R. 


All nouns ending in R are masculine, 



15 



except 

mer, sea ; miller, spoon ; chair, flesh ; cour, 
a court, and its compounds ; tour, the castle 
{at chess). All nouns ending in cur are femi- 
nine, except heur, luck ; bonheur, happiness ; 
malheur, misfortune ; honneur, honor ; des- 
honneur, dishonor ; pleurs, tears ; cceur, heart ; 
chozur, a choir ; and equateur, the equator. 

16. S. All nouns ending in S are masculine, except 

souris, a mouse ; vis, a screw ; brebis, a ewe ; 
fleur-de-lis, flower-de-luce ; chauve-souris, a 
bat ; fois, a time ; and mceurs, manners. 

17. T. All nouns ending in T are masculine, except 

foixi, forest ; dot, dowry ; gent, nation ; dent, 
tooth ; hart, halter ; part, part, and its com- 
pounds ; nuit, night ; mort, death ; and Tous- 
saint, All-Saints-Day. 

18. U. All nouns ending in U are masculine, except 

glu, birdlime ; tribu, tribe ; vertu, virtue ; eau, 
water ; and peau, the skin. 

19. X. All nouns ending in X are masculine, except 

paix, peace ; toux, a cough ; chaux, lime ; 
croix, a cross ; noix, a nut ; perdrix, a par- 
tridge ; poix, pitch ; and voix, voice. 

20. Z. All nouns ending in Z are masculine. 

These twenty rules may look formidable to the pupil, 
but, after a little practice, he will find them reduced to 
this general rule ; — that all nouns ending in any letter but 
silent e, are masculine. All the exceptions to this com- 



16 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



prehensive rule are given above, and may be easily fixed 
in the mind. It is desirable that these rules should be 
used without a dictionary ; and the teacher should take 
up a book and select nouns for the pupils, with their 
grammars open, to practise upon until the rules become 
very familiar. 

Exercises on the Gender of Nouns which in English are 
neuter, and which do not end in mute or unaccented e. 

The pupil should be required to write the French 
word, its gender, meaning, and plural, if it has any. 
Thus:— 



chemin, m. road ; 
main, f. hand ; 



chemin > road. 
pied, foot. 
mort, death. 
voix, voice. 
bruit, noise. 
bourg, borough. 



faveur, favor. 
nuit, night. 
bord, border. 
Hen, bond. 
fapon, manner. 
lit, bed. 



pain, loaf. 
mer, sea. 
ocean, ocean. 
fiot, wave. 
cceur, heart. 
orgueil, pride. 



XIII. 



XIV. 



XV. 



chemins, roads. 
mains, hands, fee. 



main, hand. 
doigt 7 finger. 
entretien, conversation. 
soleil, sun. 
rocher, rock. 
vaisseau, vessel. 



choix, choice. 
vent, wind. 
toison, fleece. 
raison, reason. 
raisin, grape. 
bonte, goodness. 



tablean, picture. 
bienfait, benefit. 
besoin, need. 
execs, excess. 
pore, pig. 
Soulier, shoe. 



GENDER. 



17 



XVI. 



morceau? morsel. 
esprit, spirit. 
banc, bench. 
fer, weapon. 
canif, penknife. 
midi, noon* 

XVII. 

gout, taste. 
serment, oath. 
dessin, art of drawing* 
souris, mouse, 
metier, trade. 
del, heaven. 



XVIII. 



temps, time. 
jour, day, 
matin, morning. 
moment, moment. 
dos, back. 
estomac, stomach* 



an, year. 
mois, month* 
poing, fist. 
talon, heel. 
soupir, sigh* 
son, sound. 



plaisir, pleasure. 
vertu, virtue. 
souhait, wish. 
souppon, suspicion. 
/aim, hunger. 
fois, a time. 
2* 



XIX* 



XX. 



magot, baboon. 
dessein, plan or design. 
fleur, flower. 
Mercredi, Wednesday. 
matelas, mattress. 
miller, spoon. 



os, bone. 

or, gold. 

bonnet? cap or bonnet. 

chapeau, hat. 

corps, body. 

feu, fire, 

o^7, eye, 
nez, nose. 
6ras, arm. 
nceud, knot. 
genou, knee. 
cZe/*, key. 



waZ, evil, 
coi^p, a blow. 
saison, season. 
hfon, lesson. 
soif, thirst. 
foi, faith. 



habit, coat. 
bouton, button. 
mouchoir, handkerchief. 
eventail, fan. 
de, thimble. 
dot, dowry. 



18 FRENCH ACCIDENCE, 

Nearly all the French feminines end in silent or unac- 
cented e. But there are also many masculines in silent 
e, and it is extremely difficult to give a general rule for 
distinguishing them from the feminines. This has, how- 
ever, been attempted in the annexed Table, which, with 
the twenty rules just given, will enable the pupil, with a 
little practice, to tell the gender of more than 15,000 
nouns, not including proper names. 

Exercises on the Gender of French Nouns ending in 
mute or unaccented e, V)hich are neuter in English. 

As nouns ending in e mute, invariably form their plural 
by adding s, it will be unnecessary to write the plural as 
in the preceding exercises. The pupil should not be 
allowed to consult the dictionary to find the gender, it 
being of the utmost importance that he should be familiar 
with those rules for determining the gender which are 
found in this Grammar, and in no other with which the 
author is acquainted. 

The pupil has only to put m. or /., for masculine or 
feminine, as the case may be, after the French word ; 
thus, lumiere, f. light. {See the Table opposite.) 

XXI. 

lumiere, light. mile, town. 

horloge, clock. personne, person. 

escrime, fencing. presage, presage. 

reste, remnant. joie, joy. 

catalogue, catalogue. grace, favor. 

biere, beer. etuve, stove. 

XXII. 

courage, courage. tete, head. 

vue, sight. misericorde, mercy. 

force, force. peine, trouble. 

route, route. aiguille, needle. 

fortune, fortune. chaise, seat. 

planche, plank. verre, glass. 



©@^S^3SS^®®®®®®®®@S©@©®©S®©©© 



te> 



[To face p. 18. 



® 



S FOR DETDING IN UNACCENTED E. i 



sition de. 



TABLE [Tofocep18 

FOR DETERMINING THE GENDER OF ALL FRENCH NOUNS ENDING IN UNACCENTED E. 



^) RE. All are maseuli; 



le that end in ME. 
ins. All that end in 

Till' liill.m Mi'; I 

gomme, mix 
e that end in RE. 
■ns. All that 
All that 



rage, rage, suuge. 



ambages, cage, fange, frange, grange, horloge, image, loge, louangcs, losange, 
•frage,lige. 



nme are feminine, 
uns are all feminin 
it, plume, pomme, s 



but augure, murmure, parjure. 



y. which, vi 






c're, clepsydre, ipitre, 





CE. 


All 


LO 






u 

u 


DE. 


All 


S 






u 






id 
(2 


EE. 


All 


FE. 


All 


w 


HE. 


All 


tt 






u 

@ 






® 


IE. 


AH 


H 


LE. 


All 


$ 






s 






u 






® 







All names of plants ending in aire are feminine. 

All that end in uire are feminine, but rcfectoire and all other names of places of meetinj 
in oire, are masculine The following words in aire are also masculine, viz. boire, a 
terri aire, vomitoire. 
The following nouns in re are all feminine, viz aire, acre, affaire, rhn 
fibn>,fi:vre. fanfare, JiudtreJenCtre, g aire, grammaire, goitre, hn 
livre (when it means a pound weight), litre (not a measure), lyre, manoeuvre, m 
ombre, ceuvre, ochre, orcliestre. outre, //aire, picure, satire, tiure, ttnZbtes, vi'.pres, v 
The above GE, ME, and RE, may be considered masculine terminations, and they may be remembered by observing that the G M 11, which pre- 
cede E, are the only consonants in the word grammar. 
All are feminine that end in BE. 

Exceptions. All nouns that end in ube, but syllabe, are masculine. 

The following nouns are masculine, viz. adverbe, cube, globe, hicatombe, incule, limbe, lobe, lombes, orbe, proverbe, rhomle, 
tube, verbe. 
e feminine that end in CE. 
Exceptions. All that end in ice are masculine, but dilices, ipiccs, justice, malice, mHi.ce, notice, police, primices. 

The following nouns are masculine, viz. ca.pu.ce, commerce, divorce, espace, nigoce, pouce, sacerdoce, silence. 
e feminine that end in DE. 
Exceptions. All nouns that end in ide are masculine, but ride, bride, guide (a rein), igide, pyramide, canthar'de. 

The following nouns are masculine : unipodes, code, caude, dividende, episode, Exode, exorde, grade, intermide, monde, multi- 
p'icande, piriode, prilude, pirkarde, remide, studc, synode. 
e feminine that end in EE, except apogie, hyminic, lycie, mausolie, musie, pirigie, trophic. 
e feminine that end in FE, except golfe, hippogriffe, and escogriffe. 
•e feminine that end in HE. 
Exceptions. All that end in aphe are masculine, but ipigraphe, ipitaphe., orthographe. 

The following nouns are masculine : acrustiche, cache, cartouche', dimanche., gamaches, himistiche, hiiroglyphe, labyrinthe, 
manche (a handle), panache, pruches, -port he, priche, reproche, reldche, tourne-broche, triomphe. 
e feminine that end in IE, except foie, ginie, incendie, pirihilie, parapluic. 
■e feminine that end in LE. 
Exceptions. All that end in acle, iple, uple, are masculine. 

All that end in He are masculine, but He, bile, pile, file, vigile, and their compounds. 
All that end in able are masculine, but fable, table, itable. 

The following nouns are masculine : angle, alviole, amble, article, aigle, animalcule, comble, cmweniicnle, earpuscnle, cripus- 
cul 'e, couvercle, crible, cycle, capitale, en di I j j <fir, fie, globule, inttrvu le,infidcle, 

isabelle (a c lor) iilnll uoule, muscle, mAI.e, modtle, module, m6le,monopole.,mille (a mile), muni pule, vnule, ovale, pen- 
dale, pu.rallele,po'c, poile, priumbule, protocols pitale, quadrHI ptil < ■ '< rule, .a, tit, si clt seiglt simnle, s'yle, 

scandale, symbole, spoil, II, '.., , npuh sijmlmlc, temple, trtfie, tremble, trouble, trillc, vestibule, vaudeville, vermicelli:, vignu'ble, 
violoncelle, voile (a veil), zile, and the compounds of balle. 
•e feminine that end in NE. 
Exceptions. All names of plants ending in oine are masculine. 

The following nouns are masculine : aune (an alder tree), one, arcane, cdne, crdne, chin*, cothurne, dieagone, octagone, and 
similar words, frCne, hymne, interrigne, jaune,jiune, mdnes, organe, plane, personne (nobody i diir, p/atmi 

putrimoiiu iji. noiin'ne, ri gne. -,iu in: . t nine . 
e feminine that end in PE, except the following masculine nouns: cripe, groupe, hiliotrope, horoscope, interlope, jaspe, microscope, Olijmpe 
partiripc, principe, polype, telescope, type. ' ' ' 

e feminine that end in SE, except carrosse, colosse, diese, diocese, gymnase, malaise, misaise, Parnasse, vase. 
:e feminine that end in TE. 
Exceptions. All that end in ompte and omte are masculine. 

All that end in aste are masculine, but caste and haste. 
All that end in isle are masculine, but baliste batiste-, lisle, and piste. 

The following nouns are masculine : acte, adinnte, antidote, amulette, aromale, automate, buste culte conte dialerte df- I '/ 
doutc, dizcsle, entr'acte, fi He, gite geste, hnlorauste, insecte, iaceste mirite, pacte, paste, pan, ,' "" " ' 

ti in restt . rosinante, rite, site, squelctte, textc, tumulte, the compounds ot tete, tirebotte vole zeste Do not ' t It' ll ' 

re feminine that end in UE. 
Exceptions. All that end in ogue are masculine, but drogue, tglngue, pirogue, synagogue, ana vogue. 
All that end in : sque are masculine, but bisque and brisque. 
The following nouns are masculine : I usque, casque, cirque, cantique, cU >que,colloque,diagnostique.,distiqve,im6tique.munque 






• that e 



■lasque, orgue, por.iqve, sol.iloque, topique, tropique, zodiuque. 
a VE. 



French nouns end in JE, KE, and YE. The very few that end in XE and ZE are masculine. 



20 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

In French, however, the noun is written alike in all the 
cases, and the case is determined by the article or prepo- 
sition connected with it. 

The French grammarians pretend to find three articles, 
viz. the definite, which corresponds to our definite ; the 
indefinite, which corresponds to our indefinite ; and the 
partitive, which is a peculiar use of the definite article to 
be presently explained. 

As the French indefinite article is only their numeral 
adjective un, masc, or une, fern., meaning one or a, it will 
be only noticed amongst the numeral adjectives, where it 
properly belongs. 

In French the definite article is varied and placed as 
follows :— - 

Le (the), before masculine nouns in the singular number ; 
as, le nom, the name. 

La (the), before feminine nouns singular; as, la femme, 
the woman. 

L? (the), which is nothing more than le or la with the e or 
a cut off, when a noun in the singular begins with a 
vowel or silent h, whether it be masculine or femi- 
nine ; * as, Vhomme, the man ; Tactrice, the actress. 

Du (of the or from the), before masculine nouns in the 
singular ; f as, du nom, of the name. 

De la (of the or from the), before feminine nouns in the 
singular ; as, de la femme, of the woman. 

De V (of the or from the), before masculine or feminine 
nouns singular, that begin with a vowel or silent A, 
whether masculine or feminine ; as, de Vhomme, of the 
man ; de Vactrice, of the actress. 

Au (to the), before masculine nouns singular; J as, an 
nom, to the name. 

A la (to the), before feminine nouns singular; as, a la 
femme, to the woman. 

* The pupil will find a list of all such words as begin with a silent 
h, at the end of this Grammar. 

t Du is a contraction of de le. but de le is never used. 
X Au is a contraction of a le, but a le is never used. 



CASE AND A&TICLES. 



21 



A T (to the), before nouns in the singular, beginning with 
a vowel or silent A, whether masculine or feminine ; 
as, a Vhomme, to the man ; a Vheroine, to the heroine. 
The pupil must observe, that all the preceding forms of 

the definite article are joined to nouns in the singula?* 

number only. The following are joined only to nouns in 

the plural, and suffer no elision before a vowel or a 

silent A. 

Les (the), before nouns of either gender, in the plural 
number ; as, les hommes, the men ; les femmes, the 
women ; les aigles, the eagles. 

Des (of the or from the), before nouns of either gender in 
the plural ; # as, des hommes, of the men ; des femmes, 
of the women ; des arbres, of the trees. 

Aux (to the), before nouns of either gender in the plu- 
ral ; f as, aux hommes, to the men ; awe femmes, to the 
women ; aux os, to the bones. 

Thus the French say, 

In the Nominative and Accusative cases, 



Singular. 
Le prince, the prince. 
La princesse, the princess. 
Uacteur, the actor. 
L'actrice, the actress. 
Lthommt, the man. 
Vheroine, the heroine. 

In the Genitive and Ablative cases, 
Singular. 
Du prince, of or from the prince. 



Plural. 
Les princes, the princes. 
Les princesses, the princesses. 
Les acteurs, the actors. 
Les actrices, the actresses. 
Les hommes, the men. 
Les heroines, the heroines. 



De la princesse, of or from the 
princess. 

De Vacteur, of or from the actor. 

De Vactrice, of or from the ac- 
tress. 

De Vhomme, of or from the man. 

De Vheroine, of or from the 
heroine. 



Plural. 

Des princes, of or from the 
princes. 

Des princesses, of or from the 
princesses. 

Des acteurs, of or from the actors. 

Des actrices, of or from the ac- 
tresses. 

Des hommes, of or from the men. 

Des heroines, of or from the 
heroines. 



* Des is a contraction of de les. t Aux is a contraction of a les. 

De les and a les are never used, 



22 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



In the Dative case, 

Singular. 
Au prince^ to the prince. 
A la princesse, to the princess. 
A Vacteur, to the actor. 
A Vactrice, to the actress. 
A Phomme, to the man. 
A Vheroine, to the heroine. 



Plural. 
Aux princes, to the princes. 
Aux princesses, to the princesses. 
Aux acteurs, to the actors. 
Aux actrices, to the actresses. 
Aux hommes, to the men. 
Aux hiroines, to the heroines. 



Thus, in determining the cases, observe that nouns 
before which either le, la, V, or les, is placed, are in the 
nominative case, if they are agents of any verb, and in 
the accusative case, if they are objects of a verb or of 
any pieposition but de and a. 

Nouns before which either du, de la, de V , des, or de, 
is placed, are in the genitive case, if the noun that comes 
before their article belongs to them in any sense, and may 
be placed after them in English. Thus, in the phrase le 
chapeau de Vhomme, the hat of the man, homme is in the 
genitive case, because chapeau belongs to homme, and in 
English we can say, the man's hat. But in other cases, 
and especially when the article du, de la, de V, des, or 
de, may be rendered by with, from, by, to, or any word 
but of, the article and noun are in the ablative case. 

Nouns before which either a, au, a la, a V, or aux, is 
placed, are in the dative case. The dative, in English, is 
usually a noun or pronoun preceded by the word to, or 
having it understood. 

There is another case, called the vocative, which is 
merely the name by which we address a person ; as, Marie, 
qu'avez vousl Mary, what is the matter? This case is 
generally the nominative case independent of the English. 

Exercises on the Definite Article. 
XXVI. 



Nominative and Accusative Case 

The letter, lettre. 
The words, mot. 
The rule, regie. 



The penknives, canif. 
The sleeve, manche. 
The uncle, oncle. 



CASE AND ARTICLES. 23 

The orators, orateur. The scythe, faux. 

The flax, lin. The wheels, roue. 

The yokes, joug. The bud, bouton. 

In writing the above exercise, the pupil should first ask 
himself whether the English noun is singular or plural ; 
because, if plural, the French noun must be made plural 
also, by the rules already given. Then see whether the 
French noun begins with a vowel or a silent h ; because, 
if it does, he needs not to look out the gender, V and les 
being placed indifferently before either gender. If the 
French noun does not begin with either a vowel or a 
silent A, let the pupil see by its termination whether it is 
masculine or feminine. Then make the article agree 
with the noun in number and gender. For example, in 
the above exercise, lettre is singular, and does not begin 
with a vowel or silent h. It ends in re, which is a 
masculine termination; but, on turning to the Table, I 
find that lettre is an exception to the general rule, and, 
of course, feminine. The article for the nominative 
singular, feminine gender, is la, and I write, la lettre. 

XXVII. 

Genitive or Ablative Case. 

Of the chalk, craie. Of the bee, abeille. 

Of the crystals, crista!. Of the bees, abeille. 

Of the marble, marbre. Of the crows, corbeau. 

Of the herrings, hareng. Of the lark, alouette. 

Of the serpents, serpent. Of the landlord, hote. 

Of the landlady, hotesse. Of the hours, heure. 

XXVIII. 

Dative Case. 

To the butter, beurre. To the syllables, syllabe. 

To the oil, huile. To the hands, main. 

To the cider, cidre. To the commas, virgule. 

To the pen, plume. To the pencil, crayon. 

To the horses, cheval. To the music, musique. 

To the fiddle, violon. To the history, histoire. 



24 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



Promiscuous Cases. 

The pupil must determine by the English words what 
the case is, and then look out the number and gender of 
the French noun, and make the article correspond with it 
in each particular. 



XXIX. 



to the spring, printems. 
of the onions, ognon. 
of the poverty, pauvrete. 
to the envy, envie. 
to the arms, bras. 
to the kings, roi. 



to the fools, sot. 
of the friends, ami. 
the favors, faveur. 
to the bird, oiseau. 
of the caverns, autre. 
of the pride, orgueil. 



XXX. 



of the honor, honneur. 

the patience, patience. 

the hero, hero. 

to the heroine, heroine. 

of the papers, papier. 

the geese, oie. 

to the archers, archer. 



to the noses, nez. 

of the rainbows, arc-en- 

del. 
of the curiosity, curiosite. 
the opinions, avis. 
to the storm, or age. 
of the star, astre. 



XXXI. 



of the reveries, reverie. 
to the sons, jils. 
of the daughters, fille. 
to the grandmother, di- 

eule. 
of the father, pere. 
at the shops, boutique.* 



to the knight, chevalier. 
from the hour, heure. 
to the boys, garcon. 
the ears, oreille. 
from the eyes, ceil. 
the quills, plume. 
to the inkstand, cncrier. 



to the hermit, ermite. 
of the barley, orge. 
of the house, maison 
to the egg, ceuf. 



XXXII. 

from the shoe, Soulier. 
of the town, ville. 
the honesty, honnctete. 
the ship, bntimcnt. 



* The dative case of French nouns is sometimes rendered by at, as 
well as to. 



CASE AND ARTICLES. 25 

from the bench, banc. to the bees, abeitte. 

from the hill, colline. of the man, homme. 

XXXIII. 

of the forest, foret. to the actors, acteur. 

the eagle, aigle. to the clothes, habit. 

of the winter, hiver. the hour, heure. 

to the soul, dme. the purchasers, acheteur. 

of the horse, cheval. to the hearts, cozur. 

from the hats, chapeau. of the day, jour. 

XXXIV. 

The time of the day — temps, jour .* 
The hearts of the men — crewr, homme. 
The goodness of the ladies — bonte, dame. 
The noise of the children — bruit, enfant. 
The pity of the crowd — pitie, foule. 
The glory of the army — gloire, armee. 

XXXV. 

To the miseries of the poor — miser e, pauvre.-f 
Of the pleasures of the rich — plaisir, riche.f 
To the care of the merchants — soin, negotiant. 
From the misfortunes of the heiress — malheur, he- 

ritiere. 
To the attentions of the inhabitants — attention, habi- 
tant. 
Of the excellence of the instructions — excellence, in- 
struction. 

XXXVL 

To the house of the officer — maison, ojjicier. 
Of the advantage to the school — av ant age, ccole. 
Of the rules of the society — regie, societe. 



* Temps is masc. nominative, and its article must be so. Jour is masc- 
genitive, and its article must agree with it; thus, le temps du jour. 

t When adjectives are used as nouns, they are, with very few 
exceptions, put in the masculine gender. When more than one is 
meant, as in these examples, the adjective takes the plural termina- 
tion in French, although it. does not change in English. 

3 



26 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

Of the renown of the heroes — renom, heros. 
Of the house of the dead — maison, mort, (pi.) 
To the children of the widow — enfant, veuve. 

XXXVII. 

Of the gifts to the orphan — -present, orphelin. 
From the heart to the lips — cceur, levre. 
From the window to the door — fenetre, porte. 
From the father to the uncle — pere, oncle. 
From the niece to the aunt — niece, tante. 
From the creation to the flood — creation, deluge. 

In the preceding exercises on the article, the French 
and English so nearly correspond, that the pupil will 
experience no difficulty ; but there are examples where 
the article or corresponding word is omitted in one 
language, but retained in the other. The following 
exercises will exhibit the principal cases of this sort : — 

1. In French, the definite article is placed before 
names of countries, kingdoms, empires, republics, prov- 
inces, islands, and, indeed, all districts larger than cities 
and towns ; as, 

le Danemarc, Denmark. VAngleterre, England. 

de VEurope, of Europe, de I Amerique, of America. 

a la Suede, to Sweden, la Jamaique, Jamaica. 

A few countries and districts, which are mostly such 
as have adopted the name of their chief town, never take 
the article. The following is nearly a complete list of 
them : — 

Alger, Algiers. Florence, Florence. 

Avignon, Avignon. Grenade, Grenada. 

Babylone, Babylon. Genes, Genoa. 

Candie, Candia. Geneve, Geneva. 

Cordoue, Cordova. Lucques, Lucca. 

Corse, Corsica. Leon, Leon. 
Cornouailles, Cornwall. Make, Malta. 

Chypre, Cyprus. Maroc, Morocco. 

Carthage, Carthage. Murcic, Murcia. 



CASE AND ARTICLES. 27 

Madagascar ', Madagascar. Tolede, Toledo. 

Naples, Naples. Tunis, Tunis. 

Orange, Orange. Tripoli, Tripoli. 

Rome, Rome. Valence, Valentia. 

Seville, Seville. Venise, Venice. 

Before the pupil proceeds to the exercises, he should 
attend to the following simple rules for determining the 
gender of proper names : — 

1. The gender of names of persons is determined by 
their sex, of course. 

2. All names of cities, towns, and villages, are mascu- 
line, except La Haye, La Rochelle, and a few obscure 
towns. 

3. All names of places larger than cities are feminine 
if they end in unaccented e; and masculine if they end 
in any other way. Mexique and Peloponnese are the 
only important exceptions to this simple and comprehen- 
sive rule. 

4. Names of mountains are masculine, except Us Alpes 
and les Pyrenees. Names of the months, and days of the 
week, are all masculine. All names of church days are 
feminine, except Noel, Christmas, and Pdque, Easter. 

Place the article in its proper case and gender before 
the following proper names ; — 





XXXVIIL 




America. 


Sweden. 


Europe. 


Amerique. 
Austria. 
Autriche. 
of Germany. 


Suede. 
Italy. 
Italic 
of Greece. 


Europe. 

of Europe. 

to Europe. 

from Europe. 


AUemagne. 
of Jamaica. 
Jama'ique. 
from Canada. 


Grece. 
of Egypt. 

Egypte. 
to Hindoostan. 


Spain. 

Espagne. 
of Spain, 
to Spain. 


Canada. 


Indostan. 





28 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



XXXIX. 

England and Turkey, 
Persia and Arabia, 
Hindoostan and the Indies, 
France and Switzerland, 
Prussia and the Netherlands, 
Of New England, 

XL. 

the ignorance of Abyssinia, 
the diamonds of Brazil, 
to the mosques of Egypt, 
the merchants of Canada, 
of the laws of Japan, 
the conquerors of Peru, 

XLI. 

the climate of Virginia, 

the map of Mexico, 

to the tea of China, 

of the inhabitants of Spain, 

from the conquest of Poland, 

the ambition of Russia, 



Angleterre et Turqwe.* 
Perse, Arable. 
Jndostan, hides, (pi.) 
France, Suisse. 
Prusse,*Pays-bas, (pi.) 
Nouvelle Angleterre. 



ignorance, Abyssinie. 
diamant, Bresil. 
mosquee, Egypte. 
negotiant, Canada, 
hi, Japon. 
conquer ant, Perou. 



climat, Virginia 
carte, Mexique. 
the, Chine. 
habitant, Espagne. 
conquete, Pologne. 
ambition, Russie. 



It must, however, be carefully recollected, that, when 
we speak of coming to or going to any place, whether 
larger than a city or not, the article is omitted. If the 
place be larger than a city, we use en; if a city or smaller 
place, we use a. 

Before the names of persons, towns, rivers, and 
months, the French omit the article, as we do in English, 
La Haye, Le Havre, and La RocheUe, being the only 
exceptions worthy of notice. No exercises are necessary, 
except it be under the head of Prepositions. 

There is an elegant way, however, of avoiding any dif- 



* Put the article before every name, as if it were written, the Eng- 
land and the Turkey. 



CASE AND ARTICLES. 



29 



ficulty of gender, by inserting la ville, le bourg, le village, 
It royaume, la province, &c, as the case may be, before 
the name, which must then be preceded by the preposi- 
tion de. Thus, instead of saying, 

la Holland e,^ (le royaume de Hollande, 

Holland ; I we J the kingdom of Holland ; 
Londres, (may say, J la ville de Londres, 
London ; J (jhe city of London ; 

in which case, if any adjective follows, it agrees in gender 
with royaume, ville, or whatever noun precedes the proper 
name. 

2. The English are accustomed to put together two 
nouns, of which the first expresses the use or employment 
of the second ; as, milJc-pot, apple-woman, &:c. The 
French cannot do this ; but, in such cases, they put the 
first English noun last, and place before it the dative case 
of the article, (au, a la, a V, or aux ;) as, le pot au lait, 
the pot to the milk, &;c. 



English Form. 

the water-jug, 
the wine-bottle, 
the tea-canister, 
of the sugar-pot, 
to the cream-basin, 
of the oyster-man, 
the fish-market, 



XLII. 

Order of French Words. 

(the jug to the water,) 
(the bottle to the wine,) 
(the canister to the tea,) 
(of the pot to the sugar,) 
(to the basin to the cream,] 
(of the man to the oysters,) 
(the market to the fish,) 



French. 

cruche, eau. 
bouteille, vin. 
boite, the. 
pot, sucre. 
bassin, creme. 
homme, (huitre, pL] 
marche, poisson. 



XLIH. 



to the butter-boy, 
of the rice-pudding, 
the caper-sauce, 
the cherry-pie, 
of the sauce-man, 
to the pepper-box, 
the hay-scales, 



gar con, beurre. 
pouding, riz. 
sauce, (capre, pi.) 
tourte, (cerise, pi.) 
homme, (legume, pi.) 
boite, poivre. 
balance, (sing.) foin. 



N. B. This rule is not without exceptions, for some- 
2* 



30 FRENCH ACCIDENCE, 

times the French use the preposition a, and not the arti- 
cle ; thus, 

wind-mill, moulin a vent ; 

water-mill, moulin a eau ; 

hand-mill, moulin a bras ; 

paper-mill, moulin a papier ; 

powder-box, hoite a poudre ; 

and the rule does not apply when the first noun in English 
expresses the materials, character, or nature, of the second 
noun ; for the French reverse the nouns, and use the 
preposition de ; as, "brick-house," maison de brique, 
" silver spoon," cuiller d' argent. 

XLIV* 

3. The French add no apostrophe and s to their nouns, 
but put instead of them the genitive of the article. Thus, 
the Icing's son they render le jils du roi, that is, the son 
of the king. The pupil will observe that the last noun 
in English is placed first in French. 

the king's palace,, palais, roi. 

the queen's crown, couronne, reine. 

the man's sister, sceur, homme. 

the woman's husband, mari, femme. 

the town's land, terre, ville. 

the girl's bonnet, bonnet, Jille. 

XLV. 

the prince's sons, Jils, prince. 

the president's reply, reponse, president. 

the army's glory, gloire, armee. 

the vessel's masts, mat, bailment. 

the governor's speech, discours, gouverneur. 

the senate's vote, voice, senat. 

XLVI. 

The same rule seems to be observed when the first 
noun, in English, has not the apostrophe and s y provided 



CASE AND ARTICLES. 31 

they may be added without affecting the sense. Thus, 
the army register, meaning the same thing as the army's 
register, is rendered in the same manner, — le registre de 
Varmee. 

the city clerk, secretaire, ville. 

the government debt, dette, gouvernemeni. 

the war department, departement, guerre. 

the school door, porte, ecole. 

the coach horses, cheval, carrosse. 

the tree top, sommet, arbre. 

XL VII. 

4. When the word to may be rendered by of, the 
French uniformly use the genitive of the article; thus, 
"the brother to the king," meaning the same thing as 
"the brother of the king/' is rendered by le frere du roi, 
and not an roi. 

the brother to the steward, frere, intendant. 

the niece to the merchant, niece, negociant. 

the sister to the queen, seeur, reine. 

the witness to the quarrel, temoin, querelle. 

the friends to virtue, ami, vertu. 

the enemies to idleness, ennemi, paresse. 

the heir to the crown, heritier, couronne. 

The Partitive Article. 

The French article called the partitive, is only a 
peculiar use of du, de la, de V, des, and the preposition de; 
thus, du pain is said to mean some bread, and not of the 
bread, although the meaning of Give me some bread and 
Give me of the bread, is the same. 

The French use this partitive whenever they mean to 
express a part, and not the whole, of a thing, and, of 
course, often when some and any are entirely omitted 
in English; so that the pupil must be constantly on 
his guard. When we say, Give me bread, the French 
say, Give me some bread, {du pain.} When we say, 
Meat is wanted, they say, Some meat is wanted, {de la 
viande,) &c. 



32 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

Variations of the Partitive Article. 
Singular. 
iy o T Mas. du pain , bread, or some bread. 

4* < Fern, de la viande, meat, or some meat. 

( Both gend. de Veau, water, or some water. 
p o C Mas. de pain, of bread, or of some bread. 

/, ^ Fern. t?e viande, of meat, or of some meat 

£ Both. oVeau, of water, or of some water 

C Mas. a Jm pain, to bread, or to some bread. 
Dat. < Fern, a de la viande, to meat, or to some meat. 
' Both gend. a de Veau, to water, or to some water. 

Plural. 
^ o f Mas. rfes pains, loaves, or some loaves. 

* ' < Fern, des viandes, meats, or some meats. 

( Both gend. des eaux, waters, or some waters. 
p o T Mas. de pains, of loaves, or of some loaves. 

/, < Fern, de viandes, of meats, or of some meats. 
( Both, d'eaux, of waters, or of some waters. 

f Mas. a des pains, to loaves, or to some loaves. 
Dat. < Fern, a des viandes, to meats, or to some meats. 
( Both. gend. a des eaux, to waters, or to some waters. 

XL VIII. 

some* bread, meat, apples, and cheese ; 
pain,-\-viande,-\-pomme, et-\- frontage. 
some wine, water, milk, and sugar ; 
vin,-\-eau,-\-lait, qt-^sucre. 
some or any beer, cider, tobacco, and oil ; 

biere,-\-cidre,-\-tabac, et-\-huile. 
some money, cloth, silk, and paper ; 
argent, ~\-drap,-\-soie, et-\-papiei\ 



* The pupil must repeat the article before every noun as much as 
if it were written " sortie bread, some meat, sovie apples," &c. ; but he 
must vary its gender to suit that of the noun. This mark (-{-) be- 
tween words means that some word not expressed in one language 
must be expressed in the other. This mark ( — ) shows that a word 
expressed in one language must not be expressed in the other. 



CASE AND ARTICLES. 33 

XLIX. 

some or any shoes, pins, needles, and thimbles ; 

Soulier, -\-epingle, -{-aiguille, et -f- de. 
some or any authors, books, pens, and ink ; 

auteur, + Uvre, -\-plume, et-\-encre. 
some or any mind, reason, religion, and virtue ; 

esprit, -\-raison,-\-religion, et-\-vertu. 
salt, pepper, cloves, and onions ; 

-\sel,-\-poivre,-\-girojle (sing.), et-\-ognon. 

But if an adjective is placed directly before the noun, 
the prepositions de and a are used, and not the article in 
any form : — 

Singular. 

N. Ac > 

C &: Ah \^ e ^on pain, good bread, or some good bread. 

Dative. a de bon pain, to good bread, or to some good 

[bread. 
Plural. 

N Ac ) 

C &l Ah C ^ e bons pains, good loaves, or some good loaves. 

Dative. a de bons pains, to good loaves, or to some 

[good loaves. 

In the exercises upon this remark, the pupil will not 
alter the adjective, but merely change the number of the 
nouns, if they are to be made plural, and adapt the 
prepositions a and de, according to the above example. 

L. 

good apples, bonnes, pomme. 

to bad maxims, mauvaises, maxime. 

great hopes, grandes, esperance. 

better ink, meilleur, encre. 

to old hats, vieux, chapeau. 

to young folks, jeunes, gens. 

to pretty thoughts, plies, pensee. 



34 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

LI. 

fine houses, belles, maison. 

to brave soldiers, braves, soldat. 

to vile animals, chetifs, animal. 

holy labors, saints, travail. 

to honest means, honnetes, moyen. 

to wicked designs, mediants, dessein. 

little birds, petits, oiseau. 

The definite and partitive articles having been explained, 
the pupil will understand another very striking difference 
between the French language and the English. Although 
a noun will not take the partitive article, and is not used 
in a particular or restricted sense, still it must be preceded 
by the definite article in French. Thus, " Man is mortal," 
" Virtue is estimable," must be rendered into French 
thus — Uhomme est mortel, " The man is mortal ; " La 
vertu est estimable, " The virtue is estimable." Neither 
man nor virtue is used in a partitive sense ; for we do not 
mean some men, or some virtue, but all men, and virtue 
in general; nor are they used in a particular sense, for no 
particular man or virtue is meant. 

LIL 

The words in parentheses need not be expressed in 
French by the pupil, the exercise relating only to the 
definite article, which is to be supplied, and made to agree 
with the noun, in gender and number. 

Idleness and ignorance (are sources of crime), 

paresse, ignorance. 
Gold. and silver (are precious metals), or, argent. 
Corn and hay (are scarce), ble,foin. 

Reading and study (are useful), lecture, etude. 

Anger and crimes (abound), colore, deJit. 

Charity and love (are synonymous), charitc, amour. 
Men and animals (must eat and sleep), hommc, animal. 

The article is often omitted after the conjunction ni 
(neither), and always after the prepositions en (in or 
into) and sans (without). Examples: — 



CASE AND ARTICLES. 35 

He has neither justice nor humanity ; 

11 ri*a ni justice ni humanite. 

To go to France ; Aller en France. 

As well in peace as in war ; 

Tant en paix qvten guerre. 

A man without money and without friends ; 

Un homme sans argent et sans amis. 

Sometimes, also, the French entirely omit the article, 
as we do ; but this is an exception in their language, and 
not, as in ours, a general rule. Thus, in animated dis- 
course, they say, as we do, — 

Conscience, honor, interest, every-thing is sacrificed ; 
Conscience, honneur, inter et, tout est sacrifie. 

But the most common case of omission is when the 
article in English comes before a noun in apposition, or a 
nominative after the verb to he] that is, when the latter 
noun qualifies or distinguishes the former. Thus, when 
we say, " John, the Icing of England, was a tyrant," the 
French say, Jean, roi oV Angleterre, fee. For " Mary, 
the queen of Scotland," they say, Marie, reine aVEcosse. 
This remark applies also to a and one, when similarly 
situated. 

LIII. 

The rose, the ornament of the garden ; 
rose ornement jardin. 

Louis, the son of the count ; 
Louis, jils comte. 

Mary, the daughter of the queen ; 
Marie, fille reine. 

Mr. Jones, the jeweller to (of) the princess ; 
M. Jones, jouailler princesse. 

Edward, the orphan of the widow ; 
Edouard, orphelin veuve. 

Washington, the president of the United States. 
Washington, president tltats Unis. 



36 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



ADJECTIVES. 



Adjectives, in French, as in English, are used to dis- 
tinguish one noun from another. 

In English, the adjective undergoes no change, what- 
ever be the gender or number of the noun it qualifies. 
Thus we say, good boy or good girl, good boys or good 
girls. 

But in French, adjectives take a plural termination 
when the noun they qualify is plural, and a feminine ter- 
mination when the noun they qualify is feminine ; and this 
is one of the greatest points of difference between the 
two languages. 

Number. 

Adjectives form their plural as nouns do, usually by 
adding s to the singular ; thus, 

Singular. Plural. 

grand, large : grands, large, (masc.) 

grande, large ; grandes, large, (fern.) 

agreable, agreeable ; agreables, agreeable. 

The exceptions are nearly similar ; as, 

charmant, charming ; charmans or charmants, 

charming. 

heureux, happy ; heureux, happy. 

has, low ; bas, low. 

egal, equal ; egaux, equal. 

egale, equal. egales, equal. 

beau, fine ; beaux, fine. 

But it must be noticed, that tout (all) has tous for its 
plural ; mow (soft) and bleu (blue) have mous and bleus ; 
and, although such adjectives ending in al as have a 
plural, form it by changing al into aux, still the greater 
part of those ending in al are not used in the masculine 
plural. Their feminine plural, however, is regularly 
formed. 



ADJECTIVES ; GENDER. 

LIV. 



37 



The pupil must write, the plural of the following 
adjectives, thus : — 



Singular 
riche, 
fache, 


rich, 
sorry. 


Plural. 
riches, 
fetches, &c. 


riche, rich. 
fache, sorry. 
heni, holy. 
cru, raw. 
sec, dry. 


grand, great. 
vif lively. 
lon^, lon£, 
t?i7, vile. 
cardinal, cardinal. 

LV. 


plein, full, 
amer, bitter. 
mauvais, bad 
cowf£, short, 
rfour, sweet. 


bon, good. 


bas, low. 


&gf£f, light. 


sage, wise. 
petit, small. 
gros, big. 
haut, high. 


nouveau, new. 
vieui, old. 
pesant, heavy, 
/oz^rrf, dull. 


#S0M, Soft. 

aise, easy, 
erize?, cruel. 
6eaM, fine. 



Gender. 

The masculine of all French adjectives ends either in 
c, d, e, e, f, g, i, I, n, r, s, t, u, or x; and the general 
rule for forming the feminine, is to add a silent e to the 
masculine. But as some adjectives vary from this reg- 
ular rule, each termination will be noticed in alphabetical 
order. 

C. Only eight adjectives end in c, and they form the 
faminine as follows : — 



Masculine. 




Feminine. 


blanc, 


white, 


blanche. 


franc, 


free, 


franche. 


sec, 
public, 
caduc, 
Turc, 


dry, 
public, 
in decay, 
Turkish, 


seche. 
publique. 
caduque. 
Tar que. 


ammoniac, 
Grec, 


ammoniac, 
Greek, 


ammoniaque 
Grecque. 



33 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

D. Adjectives ending in d take e in the feminine, 
without exception. 

E. All adjectives ending in silent or unaccented e are 
the same in both genders. 

E. All adjectives ending in e accented take another e 
in the feminine ; as, aise, masc, aisee, fern., easy. 

F. Adjectives ending in / change /into ve ; as, 
chetifi pitiful, chetive. 

G. Adjectives ending in g take ue in the feminine ; as, 
long, long, longue. 

I. Adjectives ending in i take e in the feminine, except 
beni (holy) and favori (favorite), which become benite 
and favorite. 

Hemi (half), semi (half), mi (mid), never change, but 
are always joined to the noun by a hyphen. 

Demi, before a noun, never changes ; but when placed 
after a feminine noun, it takes e. Thus the French say, 

Une demi-lieue, half a league. 
line lieue et demie, a league and a half. 
Deux lieues et demie, two leagues and a half. 
Des demi-dieux, demi-gods. 

Demi, when an adjective, is never plural. 

L. Those ending in al or il take e for the feminine, 
except gentil, gentille, genteel. Those ending in el, oI 7 
ul, or eil, add le for the feminine ; as, eternel, eternelle, 
eternal ; nul, nulle, no one ; pareil, pareilh> like. 

[For the adjectives vieil, mol, fol, bel, and nouvel, see 
adjectives ending in x and w.] 

N. Adjectives ending in n usually take e in the femi- 
nine ; as, fin, fine, fine. But if o or ie come before n, 
the n is doubled and the e added ; as, bon, bonne, good ; 
Parisian, Parisienne, Parisian. The following are more 
irregular : — 

benin, benigne, benignant. 

malin, maligne, malignant. 



ADJECTIVES : GENDER. 



39 



R. x\djectives ending in r take e in the feminine, unless 
they end in eur. Of those ending in eur, about a hun- 
dred change eur into euse ; as, flatteur, jlattemse? flatter- 
ing ; and about fifty ending in teur, change teur into trice ; 
as, accusateur, accusatrice^ accusing. The following ad- 
jectives in eur take e only, in the regular way : — 

Masculine. Feminine. Masculine. Feminine. 



anterieur, anterieure. superieur 
citerieur, citerieure* ulterieur. 


, superieure. 
ulterieure. 


exterieur, exterieure. majeur, 


majeure. 


inferieur, inferieure. mineur, 


mineur e. 


interieur, interieure. meilleur, 


rneilleure. 


posterieur, posterieure* 




S. Adjectives ending in s take e 


in the feminine, 


except, 

Masculine, 


Feminine. 


bas, low, 


basse. 


gras, fat, 
las, tired, 


grasse. 
lasse. 


expres, express, 


expresse. 


gros, big, 
epaiSy thick, 
frais, fresh, 
absous, absolved, 


grosse. 
epaisse* 
fraiche. 
absoute. 


dissous, dissolved, 


dissoute. 



T. Adjectives ending in t take e in the feminine, 
except 

sot, foolish, sotte. 

net, clean, nette. 

U. Adjectives ending in u generally take e in the femi- 
nine. The following are exceptions : — 

Masculine. Feminine. 

mou or moZ, soft, molle. 

fou or fol, foolish, fotte. 

beau or bel, fine, belle, 

nouveau or nouveL new, nouvelle. 



40 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



The masculines mol,fol, bel, and nouvel, are used before 
the masculine singular when it begins with a vowel or 
silent h. In other cases, mou, fou, beau, and nouveau, 
are used. 

The adjective nu (naked) is not changed by number 
or gender, when it precedes the substantive * as, vu-pieds, 
barefoot ; nu-jambes, bare-legged ; — but when placed after 
the noun, it is varied like other adjectives; as, pieds nus, 
naked feet ; jambes nues, bare legs. 

The adjective feu (late), before an article or adjective 
pronoun, is not changed ; as, feu la reine, the late queen ; 
feu mes oncles, my late uncles ; feu ma niece, my late 
niece ; — but when placed after the article or adjective pro- 
noun, it is varied according to the number and gender of 
the noun; as, lafeue reine, the late queen, &c. 

X. Adjectives ending in x change x into se for the 
feminine, except, 



Masculine. 




Feminine. 


perplex, 

prefix, 

doux, 


perplexed, 

prefixed, 

sweet, 


perplexe, 

prefixe. 

douce. 


roux, 


red, 


rousse. 


faux, 

vieux or vieil. 


false, 
old, 


fausse. 
vieille. 



The old masculine vieil is used in the singular only, 
before masculine nouns that begin with a vowel or 
silent h. 

LVI. 

Write the feminine of the adjectives in Lesson LIV. 
thus, riche, m. riche, f. rich ; sec, m. seche, f. dry. 



LVII. 

Write the feminine of the adjectives in Lesson LV. 
in the same manner* 



ADJECTIVES ; GENDER. 



41 



Place of Adjectives. 

In English, the adjective usually precedes the noun ; 
as, round table ; — but in French, the adjective usually 
follows the noun ; as, table ronde. 

The following, however, when used singly, and not 
qualified by an adverb, are placed before the noun : 



beau, fine. 
bon, good. 
brave, brave. 
cher, beloved, dear. 
chetif, vile. 
faux, false. 
galant, well-bred. 
grand, great, tall. 
gros, big, large. 
honnete, honest. 
jeune, young. 



joli, pretty. 
mediant, wicked. 
mauvais, bad. 
meilleur, better. 
moindre^ less. 
petit, little. 
saint, holy. 
tout, all. 
vieil, I o , d> 



$ 



vieux, 
vrai, true. 



Most other adjectives follow the noun ; but in poetry, 
and sometimes in prose, those which usually follow the 
noun are allowed to come before it. But whenever the 
place of the adjective affects its meaning, as it sometimes 
does, no discretion of this sort is allowed. 

The adjectives in the three following exercises, all come 
before the noun ; and the pupil is expected to alter the 
number and gender to suit those of the noun. 

LVIII. 

Adapt the gender and number of the adjectives and 
articles to the gender and number of the nouns in the 
following exercises : — 



the fine houses, 
the good boots, 
the brave men, 
the dear daughters, 
the vile animals, 
the great hopes, 
the big books, 
the honest means, 
4* 



beau, maison. 
bon, botte. 
brave, homme. 
cher, file, 
chetif, animal, 
grand, esperance. 
gros, livre. 
honnete, moyen. 



42 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE* 



LIX. 

the young birds, 
the pretty sisters, 
the wicked intentions, 
the bad manners, 
the better wines, 
the less trees, 
the little rooms, 
the holy pages, 



LX. 



all the nations, 
the old customs, 
the true maxims, 
the fine horses, 
the big tarts, 
the old boxes, 
* — every author, 



jeune, oiseau. 
joli, sceur. 
mechant, intention, 
mauvais, moeurs. 
meilleur, vin. 
moindre, arbre. 
petit, chambre. 
saint, page. 



tout le nation, 
tieux, coutume. 
vrai, maxime. 
beau, cheval. 
gros, tourte. 
vieux, boite. 
tout, auteur. 



LXI. 



The adjectives in the six following exercises must follow 
the noun, and agree with it in number and gender : — 



LXIL 

the American boys, 
of the English hat, 
to the Italian cities, 
the German language, 
of the Spanish book, 
to the public interest, 
of the sweet wine, 
to the harmonious voices, 

LXIII. 

of the white gown, 
to the black cloak, 



Americain, gargon. 
Anglois, chapeau. 
Italien, ville. 
Allemand, langue. 
Espagnol, livre. 
public, interct. 
doux, vin. 
harmonieux, voix* 



blanc, robe, 
noir, mantelet. 



* This mark ( — ) under a word means that the word is not express- 
ed in French or English, as the case may be. This mark (-(-) means 
that something is understood only in one language, but must be ex- 
pressed in the other. 



ADJECTIVES. 



43 



from the faithful servant, 
at the green house, 
of the boiled mutton, 
of the favorable reception, 
of the cold climates, 
at the open window, 

LXIV. 

the closed doors, 

of the roasted chicken, 

the Punic wars, 

to the Roman pride, 

of the agreeable lady, 

to the gray stuff, 

of the tragical history, 

the American eagle, 

LXV. 

of the blue skies, 
to the round moon, 
to the purple lines, 
of the square hall, 
at the Irish hotel, 
the Parisian ladies, 
of the admirable actress, 
to the ridiculous figures, 

LXVI. 

of the pacific spirits, 
the childish actions, 
the docile scholars, 
to the piercing wind, 
to the credulous women, 
the intrepid soldiers, 
of the virtuous queens, 
to the ingenious workman, 

LXVII. 

of the holy water, 

of the league and a half, 



fidele, domestique. 
vert, maison. 
bouilli, mouton. 
favorable, accueil. 
froid, climat. 
ouvert, fenetre. 

ferme, parte, 
rod, poulet. 
Punique, guerre. 
Romain, orgueiL 
agreable, dame, 
gris, etoffe. 
tragique, histoire. 
Americain, aigle. 

bleu, del. 
ronde, lune. 
pourpre, ligne. 
carre, salon. 
Irlandois, hotel. 
Parisien, dame, 
admirable, act rice, 
grotesque, figure. 

pacifique, esprit, 
pueril, action, 
docile, ecolier. 
vif, vent, 
credule, femme. 
intrepide, soldat. 
vertueux, reine. 
ingenieux, ouvrier. 



beni, eau. 
ligue, demi. 



44 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

to the late king, feu, roi. 

of the Greek revolution, Grec, revolution. 

at the long streets, long, rue. 

to the eternal ruin, eternel, ruine. 

of similar ideas, pareil, idee. 

of malicious intentions, malin, intention. 

When more than one adjective belongs to the same 
noun, it is. the best way to place them after it, with the 
conjunction et, which means and, before the hast adjective. 
Thus, " the just, wise, and generous king," would be in 
French, le roi juste, sage, et genereux. 

LXVIII. 

The sincere, handsome, and bountiful lady. . 

sincere, beau, et bienfaisant dame. 
The lively, solid, and brilliant genius. 
vif solide, et brillant esprit. 
To the young, virtuous, and amiable wife. 

jeune, vertueux, et aimable femme. 
From the happy, honest, and good daughters. 

heureux, honnete, et bon file. 
Of the poor, miserable, and wicked children. 
pauvre, miserable, et mecjiant enfant. 

LIX. 

The free, dry, and fresh breeze. 
franc, sec, et frais brise. 
Of the sweet, old, and strong beer. 

doux, vieux, et fort Mere. 
Of the red, black, and brown birds. 

rouge, noir, et bi^n oiseau. 
To the low, thick, and green grass. 

bas, cpais, et vert her be. 
To the benign, peaceful, and spiritual religion. 

benin, paisible, et spirit uel religion. 



ADJECTIVES, 45 

Agreement of Adjectives. 

In English, when an adjective belongs to more than 
one noun, it is not changed ; as, " The wind and rain 
were violent." But, in French, as the adjective is 
affected by number and gender, and the nouns may be of 
different genders or numbers, so that the adjective cannot 
agree with both, the usage is as follows : — 

•1. If both nouns are of the same gender, the adjective 
must be of the same gender, and in the plural number. 

2. If the nouns are of different genders, and nomina- 
tives to a verb, the adjective that qualifies them must be 
put in the masculine plural; as in the above example, 
Le vent et la pluie etoient violents ; "The wind and the 
rain were violent." 

3. If the nouns are not nominatives, the adjective 
must agree in gender and number with the last noun ; as, 

" He governs with absolute power and authority ; " 
11 gouverne avec un pouvoir et une autorite absolue. 
Here, pouvoir is masculine, and autorite, feminine ; and 
absolue, the adjective, takes the e, and becomes feminine. 

LXX. 

In the two following exercises, the nouns are nomina- 
tives. The verb must not be altered. 

The wind and the rain were furious. 

vent et pluie etoient furieux. 

The house and the shop were burned. 

maison boutique brule. 

The horses and the men were drowned. 

cheval homme noye, 

The king and the queen were present. 

roi reine present. 

The robber and the girl were punished. 

voleur jille punu 



46 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

The trees and * shrubs were extirpated. 
arbre -f- arbrisseau deracine. 

LXXL 

The pens and ink* were bad. 

plume -f~ encre mauvais. 
The paper and parchment were good. 
papier -|- parchemin bon. 

The lamp and candle were extinguished. 

lampe -f~ chandelle eteint. 

The fire and smoke were mingled. 

feu -\-fumee mele. 

The lion and the lioness were caught. 

lion lionne attrape. 

The truths and the falsehoods were apparent. 

verite mensonge apparent. 

In the two following lessons, the nouns to which the 
adjective refers are not the nominatives of any verb : — 

LXXII. 

He shows incredible* application and* courage, 
11 montre incroyable application courage. 
He shows perfect judgment and justice. 

par fait jugement justice. 
He shows dreadful fear and despair. 

affreux peur desespoir. 

He shows fine pictures and engravings. 

beau tableau gravure. 

He shows good courage and foresight, 
bon courage prevoyance. 

LXXIII. 

He shows consummate zeal and prudence. 

consomme zcle prudence. 

He shows consummate prudence and zeal. 

* The article must be repeated in French, though not expressed in 
English, in these and similar cases. In lesson /2 each noun must 
have the partitive article before it. 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 47 

He found the doors, windows, and shutters, closed. 
trouva porte, fenetre, volet, ferme. 

He found the shutters, windows, and doors, closed. 
He thinks the vessel and cargo lost. 

croit bdtiment cargaison perdu. 
He thinks the cargo and vessel lost. 

Comparison of Adjectives. 

French adjectives have three degrees of comparison, 
as in English; but they are not compared by changing 
the termination, as in English. We say, wise, wiser, 
wisest ; but the French have no such form. They place 
the adverb plus (more) or moins (less) before the 
adjective, to make the comparative degree ; as, plus sage, 
wiser ; moins sage, less wise ; and they place the article 
le (the) before their comparative, to make it superlative ; 
thus, le plus sage, the wisest ; le moins sage, the least 
wise. 

If the noun which the adjective qualifies be feminine, 
la, the feminine article, is used instead of le; as, sage, 
plus sage, la plus sage. 

LXXIV. 

Exercises upon the Comparison of Adjectives. 

The pupil is required to give the three degrees of each 
of the following adjectives, in both genders and both 
numbers, thus : — 

Singular. 





high, 


higher, 


highest. 


Masc. 
Fem. 


haut, 
haute, 


plus haut, 
plus haute, 

Plural. 


le plus haut. 
la plus haute. 




high, 


higher, 


highest. 


Masc. 
Fem. 


hauts, 
hautes, 


plus hauts, 
plus hautes, 


les plus hauts. 
les plus hautes 



43 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



1st. 


2d. 


3d. 


Masc. 


Fe«, 


high, 


higher, 


highest, 


haut, 


haute. 


great, 


greater, 


greatest, 


grand, 


grandc. 


short, 


shorter, 


shortest, 


court, 


court e. 


dear, 


dearer, 


dearest, 


cher, 


chere. 


mild, 


milder, 


mildest, 


doux, 


douce. 


straight, 


straighter, 


straightest, 


droit, 


droite. 



When the adjective comes before the noun, the cases 
are marked as follows, in the comparative degree ; — 
Singular. 
N. & Ac. plus j oli tableau, a prettier picture. 
G. & Ab. d^un plus j oli tableau, of a prettier picture. 
Dative. a unplusjoli tableau, to a prettier picture. 

Plural. 
N. & Ac. phisjolis tableaux, prettier pictures. 
G. & Ab. de plus jolis tableaux, of prettier pictures. 
Dative. a de plus jolis tableaux, to prettier pictures. 

When the adjective follows the noun, the cases are 
marked thus, by the definite article : — 

Singular. 
N. & Ac. le tableau plus agreable, the more pleasing picture. 
G. & Ab. du tableau plus agreable, of the more pleasing picture. 
Dative. au tableau plus agreable, to the more pleasing picture. 

Plural, 
N. & Ac. les tableaux plus agreables, the more pleasing pictures. 
G. & Ab. des tableaux plus agreables, of the more pleasing pictures. 
Dative. aux tableaux plus agreables, to the more pleasing pictures. 

In the superlative degree, if the adjective comes before 
the noun, the cases are marked as follows : — 

Singular. 
N. & Ac. la plus belle femme, the handsomest woman. 
G. & Ab. de la plus belle femme, of the handsomest woman. 
Dative. a la plus belle femme, to the handsomest woman. 

Plural. 

N. & Ac. les plus belles femmes, the handsomest women. 
G. & Ab. des plus belles femmes, of the handsomest women. 
Dative. aux plus belles femmes, to the handsomest women. 

If the adjective follows the noun, the cases run thus : — 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 



49 



Singular. 
N. & Ac. la femme la plus laide, the ugliest woman. 
G. & Ab. de la femme la plus laide, of the ugliest woman. 
Dative* a la femme la plus laide, to the ugliest woman. 

Plural. 
N. & Ac. les femmes les plus laides, the ugliest women. 
G. & Ab. des femmes les plus laides, of the ugliest women. 
Dative. aux femmes les plus laides, to the ugliest women. 

In comparisons of diminution, the word moins is put 
Instead of plus. 

LXXV. 

In the following exercise on the comparative degree, 
the adjectives follow the nouns. The pupil must find 
the gender and number of the noun, and make the 
adjective agree with it. He must also notice that the 
partitive article must precede the noun in all the sen- 
tences, some being understood ; thus, de Veau plus douce. 

softer water, that is, some water more soft ; 
+ doux eau. 

longer days, or some days more long ; 
-f- long jour. 

warmer seasons, that is, some seasons more warm ; 
+ chaud saison. 



heavier misfortunes ; 
-j- triste malheur. 

whiter silk ; 
-f- blanc sole. 

drier winds ; 
+ sec vent. 

thicker ice ; 
-f- epais glace. 

redder earth ; 
-f- roux terre. 

richer men ; 
+ riche homme. 
5 



more frank conversation ; 

-f- franc conversation. 
more public conduct ; 

-f- public conduite. 
more pitiful actions ; 

-f- chetif action. 
more malignant persons ; 

-f- malin personne. 
more foolish thoughts ; 

-f- sot peusee. 
more false friends ; 

+ faux ami. 



50 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



LXXVI. 

the more aged lady, or, the 

lady more aged, dame, age* 
the more noble friend, or, the 

friend more noble, ami, noble. 

the more benignant soul, ame, benin. 

the more malignant evils, mat, malin. 

the more fatal fever, fievre, fatal. 

the more blue skies, del, bleu. 

the more red heads, tete, roux. 



LXXVIL 

the nearer town, 
the viler cause, 
the milder means/ 
the older houses, 
the younger children, 
the surer way, 

LXXVIIL 

of the more mortal poison, 
to the more spacious gardens, 
of the harder wood, 
to the more perfect law, 
to the more precious metals, 
of the prouder family, 

LXXIX. 

In writing the following exercise in the superlative 
degree, look out the gender and number of the noun, and 
place the article before it ; then repeat the article with 
plus or moins, and the adjective in the same gender and 
number ; thus, la femme la plus savante, &c. 

the most learned woman ; 

savant femme. 
the least worthy daughters ; 

digne file. 
the most faithful promises ; 

fulvlc promesse. 



ville, prochain. 
cause, vil. 
moyen, doux. 
maison, vieux. 
enfant, jeune. 
maniere, stir. 



poison, mortel. 
jar din, spadeux. 
bois, dur. 
hi, parfait. 
metal, predeux. 
famille, orgueilleux. 



the most holy places ; 

mini lieu. 
the least ripe fruit ; 

mur fruit. 
the highest trees ; 
haut arbre. 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 



51 



the widest streets ; the 

large rue. 
the deepest wells ; the 

profond puits. 

LXXX. 

the silliest things, 
the happiest girls, 
the driest wells, 
the hardest terms, 
the hardest lessons, 
the shortest columns, 

LXXXI. 

the most wise prince, 
the most cruel princess, 
the most painful death, 
the most sorry horses, 
the most sad news, 
the most furious tigress, 

LXXXIL 

of the most amiable queen, 
of the most excellent man, 
of the most generous citizens, 
of the most serious truths, 
of the most bitter apples, 
of the most sour cherries, 

LXXXIII. 

to the most diligent boys, 

to the highest tree, 

to the widest fields, 

to the poorest land, 

to the least severe code, 

to the least formal custom, 

LXXXIV. 

the bluest ocean, 
the clearest skies, 
to the simplest mind, 



least painful death ; 

penible mort. 
most furious tiger ; 

furieux tigre. 

sot? chose, 
fdle, heureux. 
puits, sec. 
terme, dur. 
lepon, difficile, 
colonne, court. 



prince, sage, 
princesse, cruel, 
mort, penible. 
cheval, chetif. 
nouvelle,(smg.) triste. 
tigre, furieux. 



reine, aimable. 
Jiomme, excellent, 
citoyen, genereux. 
verite, serieux. 
pomme, amer. 



garpon, diligent, 
arbre, haut. 
champ, large, 
terre, pauvre. 
code, severe, 
coutume, formel. 

ocean, bleu, 
del, clair. 
esprit, simple. 



52 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

to the strongest arguments, argument, fort. 
of the purest motives, motif, pur. 

of the most famous wine, vin, fameux. 

LXXXV. 

The hotel of the most benevolent men. 

hotel bienveillant homme. 

To the relief of the most wretched prisoners. 

secours miserable prisonnier. 

Of the ruin of the most worthy citizens. 
mine digne citoyen. 

The most complete edition of the works. 

complet edition ouvrage. 

The first copy of the oldest book. 
premier copie vieux lime,. 

LXXXVI. 

To the least amiable child of the family. 

aimable enfant famille- 

Of the least capable officer of the army. 

capable officier armee. 

To the least diligent scholars of the class. 

diligent ecolier classe. 

From the least important part of the subject. 

important part sujet* 

To the most famous men. 

fameux homme. 

The following adjectives are irregularly compared : — 
bon, good ; meilleur, better ; le meilleur, the best. 

} y ( le plus mauvais. 

• i_ j f plus mauvais, \ r 7 

mauvais, bad, > * . ' < or le pirc, 

' V or pire, worse, ) * J 

j r ( tne worst * 

., ,. , } 7 .*. C le plus petit, or 

j*ft<,little, or / phis petit, or \ f e m f tnd 

small, C momdre, less, ) tfae kasU 



IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES. 53 

The preceding adjectives must be carefully distinguish- 
ed from the following words, which are called adverbs, 
and which, though compared, do not qualify nouns, and 
are not varied by gender or number as adjectives are : — 

Men, well ; mieux, better ; le mieux, the best. 

mal, bad ; pis, worse ; le pis, the worst. 

peu, little ; moins, less ; le moins, the least. 

LXXXVIL 

Exercise on the Irregular Adjectives. 

Cider is good, but water is better. 

cidre est bon, mais eau est 

The boy is bad, but the father is worse. 

gargon mauvais pere 

The house is small, but the barn is less. 

maison petit grenier 

The bird is better than the bat. 

oiseau que chauve-souris. 

The height of the wall is less than the length. 

hauteur muraille que longueur. 

The remedy is worse than the disease. 

remede maladie. 

If more than one adjective belongs to the noun, the 
signs of the second and third degree must be repeated 
before each adjective, although more and most are not 
repeated in English. Thus^ " to the most wise, brave 
and poor man," is rendered, a Vhomme le plus sage, le 
plus brave et le plus pauvre. The noun precedes the 
adjectives. 

LXXXVIII. 

Of the most useful and agreeable cnfts. 
utile agreable don. 

To the strongest, fiercest, and most cruel beast. 
fort, feroce, cruel bete. 

To the most severe, painful, and just recompense. 
severe, penible, juste recompense. 

5* 



54 FRENCH ACCIDENCE* 

Of the most charming and amusing stories. 
charmant amusant conte. 
To the poorest, neatest, and most industrious woman. 
pauvre, propre, industrieux femme. 

The degrees of comparison that have been explained, 
imply superiority or inferiority, increase or diminution ; 
but there is a comparison of equality ; as, la tulipe est 
aussi belle que la rose, " the tulip is as beautiful as the 
rose ; " where the first as is rendered by aussi and the 
second by que. 

Again, we say, " John is not so ambitious as William," 
Jean rfest pas si ambitieux que Guillaume; where so is 
rendered by si, and as by que. 

Although tant (so much) and autant (as much) are 
not placed before adjectives, it will be useful for the pupil 
to recollect that the as which follows them is rendered by 
que ; thus, Elle n'a pas tant or autant de beaute que sa 
sceur, " She has not so much or as much beauty as her 
sister." 

In English, when the article the is repeated before the 
comparatives more and less, it is not expressed in French ; 
thus, " The more one has, the more one wishes to have j" 
Plus on a, plus on veut avoir. 

LXXXIX. 

Mary is as pretty as Lucia. 

Marie est joli Lucie. 

Cicero is as eloquent as Demosthenes. 

Ciceron est eloquent Demosthene. 

The horse is as strong as the ass. 

cheval est fort due. 

The cows are as useful as the horses. 

vache sont utile chevaL 

Lucia (is not) so pretty as Mary. 
Lucie (rf est pas) joli Marie. 
The house (is not) so high as the church. 

maison (ft' est pas) haut eglise. 



ADJECTIVES Ot NUMBER AND ORDER. 



55 



The Adjectives of Number and Order are as fol- 
lows : — 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 
10. 
11. 
12. 
13. 
14. 
15. 
16. 
17. 
18. 
19. 
20. 
21. 
22. 
23. 
24. 
25. 
26. 
27. 
28. 
29. 
30. 
40. 
50. 
60. 

The numbers from 30 to 40, from 40 to 50, from 50 
to 60, and from 60 to 69, are counted the same as from 
20 to 30 ; but as the French have no single word for 70, 
80, or 90, they adopt the following mode : — 



Numeral 




Ordinal. 


Un, mas. \Jne,fem. 


1st. Le premier or Unieme. 


Deux, (x is not sounded.) 


2d. Le .second or deuxieme 


Trois. 


3d. Troisieme. 


Quatre. 


4th. Quatrieme. 


Cinq, (q is sounded.) 


5th. Cinquieme. 


Six, (pron. Siss.) 


6th. Sixieme. 


Sept, (Set.) 


7th. Septieme. 


Huit, (t is sounded.) 


8th. Huitieme. 


Neuf, (f sounded.) 


9th. Neuvieme. 


Dix, (Diss.) 


10th. Dixieme. 


Onze. 


11th. Onzieme. 


Douze. 


12th. Douzieme. 


Treize. 


13th. Treizieme. 


Quatorze. 


14th. Quatorzieme. 


Quinze. 


15th. Quinzieme. 


Seize. 


16th. Seizieme. 


Dix-sept, (Diss-set.) 


17th. Dix-septieme. 


Dix-huit, (Di-zuit.) 


18th. Dix -huitieme. 


Dix-neuf, (Diz-neuf.) 


19th. Dix-neuvieme. 


Vingt, (g&t not sounded.) 


20th. Vingtieme. 


Vingt-et-un, 




21st Vingt-et-unieme. 


Vingt-deux, 




22d. Vingt-deuxieme. 


Vingt-trois, 


(g is dropped 

hut / iq 


23d. Vingt-troisieme. 


Vingt-quatre, 


24th. Vingt-quatrieme. 


Vingt-cinq, 


UUL t ID 

srmnrlpf! 


25th. Vingt-cinquieme. 


Vingt-six, 


ou m lx kx \^ \JL. 

from 21 to 29. 


. 26th. Vingt-sixieme. 


Vingt-sept, 


' 27th. Vingt-septieme. 


Vingt-huit, 




28th. Vingt-huitieme. 


Vingt-neuf, 




29th. Vingt-neuvieme. 


Trente. 


30th. Trentieme. 


Quarante. 


40th. Quarantieme. 


Cinquante. 


50th. Cinquantieme. 


Soixante, (x \\\ 


^e 55.) 


60th. Soixantieme. 



Numeral. 

70. Soixante et dix. # 

71. Soixante et onze. 



Ordinal. 

70th. Soixante-et dixieme. 
71st. Soixante-et-onzieme. 



* The French method is the same as if we should call 70 sixty-ten, 
71 sixty-eleven, 72 sixty-twelve, and so on to sixty-nineteen, 79. 



56 FRENCH ACCIDENCE* 

Numeral. Ordinal. 

72. Soixante et douze. 72d. Soixante-et-douzieme. 

73. Soixante et treize. 73d. Soixante-et-treizieme. 

74. Soixante et quatorze. 74th. Soixante-et-quatorzieme. 

75. Soixante et quinze. 75th. Soixante-et-quinzieme. 

76. Soixante et seize. 76th. Soixante-et-seizieme. 

77. Soixante et dix-sept. 77th. Soixante-et-dix-septieme. 

78. Soixante et dix-huit. 78th. Soixante-et-dix-huitieme. 

79. Soixante et dix-neuf. 79th. Soixante-et-dix-neuvieme. 

80. Quatre vingts, (gts silent.) 80th. Quatre-vingtieme. 

81. Quatre vingt-un. 81st. Quatre-vingt-unieme. 

The numbers from 80 to 100 are the same as from 60 
to 80, except that the et is omitted entirely. 

Numeral. Ordinal. 

90. Quatre- vingt-dix. 90th. Quatr e- vingt- dixieme. 

100. Cent, (t silent.) 100th. Centieme. 

The numbers from 100 to 200 are a repetition of those 
from 1 to 100 ; thus, 

Numeral. Ordinal. 

101. Cent un. 101st. Cent-et-unieme. 
110. Cent dix. 110th. Cent-dixieme. 

120. Cent vingt, (or Six vingts.) 120th. Cent-vingtieme. 

121. Cent vingt et un. 121st. Cent-vingt et unieme. 
180. Cent quatre vingts. 180th. Cent-quatre-vingtieme. 
200. Deux cents, (ts silent.) 200th. Deux-centieme. 

300. Trois cents, " 300th. Trois-centieme. 

400. Quatre cents, " 400th. Quatre centieme. 

500. Cinq cents, " 500th. Cinq-centieme. 

600. Six cents, (x and ts silent.) 600th. Six-centieme. 
700. Sept cents, (say-sahn.) 700th. Sept-centieme. 
800. Huit cents, (t and ts silent.) 800th. Huit-centieme. 
900. Neuf cents, (/silent, & ts.) 900th. Neuf-centieme. 
1000. Mille or Mil. 1000th. Millieme. 

2000. Deux mille, &c. 2000th. Deux-millieme. 

1,000,000. Million. 1,000,000th. Millionnieme. 

Of the numeral adjectives, un, mas., takes wis in the 
plural, and une, fern., takes unes ; quatre-vingt takes 
quatre-vingts in the plural ; cent takes cents or cens, and 
million takes millions ; but no other numeral is varied by 
gender or number. 

Note. Although vingt, cent, and million, admit of a 
plural, this plural is only used before nouns. When 
another numeral follows them, they continue in the 



NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 



57 



singular. Thus we say, quatre-vingts batons, eighty- 
sticks ; but quatre-vingt-huit batons, eighty -eight sticks ; 
deux cents hommes, two hundred men; but deux cent 
quarante hommes, two hundred and forty men. Vingt 
only admits of a plural when it follows the word quatre 
or six, and is immediately followed by a noun. 

In dates, mil is always used instead of mille, but mille 
is used in every other case ; as, deux mille hommes, two 
thousand men ; Van mil huit cent vingt-neuf, 1829. 

Some French grammarians call un and une articles ; 
but, as they are allowed also to be numeral adjectives, 
and are always used precisely like adjectives, we have 
made no such distinction, and in this are supported by 
the best authority. 

XC. 

Exercises on the Numeral Adjectives. 
One daughter. 



A or one man. 

homme. 
Twelve pillars. 
colonne. 
Twenty-one Jews. 
Juif. 
Thirty-one ladies. 
dame. 
Sixty-three beggars. 
gueux. 
Seventy-four abbots. 
abbe. 



fillc. 
Eighty-six grandfathers. 

aieuL 
Ninety-five eyes. 
ceil. 
Eighteen rainbows. 
arc-en-ciel. 
Sixteen animals. 
animal. 
Eighty-one voices. 
voix. 



XCI. 

Two hundred horses, cheval. 

Three hundred and* fifty goats, chevre. 

Four hundred kids, chevreau. 

Five hundred and 5 * sixty-eight hares, lievre. 



* The and is omitted in French, except where it is inserted in the 
table of numeral adjectives. 



58 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

Six thousand elephants, elephant. 

Six thousand and # seventy-five bears, ours. 

Eighty calves, veau. 

Sixscore lambs, vingt, agneau. 

Onef hundred and* eighty-six oxen, bozuf. 

( Onef thousand seven hundred and* seventy-five. 
Dates. < Onef thousand four hundred and* ninety-two. 
£ Onef thousand six hundred and* twenty-one. 

XCIL 

Exercises on the Ordinal Adjectives. 

The ordinal adjectives admit before them the mas- 
culine or feminine article, according to the gender of 
their noun ; as, 

La troisieme page, The third page. 

Le troisieme livre, The third book. 

The seventeenth page of the book. 
page livre* 

The first man of the army. 
homme armee. 

The second day of the month. 
jour mois. 

The third month of the year. 
mois annee. 

The eighty-first woman of the family. 
femme famille. 

The twenty-ninth day of July. 

jour Juillet. 
Of the tenth order of the nobility. 
degre noblesse. 

Of the seventh day of the week. 
jour semaine. 

* The and is omitted in French, except where it is inserted in the 
table of numeral adjectives. 

t One, in such cases, is omitted in French. 



ORDINAL ADJECTIVES* , 59 

To the seventy-sixth line of the catalogue. 

ligne catalogue. 

To the ninety-third regiment of (the) foot. 

regiment infanterie. 

XCIII. 

When the ordinals are used without a noun, if they 
mean a part of any thing, they are, properly, nouns, and 
usually take the masculine article ; as, Le septieme est 
gate, " A seventh part is spoiled ; " but if they are mere 
ordinals, used when the noun they qualify is well under- 
stood, the article takes the gender of that noun. 

The sixteenth is the best, meilleur. 

The fourth is the highest, haut. 

The twelfth is the widest, large. 

The twenty-first is the dearest, cher. 

The eighty-second is the largest, grand. 
The one hundred and fourth is the 

poorest, pauvre. 

The thousandth is the luckiest, heureux. 

The millionth is the wisest, sage. 

Though the numeral and ordinal adjectives are 
generally used in French as in English, still this is not 
always the case, and the following are the principal 
instances in which the languages differ : — 

XCIV. 

It will be recollected that un or une is the French for 
a or an, as well as for one. The word a is expressed in 
English, and not expressed in French, before nouns in 
apposition, or nominatives after the verb to be ; that is, 
before nouns used to qualify preceding nouns ; as, " Mr. 
B., a doctor of laws," M. B., docteur-en-droit ; "He is 
a Frenchman," 11 est Frangois. 

Note. When the French of proper names is not 
given in the exercises, it is because it is the same in 
both languages. 



60 FRENCH ACCIDENCE* 

Charlemagne, a king of France, roi. 
The duke is a prince of the blood* 
due prince sang. 

Mr. F. is a member of parliament. 
est membre parlement. 
The father is a surgeon and a physician. 
pere est chirurgien medecin. 

The son is a tailor and a merchant. 
fils est tailleur negotiant. 

Bristol is a port and city. 
port ville. 
Is she a duchess or a marchioness ? 

duchesse ou marquisse 1 
Washington was a president and a general. 
etoit president general. 

xcv. 

2. Sometimes the a in English is expressed by the 
article le or la, or the preposition par, in French ; and this 
takes place usually when the price of a thing precedes 
the quantity, time, &c. for which it is paid ; as, " two 
shillings a bushel," deux chelins le boisseau; "five 
shillings a week," cinq chelins par semaine. For a 
general rule, before nouns of time, the a is expressed by 
the preposition par, and, in other cases, by the article le 
or la, as the gender may require. 

Three crowns a hundred. 

ecu cent. 

Ten guineas a month. 

guinee mois. 
Seventy-eight dollars a year. 
piastre an. 
Sixteen pence a pint. 
sou pintc. 
Three times a week. 
fois semaine. 



ORDINAL ADJECTIVES. 



61 



Eighty-nine times a year. 

fois an. 
Six cents a mile. 
sou mille. 
Seventy-five cents a head. 
sou tite. 
Ninety-seven dollars a piece. 
dollar piece. 

3. In noting the day of the month, the numeral 
adjective is used when the noun jour (day) is omitted, 
and the ordinal when this noun is expressed. Thus, 

Le onze de Mai* The eleventh of May. 

Le onzieme jour de Mai, The eleventh day of May. 

XCVI. 

The fourth of # January, Janvier. 

The eighteenth of February, Fevrier. 

The twenty-sixth of March, Mars. 

The second of April, Ami, deux. 

The twenty-second of May, Mai. 

Of the first of June, Juin, premier. 

Of the second of July, Juillet, deux. 

Of the twenty-ninth of August, Aout. 

The thirtieth of September, Septembre. 

The eighteenth of October, Octobre. 

The twelfth of November, Novembre. 

The thirty-first of December, Decembre. 

4. Speaking of kings and emperors, the numeral is 
always used instead of the ordinal adjective, except un 
and deux, which are never substituted for premier and 
second. Thus, 



George Quatre, 
Louis Seize, 
Philippe Premier, 
Guillaume Second, 



George the Fourth. 
Lewis the Sixteenth. 
Philip the First. 
William the Second. 



* Proper names of months, like those of persons, (p. 23,) take no 
article before them, but only the prepositions dc (of) and a (to). 

6 



62 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

XCVII. 

James the First, Jaques. 

Charles the Second, Charles. 

John the Third, Jean. 

Henry the Fourth, Henri. 

Louis the Fifth,* Louis. 

William the Sixth, Guillaume. 

George the Seventh, George. 

Henry the Eighth, Henri. 

Louis the Eighteenth, Louis. 

In English, every ordinal adjective has ly added to it, 
when the noun place is omitted ; and ment is the cor- 
responding termination in French : — 

"In the first place," En Premier lieu; " Firstly ," 

Premierement. 
"In the second place," En Second lieu; "Secondly," 

Secondement. 
"In the third place," En Troisieme lieu; "Thirdly," 

Troisiemement. 

Either form of expression Is authorized. Ordinals 
ending in ment, are called adverbs in French gram- 
mars. 

Sometimes the numerals are used as nouns ; as, un cent 
de plumes, " a hundred of pens ; " but the French have 
also nouns ending in aine, which are used in similar 
cases ; as, une cent aine de plumes. 



VERBS. 

Verbs in French, as in English, are words which ex- 
press what some noun or pronoun is or docs; as. The 
boy plays. Le garcon joue ; The child is pretty, U enfant 
est joli. 

In English, the verb has but few variations. Thus the 

* Cinq is used in all cases except two, — Charles Fifth, an emperor 
of Germany, and Sextus the Fifth, one of the popes. In these two 
cases only, we say, Charles Quint, Sixte Quint. 



VERBS. 63 

verb fear has fearest, feareth, fears, for the present tense, 
and feared and fearedst for the past tense. All the other 
tenses and moods which are said to belong to English 
verbs, are formed by the union of two or more distinct 
words ; as, have feared, am feared, fee. 

It is not so in French, for, by merely altering the termi- 
nation of their verb, they express various modifications, 
which we can only express by phrases. Thus, parle 
means speak ; parlais, was speaking ; parlai, spoke ; 
parlerai, will speak ; parlerais, would speak, &c. 

English verbs have a great variety of endings in what 
is called the name of the verb or infinitive mood ; as, go, 
fly, drag, start, fear, seem, stun, speak, punish, receive, 
sell, &c. 

It is not so with French verbs, for they all end either 
in er, ir, oir, or re, in the infinitive mood. 

Verbs that end in er are many times more numerous 
than all the verbs in the three other terminations. 

Verbs ending in er, ir, oir, and re, differ from each 
other in their manner of forming the tenses and persons. 
Those in er have the verb parler, to speak, for their 
model, in the sheet Table, facing page 64. Those end- 
ing in ir have the verb punir, to punish ; those ending in 
oir have recevoir, to receive ; and those ending in re have 
vendre, to sell. 

Verbs ending in er are said to be of the first conjuga- 
tion or form ; in ir, of the second ; in oir, of the third ; 
and in re, of the fourth conjugation. • 

French verbs are said to have four modes, viz. the 
infinitive, indicative, imperative, and subjunctive. 

The infinitive and imperative modes have but one tense, 
the indicative has five, and the subjunctive two. 

Each tense has three persons singular, and three plural, 
as in English, and the person is sometimes indicated by 
the personal pronoun, and at others by the change of ter- 
mination, as in English. 

The English of the first conjugation only is given in 
full, for a moment's attention will enable the pupil to 
change the English verb to suit the verb which is the 
model of the other conjugations. 



64 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



After the pupil has learned the Table of the four con- 
jugations, or, indeed, before he has done so, the teacher 
will do well to oblige him to vary a variety of regular 
verbs by the aid of the following Table of terminations. 
He will then see that, although the four conjugations dif- 
fer in a. few respects, yet they agree in many. As far as 
practicable, in the sheet Table of the four conjugations, 
the movable termination is distinguished from the root, or 
unchanged part of the verb, by a different kind of type. 



CO 



Ph 



O 
< 



U2 



8 


*S ig •** "S 

•-III 

** «*» Ss 21 


"fcs 


1 


8 


3a 


© '*} ^5 ^S 


^ 


&» 


s- 


*f 


•3 <e ■& <s 


93 




*f 


u 


5s 


Ss 


«D 




•V »* 




' «v 






•N VJ ~ V5 




t*J 






«C *> £ V 


e/j 


1 

•** 






•2 «8 r§ *S 


C5 


8 


© 


5s 


Ss 


Q 






8 



CO 



"8 ^ s 



§<* 8 .2 '8 -3 "8 






X to 

W o 

< ^ 
o g 

to 

So 

m 

< 



■5-3 8 







M 

■ 

to 
w 

G 



t-H P-l 



03 
* © 

3 O 



J- J- 









- 
5 



s 

72 



® 



to 

to 



[To lace p. 64. to 

RBS. $ 

to 
to 
to 
to 

JPtVn in OIR. | Fourth Conjugation in RE. S 

I Vejidre, To sell. ^ 

to 



commanaer. 



TABLE OF REGULAR VERBS. ""— -g 






First Conjugation in ER. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 



PRETERITE TENSE. 



INFINITIVE MODE. 

Second Conjugation in IR. | Third Conjugation in OIR. \ Fourth Conjugation in RE. 

INDICATIVE MODE. 



tUttlL. 

N., in /urines 
V..iis,.oraios, 
IN por/erent, 


Ye or you spoke o 
They spoke or did 




FUTURE TENSE. 


SlVGPi.AH. 

!l'j,//,"/.'rr,V '' 
Plural. 

•\,.i, .-,„„-/,.,„„. 
Vous onWerez, 


SlVGUl 

I shall or will spe 
Thou shall or wil 
He shall or will s r 

UY Si, J! .., V.llV: 

Ye or you shall or 



CONDITIONAL TENSE. 



Il,.,»7erait,» 


He would or should apeak. 


Plural. 

N.n.s oor'.'riun 
Vous pnrteriez 


Plural. 
We would or should speak. 
Ye or you would or should spe 
* They would or should speak. 




PRESENT TENSE. 


SINGULAR 


Singular. 


au'uWte, 


Speak thou, or Do thou speak. 


Plural. 
Parlons, 
Portoz, 
Uu'ils partem, 


Let us speak, or Speak we. 
Let them speak,' <rSpeifc the' 




PRESENT TENSE. 


SINGULAR. 

Qu'il po,'ie, C9 ' 
Plural. 

Hi..' nous,, or/ 

n.,'d, ,,,,,/,','n 


Th"he°inS tt J'peX eBk " 

ons, That we muv'speak. 
ez, That ye or v'ou may speak. 
That they may speak. 


tii'i,- 1,'.',,',"1: 


PRETERITE TENSE. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 



PRETERITE or PAST TENSE. 



FUTURE TENSE. 



CONDITIONAL TENSE. 
Je punirais,* i would or should punish, & 



PRESENT TENSE. 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 



PRETERITE TENSE 



FUTURE TENSE. 



CONDITIONAL TENSE. 



Plura, 
I Nous prions, 



IMPERATIVE MODE. 

PRESENT TENSE. PRESENT TENSE. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



PRETERITE TENSE. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



PRETERITE TENSE. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 



PRETERITE TENSE. 

',,,,'is, 1 sold or did sell. 



FUTURE TENSE. 



CONDITIONAL TENSE. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



PRETERITE TENSE. 

je tro./is-e, That I might sell, &c. 



66 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



We entreat, do entreat, or are entreating, prier. 

Ye lend, do lend, or are lending, prefer. 

They ask, do ask, or are asking, demander. 

They sing, do sing, or are singing, chanter. 

XCIX. 

Present Tense, Second Conjugation, 

I finish, do finish, or am finishing, Jinir. 

Thou succeedest, dost succeed, or art succeeding, 

reussir. 
He furnishes, does furnish, or is furnishing, fournir. 
She hates, does hate, or is hating, hair. 

We heal, do heal, or are healing, guerir. 

Ye whiten, do whiten, or are whitening, blanchir. 
You blacken, do blacken, or are blackening, noircir. 
They blast, do blast, or are blasting, brouir. 



Present Tense, Third Conjugation. 

I conceive, or am conceiving, concevoir. 

Thou owest, or art owing, devoir. 

He perceives, or is perceiving, apercevoir. 

She owes or is owing, devoir. 

We owe, or are owing, devoir. 

Ye receive, or are receiving, recevoir. 

You owe, or are owing, devoir. 

They perceive, or are perceiving, apercevoir. 

CL 

Present Tense, Fourth Conjugation. 

I pretend, or do pretend, pretendre. 

Thou descendest, or dost descend, descendre. 

He expects, or does expect, attendre. 

She defends, or does defend, defendre. 

We answer, or do answer, repondre. 

Ye melt, or do melt, fondre. 

You lose, or do lose, perdre. 

They extend, or do extend, etendre. 



VERBS* 



67 



CII. 

In the following exercises, the four forms or conjuga- 
tions are promiscuously introduced, and the pupil must be 
careful to notice how the verb in the lesson ends, and look 
to the corresponding model in the Table. 



I sheared. 
tondre. 
He softened. 
adoucir. 
We accused. 
accuser. 
They weakened 
affoiblir. 
I acted. 
agir. 
We agitated. 
agiter. 



Imperfect Tense. 

Ye finished, or did finish. 

achever. 
She rendered, or was rendering. 

rendre. 
Thou spilledst, or didst spill. 

repandre. 
We waited, or were waiting. 

attendre. 
They perceived, or did perceive. 
apercevoir. 

Thou shearedst, or wast shearing. 
tondre. 



era. 



Imperfect Tense 

We abjured, or did abjure. 

abjurer. [i s h. 

They abolished, or did abol- 

abolir. 
Ye shortened, or did shorten. 

raccourcir. 
Thou addedst, or didst add. 

ajouter. 
He defended, o?* did defend. 

defendre. 
We replied, or did reply. 
repondre. 



She lost, or was-losing. 

perdre. 
You broke, or were-breaking. 
rompre. [ceiving. 

They conceived, or were con- 

concevoir. 
She found, or was finding. 

trouver. [terrupting. 

Ye interrupted, or were in- 

interrompre. 
I bit, or was-biting. 
mordrc. 



68 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



I thought. 
penser. 
We listened. 
ecouter. 
Thou finishedst 

jinir. 
They defined. 
definir. 
They foresaw. 
pressentir. 
Ye slept. 
dormir. 



CIV. 

Preterite Tense. 

I perceived. 
apercevoir. 
They understood. 

concevoir. 
We owed. 
devoir. 
You received. 
recevoir. 
Thou owedst. 

She owed. 
devoir. 



CV. 

Future Tense. 



You will succeed. 
reussir. 
They will fulfil. 

accomplir. 
We will love. 
aimer. 
She shall admire. 
admirer. 
Thou shalt answer. 
repondre. 
Ye shall build. 
bdtir. 



She shall seize. 
saisir. 
Thou wilt thank. 

remercier. 
Ye will avow. 

He will hide. 
cacher. 
We shall owe. 
devoir. 

I will yield. 
ceder. 



CVI. 

Conditional Tense. 

I would seek. 

chcrchvr. 
STe would fly 



vo/rr 



Thou wouldst languish. 
languir. 
You would suspect. 
soup former. 



VERBS. 



69 



They would groan. 
gemir. 
We would cure. 
guerir. 
She would aspire. 

pretendre. 
He would restore. 
rendre. 



She would obey. 
obeir. 
Thou wouldst inherit. 
heriter. 
I would hesitate. 
hesiter. 
We would perish. 
perir. 



CVIL 



Imperative Mode. 



Bless ye. 
benir. 

Let them choose. 
choisir. 
Let us study. 
etudier. 
Spread thou. 
etendre. 
Let us expose. 
euuposer. 
Establish thou. 
etablir. 



Let them demolish. 
demolir. 
Let him hear. 

entendre. 
Let her reply. 

repondre. 
Fill ye. 
emplir. 
Betray thou. 
trahir. 

Let them examine. 
examiner. 



CVIII. 

Subjunctive Mode. 

Present Tense. 



That I may enter. 
entrer. 

That ye may obey. 
obeir. 
That we may govern. 
gouverner. 



That she may send. 

envoyer. 
That they may break. 
rompre. 
That you may grow old. 
vieillir. 



70 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



That you may expect. 

attendre. 
That she may haunt. 

hdnter. 

That they may hasten. 

hater. 



That we may flourish, 
jleurir. 
That I may succeed. 
reussir. 
That thou mayst smile, 
sourire. 



CIX. 

Imperfect, Subjunctive. 



That I might strike. 
frapper. 

That we might grow young. 
rajeunir. 
That ye might fast. 

jeuner. 
That thou mightest hang. 
pendre. 
That she might offer. 
offrir. 
That we might furnish. 
munir. 



That they might ripen. 
miirir. 
That he might shut. 

fermer. 
That thou mightest owe. 

devoir. 
That ye might perceive. 

apercevoir. 
That you might quake. 
fremir. 

That I might cease. 
cesser* 



CX. 

Promiscuous Tenses. 

I banish. 
ban nir. 
He would extend. 
etendre. 
That I may choose. 
clioisir. 
Undertake ye. 

entrepn sndre. 
Let them smoke. 

fumn\ 

Thai we might consent. 
consent h\ 



I was clearing-up, 

ecJaircir. 
You blackened. 

noircir. 
They were loving, 
aimer. 
We will accuse. 
accuser. 
Let us abolish. 
abolir. 
That thou mayst adore. 
adorer. 



VERBS. 



71 



CXI. 

Promiscuous 

He should act. 
agir. 
That ye may defend. 
defendre. 
Agitate ye. 
agiter. 
We were accepting. 

agreer. 
Let us seek. 
chercher. 
That ye might perceive. 
apercevoir. 

CXIL 



Tenses. 

They were owing. 
devoir. 
Let them receive. 
recevoir. 
Conduct thou. 

conduire. 
That we may tear. 

dechirer. 
Thou breakest. 
rompre. 
You shall lose. 
perdre. 



When a question is asked, the pronoun which is the 
nominative usually follows the verb, as it does in English. 
CJ" Remember the remarks on am and do, when helping 
to form the tenses of other verbs. 



Love ye # the child ? 
Did I sell the horse ? 
Does hef give the money ? 
Is she looking at the church ? 
Was he killing the enemies ? 
Lovest thou the country ? 
Do I punish the innocent ? 
Were ye selling the apples ? 

cxm. 



aimer, enfant, 
vendre, cheval. 
donner, argent, 
regarder, eglise. 
tuer, ennemi. 
aimer, campagne. 
punir, innocent, (pi.] 
vendre, pomme. 



But if, in English, a noun is the nominative to the verb 
that asks a question, the French place the noun before the 
verb, and then put what the English would call a super- 
numerary pronoun, after the verb. Thus, when we say, 
"Does the tree grow?" the French say, ISarbre croit-il? 

* The pronoun, in such cases, is usually connected with the verb by 
a hyphen ; thus, Aimez-vous? Vendois-jc? 

t When the third person of the verb ends in c or a, and the pro- 
noun that follows begins with a vowel, the French place a t between 
the words, to render the pronunciation less difficult ; thus, Donne-t-il ? 
Aura-t-dlt ? 



■33 



FRENCH ACCEDENCE, 



" The tree grows it ? " " Does the house fall ? " La mai~ 
$on tombe-t-elle 1 " The house falls it ? " The pupil 
must attend to this peculiarity, or he will write such sen- 
tences as Croit Varbre ? Tombe la maison ? &c, which 
the French never use. 



Does the beggar bless the king? 
Do the children cherish the memory ? 
Did the hero conquer the country ? 
Will the father consent to the marriage i 
Will sin harden the heart ? 
Was the boy conducting the man ? 
Is the fire melting the lead ? 
Does the horse hear the sound ? 

cxiv. 

Did the doctor heal the patient ? 
Does the cat eat the mouse ? 
Was the maid losing the key ? 
Was the sun dissipating the vapors ? 
Did the savage accept the offer? 
Was the tailor selling the cloth ? 
Is the officer wearing the coat? 
Were the fish eating the worm ? 



mendiant, benir, roi. 
enfant, chkrir, memoire. 
hero, conquerir, pays. 
feres consentir, mariage. 
peche', durcir, cazur. 
gargon, conduire, homme. 
JeUjfondre, plomb. 
cheval, entendre, son. 



medecin, guerir, malade. 
chat, manger, souris. 
domestique, perdre, clef, 
soleil, dissiper, vapeur. 
sauvage, accepter, offre. 
tailleur, vendre, drap. 
officier, porter, habit, 
poisson, manger, ver. 



But, although the greater number of French verbs are 
varied like the examples just given, and are called regular 
verbs, several are varied irregularly in some of their tenses 
and persons, and therefore require a separate notice. 

The most important of the French irregular verbs are 
(/voir (to have), of the third conjugation, and etre (to be), 
of the fourth. These two verbs are varied as follows : — 

Infinitive Mode. 
Avoir, To have. 



Singular. 
1 . ,)' (ti, I have. 
\\ Tu a*, Thou hast 

3. II a, 1 le has. 



Indicative Mode. 

Present Tense. 

Plural. 

1. Nous avons, We have. 

2. Vous avez, Ye or you 
ha ye, 

3. lis ont, They have. 



AVOIR AND ETRE. 

Imperfect Tense. 



73 



Singular. 

V avois, 1 had. 

Tu avois, Thou hadst. 



3. II avoit, He had. 



Plural, 

1. Nous avians, We had. 

2. Vouz aviez, Ye or you 

had. 

3. lis avoient^ They had. 



Preterite Tense. 

Singular. Plural. 



I. 


J' ews, I had. 


1, Nous eumes, We had. 


2. 


Tu eus, Thou hadst. 


2. Vous eutes, Ye or you 
had. 


3. 


11 eut, He had. 


3. lis eurent, They had. 




Future 


Tense. 




Singular. 


Plural. 


I. 


J' aurai, I shall or will 


1. Nous aurons, We shall 




have. 


or will have. 


2. 


Tu auras, Thou shalt or 


2. Vous aurez, Ye shall or 




wilt have. 


will have. 


3. 


11 aura, He shall or will 


3. lis auront, They shall or 




have. 


will have. 



Conditional Tense. 



Singular. 

J' aurois, I would or 

should have. 
Tu aurois^ Thou wouldst, 

&c. have. 
II auroit, He would, &c. 

have. 



Plural, 

1 . Nous aurions, We would, 

&c. have. 

2. Vous auricz, Ye would, 

&,c. have. 

3. Us auroient, They would, 

&c. have. 



1. 
2. 
3. 



Imperative Mode. 

Singular. Plural. 

1. Ayons, Let us have. 

2. Ayez, Have ye or you. 

3. Qu'ils aient, Let them 
have. 



Aie, Have thou. 

Qu'il aztf, Let him have. 



74 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

Subjunctive Mode. 



Singular. 

1. Que j' aic, That I may 

have. 

2. Que tu aies, That thou 

mayst have. 

3. Qu'il ait, That he may 

have. 



Singular. 

1 . Que j' ensseJThat I might 

have. 

2. Que tu eusses, That thou 

mightest have. 

3. Qu'il ew^That he might 

have. 



Present Tense. 

PLURAL. 

1. Que nous ay ans, That we 
may have. 

2. Que vous ayez, That ye 
may have. 

3. Qu'ils aient, That they 
may have. 

Preterite Tense. 

Plural. 

1. Que nous eussions, That 
we might have. 

2. Que vous eussiez, That 
ye might have. 

3. Qu'ils eussent, That they 
might have. 



Present Participle. 
Ayant, Having. 



Past Participle. 
En, masc, Eue, fem., Had. 



Infinitive Mode. 
Eire, To be. 

Indicative Mode. 
Present Tense. 



Singular. 

1. Je suis, I am. 

2. Tu cs, Thou art. 

3. II est, He is. 



Plural. 

1. Nous sommes, We are. 

2. Vous etes, Ye or you 

are. 

3. lis sont, They are. 



Imperfect Tense. 
Singular. Plural. 



1 . .r t'tois, I w as. 

2. Tu Hois, Thou wast 

3. II ttdij He was. 



1. Nous ctions, We were. 

2. Vous ctiez, Ye or you 

were. 

3. lis Itoicnt, They were. 



AVOIR AND ETRE. 

Preterite Tense. 



75 



Singular. 

1. Jefus, I was. 

2. Tu fus? Thou wast. 



3. II fat, He was. 

Future Tense, 

Singular. 

1. Je serai, I shall or will 

be. 

2. Tu seras, Thou shalt or 

wilt be. 

3. II sera j He shall or will 

be. 



Plural. 

1. Nous fumes. We were. 

2. Vous fates? Ye or you 

were. 

3. lis furent, They were. 



Plural. 

1 . Nous serous, We shall or 
will be. 

2. Vous serez, Ye or you 
shall or will be. 

3. lis seront, They shall or 
will be. 



Conditional Tense. 

Singular, Plural, 

1. Je serois, I would or 1. Nous serious? We would, 

should be. fcc. be. 

2. Tu serois, Thou wouldst, 2. Vous seriez, Ye or you 



&c. be. 
3. II seroit, He would, &c. 
be. 



would, &e. be. 
3. lis seroient, They would, 
&c. be. 



Imperative Mode. 

Singular. Plural. 

1. Soyons? Let us be. 

2. Soyez, Be ye or you. 

3. Qu'ils soient, Let them 
be. 



1. 

2. Sois, Be thou. 

3. Qu'il soit, Let him be. 



Subjunctive Mode 

Present Tense. 
Singular. 

1. Que je sois, That I may 



be. 

2. Que tu sois, That thou 

mayst be. 

3. Qu'il soit, That he may 

be. 



Plural. 

1. Que nous soyons, That 
we may be. 

2. Que vous soyez, That 

ye or you may be. 

3. Qu'ils soient, That they 

may be. 



76 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



Singular 

Is Que je fosse, That I 
might be. 

2. Que tnfusse, That thou 

1 lightest be. 

3. Qu'il fut, That he flight 

be. 



Preterite Tense. 

Plural. 

1 . Que nous fussions, That 
we might be. 

2. Que vous fussiez, That 
ye or you might be. 

3. Qu y itefussent, That they 
midit be. 



Present Participle. 
Etant, Being. 



Past Participle. 
| Ete, masc. and fern., Been.* 



cxv. 

Exercises on the Irregidar Verbs Avoir (to have), and 
Etre (to be). 

In the following exercises, a few adjectives are 
introduced ; but the pupil is prepared, by previous 
exercises, to vary them as the gender and number of 
the pronoun they qualify may require : — 



I am rich, 


riche. 


I have riches, 


ri chesses. \ 


I am a king, J 


roL 


He is a physician, J 


medecin. 


Thou art a doctor, £ 


docteur* 


She has a gown, 


robe. 


We have money, 


argent.f 


They are pretty, 


joli. 


She is good, 


bon. 


Ye have merit, 


me rite. \ 


You an3 ugly, 


laid. 


Thou hast fiends, 


ami.f 


CXVL 




We were sick. 


malade. 


They had pride, 


orgueil.f 



l.t if not varied in the feminine or plural, as past participles 
usually are. 

* The word souk is understood before these words. (See Lei 
\i.\ Hi | v 

I The word ,, is omitted in French. (See Lesson XCIV:) This re- 
mark doei nol apply to ■ when it follows the verb avoir (to have). 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



He was a miser, 


avare.* 


Ye are old, 


vieux. 


She was little, 


petit. 


She had beauty, 


beaute.\ 


Ye are seamen, 


matelot* 


They are children, 


enfant.* 


You have patience, 


patience.^ 


They had a fortune, 


fortune. 


We were happy, 


heureux. 


He has books, 


livre.f 


CXVII. 




I shall have three houses, 


maison* 


The men should have beer, 


homme, biere.f 


The cups will be empty, 


vide. 


Ye would have money, 


avoir, argent.^ 


They shall be officers, 


officier* 


The soldiers will be furious, 


soldat^ furieux. 


The shoes would be dry, 


Soulier, sec. 


Thou wilt have time, 


tempsJf 


CXVIII. 




Have thou a key, 


clef. 


Let him have the horse, 


cheval. 


Let us be more diligent, 


diligent. 


Be we more industrious, 


industrieux. 


Be thou less capricious, 


capricieux. 


Let her be less severe, 


severe. 


Have ye a great fire, 


grand, feu. 


Let them have paper, 


papier. 


CXIX. 




That he may be a bishop, 


eveque.* 


That they might have spectacles, 


lunettes, f 


That we might be priests, 


pretre. 


That she may be a lady, 


dame.* 



* The word a is omitted in French. (See Lesson XCIV.) This re- 
mark does not apply to a when it follows the verb uro'r (to have). 

t The word some is understood before these woids. (See Lesson 
XLVIII.) 

7* 



78 



FRENCH ACCIDEtfCE. 



That they might be wiser, sage. 

That ye may have a room, chambre* 

That you may be happier, heureux* 

That thou mightest have eyes, ceil* 



Compound Tenses of Verbs. 

The French form many compound tenses as we do in 
English, by adding to the various simple tenses of the 
verbs avoir and ctre the past participle of some other verb* 

As these compound tenses are so easily formed, the fol- 
lowing specimen will be sufficient: — 



With the verb avoir (to have). 



Comp. 
Comp. 
Comp. 
Comp. 
Comp. 
Comp. 
Comp. 



of the Present, 
of Imperfect, 
of Preterite, 
of Future, 
of Conditional, 
Pres. Subjunc. 
Pret. Subjunc. 



i 1 a i parte, 
y 'avois parte , 
yens parte, 
J'aurai parte, 
J 'aurvis parte, 
Que yaie parte, 
Que yeusse parte, 



I have spoken. 

I had spoken. 

I had spoken. 

I shall have spoken. 

I should have spoken. 

That I may have spoken. 

That I might have spoken 



With the verb etre (to be). 



I am loved, 

I was loved. 

I was loved. 

I shall be loved. 

I should be loved. 

That I may be loved. 

That I might be loved- 



Comp. of the Present, Jft suis aime, 

Comp. of Imperfect, J'etois aim6 % 

Comp. of Preterite, Jefus aime 1 , 

Comp. of Future, Je semi ainie', 

Comp. of Conditional, Je serois aime 1 , 

Comp. Pres. Subjunc. Que > je sois aime , 

Comp. Pret. Subjunc- Que je fusse aime , 

cxx. 

Find the proper tense of avoir first, and then find the 
past participle of the following verb. The infinitive mode 
only of lK)th verbs is given. In this lesson the past par- 
ticiple is not varied by gender or number; in other words, 
it is masculine and singular, whatever may be the number 
and gender of the pronoun or word it maybe supposed to 
qualify, OX" The past participle is, however, sometimes 
varied after avoir, and examples will be given hereafter. 

The word some is understood before this word. (See Lesson 
XLV11I.) 



COMPOUND TENSES OF VERBS. 



19 



I have punished. 

That thou mightest have received. 

He would have sold, 

She has condemned, 

It has had, 

That we may have been, 

Ye will have fallen, 

That they may have defended, 

CXXL 



avoir, punir. 
avoir, recevoir. 
avoir, vendre. 
avoir, condamner. 
avoir, avoir, 
avoir, etre. 
avoir, tomber. 
avoir, defendre. 



The past participle after the verb etre is always varied 
to suit the gender and number of the noun or pronoun it 
qualifies ; thus, 11 est puni, " He is punished;" Elle est 
punie, "She is punished;" Les hommes sont punis, " The 
men are punished ; " Les femmes sont punies, " The 
women are punished." When the gender is unknown, 
the participle must be put in the masculine gender. 



The glasses are filled, 

The shoes were finished, 

The houses have been built, 

He will be obeyed, 

The earth will be refreshed, 

I was deceived, 

That ye may be carried-away, * 

That the mothers might be warned, 



verre, etre, remplir. 
Soulier, etre, finir. 

A 7 A • 

maison, etre, oatir. 
etre, obeir. 

terre, etre, rafraichir. 
etre, decevoir. 
etre, emporter. 
mere, etre, avertir. 



Promiscuous 



CXXII. 

with avoir and etre. 



Thou hast succeeded, 
She is settled, 
We were driven-away, # 
They would have forgotten, 
That ye may have deserved, 
He will be drowned, 



avoir, reussir. 
etre, etablir. 
etre, chasser. 
avoir, oublier. 



avoir 
etre 



merit er. 
noyer. 



* When adverbs are united to the verb with a hyphen, both Eng- 
lish words are to be expressed by one word in French. Chass6 means 
driven away or chased. 



80 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



That he might have been killed. 
Thou hast been abused. 



avoir, etre, tuer. 
avoir, etre, outrager. 



PRONOUNS. 

Pronouns are either words which stand without the 
noun to which they refer, or they are adjectives formed 
from such words, and qualifying some noun expressed. 
In fact, a pronoun in French is the same as a pronoun in 

English. 

For the sake of convenience, pronouns are divided 
into seven classes, viz. personal, conjunctive, adjective, 
possessive, demonstrative, relative, and indefinite. 

1. Personal Pronouns. 

These pronouns are said to have numbers, persons, 
and cases, as nouns have, and they are declined as 
follows : — 

First Person. 



Singular. 
Norn. Je or moi, I. 
Gen. Dc moi, Of me. 
A moi, To me. 
Moi, Me. 

Dc moi, From, with, 
or by, me. 



Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 



Plural. 

Nom. Nous, We. 
Gen. De nous, Of us. 
Dat. A nous, To us. 
Ace. Nous, Us. 
Abl. De nous, From, with, 
or by, us. 



Second Person. 



SlNGUL \K. 

Nom. Th or toi, Thou. 
Gen. De toi, Of thee. 
Dat. A toi. To thiee. 
\rc Toi, Thee. 
Voc. Toi, thou. 

Abl. Dc toi, From, with, 
or by, thee. 



Plural. 
Nom. Vous, Ye or you. 
Gen. De vous, Of you. 
Dat. A von*, To you. 
Arc. Vous, You. 
Vbe. Vous, O ye. 
Abl. De vous, From, with, 
or by, you. 



PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 



81 



Third Person, Masculine. 



SrNGULAR. 

Nom. 11 or lui, He or it. 
Gen. De lui, Of him. 
Dat. A lui, To him. 
Ace. Lui, Him. 
Abl. De lui, From, with, 
or by, him. 



Plural. 
Nom. Us or eux, They. 
Gen. D'eux, Of them. 
Dat. A eux, To them. 
Ace. Eux, Them. 
Abl. D'eux, From, with, 
or by, them. 



Nom 
Gen. 
Dat. 

Ace. 
Abl. 



Third Person. 

Singular. 

Elle, She or it. 
D'elle, Of her or of it. 
A elle, To her or to it. 
Elle, Her or it. 
D'elle, From, with, 
or by, her or it. 



Feminine. 

Plural. 

Nom. Elles, They. 
Gen. D ^ elles, Of them. 
Dat. A elles, To them. 
Ace. Elles, Them. 
Abl. D' elles, From, with, 



or by, them. 



Third Person, Common Gender. 



Nom, 
Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 
Abl. 



Singular. 
Never used. 
De soi, Of one's self, 
himself, herself, itself. 
A soi, To one's self, 
&S0. 
Soi, One's self, &c. 
De soi, From, with, 
or by, one's self, &c. 



Plural. 

Soi is rarely used in the 
plural, eux-memes and elles- 
memes supplying its place. 



The duplicate nominatives Moi, Toi, and Lui, are 
never nominatives to any verb, but are what is called 
independent, or in apposition, and are only used when, 
in English, J, Thou, and He, are not nominatives to 
any verb. The following examples of this use of these 
words should be carefully attended to : — 



It is J. 

C'est moi. 



I, who love you ! 
Moi, qui vous aime ! 



82 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



It is thou. 
Cest toi. 
It is he. 
Cest lui. 



Thou, to speak thus ! 
Toi, parler ainsi ! 
He, whom I despise ! 
Lui , que je meprise ! 



The accusatives moi, toi, lui, and soi, are seldom 
found without some preposition before them. The pro- 
nouns of the first and third persons have no vocative. 

The word mcme is often joined to the personal 
pronouns moi, toi, lui, elle, soi, nous, vous, eux, and 
ellcs, and js equivalent to our word self. Thus, moi- 
mcme, myself; toi-meme, thyself; lui-mcme, himself; 
elle-mcme, herself; soi mcme, one's self; nous-mcmes, 
ourselves; vous-mcmes, yourselves; eux-memes (masc), 
themselves; elles-memes (fem.), themselves. Mcme, 
being an adjective, takes the plural termination when 
the pronoun to which it is joined is plural. Meme is 
never joined to ye, tu, il, or Us. 

CXXIII. 

Exercises upon the personal pronouns, when nomina- 
tives, have already been given. This lesson shows how 
they are used with a preposition ; for it must be remem- 
bered, that they are never preceded by the article, for, de 
(of) and a (to), though sometimes called articles, are, in 
fact, only prepositions, as of and to are in English. 

All the world (or every one) is against you. 
Tout monde contre 

Depend upon me. Compter, moi. 
They went to the theatre without me. 

allcr theatre sans 

Ho received + letters from them and from us. 

recevoir let (re de 
Thr father sent a hundred crowns to you and (to) her. 

pi re envrnjer — rait ecu a 

It will pass from you to me. Passer, de, a. 



PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 83 

Give the jewels to us or to them. 
donner bijou 

Put it before me and behind him. 
mettre devant derriere 

Every one thinks of himself. 

chacun penser a soi. 
The affair is good in itself. 
affaire bon en soi. 

CXXIV. 

But the most important use of moi, toi, and lui, is 
when they are nominatives, but not nominatives to any 
verb, as in the examples given just before Lesson CXXIII. 
There is another use of them, peculiar to the French, 
which must be noticed more particularly. 

In English, when two or more nouns or pronouns, of 
different persons, are nominatives to a verb, the verb is 
put in the plural, and is not varied, because the three 
persons in the plural number are alike ; and we say, He 
and I read, Thou and she read, You and I read. But 
the French language has different terminations in the 
three persons plural ; and, as only one of these can be 
used, the common practice is to place the different 
pronouns first, and then to add the plural of that pronoun 
which ranks the highest, the first being used before the 
second and third, and the second before the third ; as if 
we should say in English, " He and I we read," Lui et 
moi nous lisons ; " Thou and he ye read," Toi et lui 
vous lisez ; " You and I we read," Vous et moi nous 
lisons. 

He and I write, ecrire. 

They and I sell, vendre. 

You and I find, trouver. 

You and she read, lire. 

They and you walk, marcher. 

He and you fell, tomher. 

He and you and I owe, devoir. 

Thou and 1 and he spoke, parler. 



84 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

cxxv. 

Another method is to omit the plural pronoun, as we 
do in English ; but even then the verb must agree with 
it understood ; and thus Fenelon says, " Narbal et moi 
admiriom la bonte des dieux," " Narbal and I were 
admiring the goodness of the gods." But this method 
is neither so common as the preceding, nor as the follow- 
ing, viz. 

Some authors prefer to put the plural pronoun before 
the verb, and the other pronouns after it ; thus, Nous 
irons lui et moi, " We shall go he and I." Whichever 
method is adopted, the verb must be in the plural, and 
must agree with the person that ranks first, and the 
pronoun / must never be expressed by je, nor thou by 
tu, nor he by il. 

According to this latter method, write the following 
sentences. The tenses are all compound ones. (Lesson 
CXX and CXXI.) 

Thou and I were converted, convertir. 

He and you had consented, consentir. 

You and I have conquered, conquerir. 

They and you have cherished, cherir. 

You and she will be conducted, conduire. 

He and I were found, trouver. 

They and I were known, connaitre. 

She and I are taught, 

2. Conjunctive Pronouns. 

Conjunctive pronouns are, in fact, the personal pro- 
nouns of English grammarians, but their peculiar use 
entitles them to a separate class; for they are never 
nominatives to any verb, nor the objects of any 
preposition. 

Singular. 

1st person, Mc, me, myself, to me, and Moi, to me. 
2d person, 7V, tbee, thyself, ta thee, and Toi, to thee. 
3d p. masc. Lt\ him or it ; />///, to him or it. 
3d p. rem. La, her or it ; Lui, to her or it. 
3d person, Sk t himself, herself, itself, one's self, or to 
himself, to herself, kc. 



CONJUNCTIVE PRONOUNS. 



85 



En. Of him, of her, of it ; from him, from her, from 

it, from whatever is spoken of. 
Y. To him, to her, to it, to whatever is spoken of. 

Plural. 

1st person, Nous, us, ourselves, or to us. 

2d person, Vous, you, yourselves, or to you. 

3d person, masc. and fern., Les, them, Leur, to them. 

3d person, Se, themselves, or to themselves. 

En. Of or from them or whatever is spoken of. 
Y. To them, to whatever is spoken of. 

Y is also often rendered into English by there and 
thither, and En, by thence, some, and any. 

The conjunctives moi, toi, lui, are usually in the dative 
case, and may be distinguished from the personals moi, 
toi, and lui, by never having any preposition expressed 
before them, and by usually having the preposition to 
understood. Leur is also always in the dative case, and 
must not be mistaken for leur (their), an adjective 
pronoun. 

Me, te, le, la, se, and their plurals, nous, vous, les, se, 
are in the dative case when they mean to me, to thee, 
to him, to it, fee. ; and in the accusative when the word 
to is not understood before them. 

En is in the genitive case when it means of it, Sec. ; 
and in the ablative when it means from, with, or by, 
it, fee. 

Y\s always in the dative case. Examples : — 

Accusatives. Datives. 

11 me tue, He kills me. Vous me parlez, You speak 

Je me blesse, I hurt myself. to me. 

Je te vois, I see thee. Donnez moi, Give (to) me. 



Elle le prefer e, She prefers 
him. 

Je les aime, I love them. 

11 se cache, He hides him- 
self. 



Je te donne, I give (to) thee. 
Je lui parte, I speak to him 

or her. 
Vous leur ecrivcz, You write 

(to) them. 
11 vous parlc, He speaks to 

you. 



86 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



In placing these conjunctive pronouns, when more than 
one is used, before the verb, the following order must be 
observed, the first numbers to come before any that fol- 
low : — 



1. me, tc, se, nous : vous. 

2. le, la, les. 

3. lui and leur. 

4. y. 

5. en. 



Of course only one of each 
^ class will be found in any 
sentence. 



Examples to illustrate the placing of Conjunctive Pro- 
nouns when more than one is used before the Verb. 



II me les a donne, 
Je te la montrai, 
II leur en parla, 
Je le lui donne, 
Je les y envoyai, 
Je lui y en enverrai, 



He has given them to me. 

I showed her to thee. 

He spoke to them of it. 

I give it to them. 

I sent them thither. 

I will send some there to him. 



Conjunctive pronouns usually are placed before the 
verb tli at governs them ; but when the verb is in the 
Imperative Mode, first person plural, or in either of the 
second persons, and is not accompanied by a negative, the 
conjunctives usually follow it connected by hyphens, and 
the order of the conjunctives is the same as before, except 
that me le, me la, me les, become le-moi, la-moi, and les- 
moi ; nous le, nous la, nous les, become le-nous, la-nous, 
and Its-nous; m\y and fy become y-moi, and y-toi. 
Examples : — . 



Donnez-Iui-en. 

l)onnrz-lc-moi. 

Moquons-nous-en. 

Souv<nrz-vous-en. 

Apportez-y-cn-moi. 

A.oandonnons-les-leur. 



Rends-y-toi. 

Rendez-les-nous. 

Menez-y-moi. 

Demande-les-lui. 

Donnez-m'en. 

Retourne-t'en. 



Hut if these sentences are used negatively, the con- 
junctives come before the verb, notwithstanding it is in 
the Imperath e Mode ; as. 



CONJUNCTIVE PRONOUNS. 



37 



JVe lui en donnez point, 
Ne Wbij en apportez point, 
Ne me le donnez pas, 



Do not give him any. 

Do not bring me any thither. 

Do not give ft to me# 



So, if the" imperative be of the third person ; 

Qu'il lui en parle, Let him speak to her of it. 

Qm'iV nous yen envoie, Let him send some thither to us. 

So, when two imperatives are connected by a conjunc- 
tion, the conjunctive pronouns may be placed before the 
second; thus, 

Prenez le livre, et le mettez en sa place. 

Take the book, and put it in its place. 

Servez-vous de mon cheval, et me le ramenez. 

Use my horse, and bring it back to me. 

But sometimes y and en follow the second verb ; as, 
Ecoutez ma proposition, et refiechissez-y, ou profitez-en 
Hear my proposal, and reflect upon it, or profit by it. 

CXXVI. 

(Accusatives.} 
You will blame me, 
Thou hates t us, 
She defended them, 
I should conquer it, 
We shall melt it, 
Ye were blessing her, 
They cherished him, 
He will convert you, 

CXXVII. 

(Accusatives.) 
We should divert him, 
He will bury her, 
Ye were carrying it, 
He knew them, 
Thou comprehendest me, 
You despise us, 
He loves her, 
I preferred him, 



blnmer. 

hair. 

defendre. 

conquerir. 

fondre. 

benir. 

cherir. 

convertir. 



divertir. 

ensevelir. 

porter. 

connoltre. 

comprendre. 

mepriser. 

aimer. 

prefer.r. 



88 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

CXXVIIL 

(Accusatives.) 

We shall establish it, ctablir. 

Ye should heal them, guerir. 

They were governing us, gouverner. 

We found them, trouver. 

She broke it, rompre. 

I shall lose her, perdre. 

He should strike m, frapper. 

Thou findest him, trouver. 

CXXIX. 

He told it to me, dire. 

They conducted her to him, conduire. 

She will give us of it, donner. 

You should split them there, fendre, y. 

That I might offer some to them, offrir. 

We shall speak to her of it, parler. 

He will send it there to us, envoyer. 

I will submit myself to it, soumettre* 

cxxx. 

1 will give it to you, donner. 

We have sold them to him, vendre. 

Ye have told it to us, dire.* 

She has paid it to them, payer. 

We owed it to him, devoir. 

She sold us some, vendre, en. 

We sent it there to him, envoyer. 

She asked it of us, (dative,) demander. 

We have bought some, acheter. 

She lias seen them, voir* 

CXXXI. 
When -a question is asked, the conjunctives precede the 

verb, as in the preceding lessons, but the personal or nomi- 
native follows it < I by a hyphen. 

Pi ture be confined entirely to the 
the pupil mn*1 be careful to make himself acquainted 
with the in ■. | f this book. 



CONJUNCTIVE PRONOUNS. 89 

Shall I give it to them? donner. 

Have we sold it to you ? vendre. 

Have you told it to them ? dire. 

Has she paid it to us ? * payer. 

If the question be asked negatively, the place of the 
pronouns is the same, but one of the negatives (ne) must 
be placed before the conjunctives^, and the other (pas or 
point) after the verb and the personal; thus, Ne nous 
aimoient-ils pas ? " Did they not love us?' 5 In English, 
two negatives make a positive ; thus, " Nor did they not 
love us," means that " They did love us;" but it is not 
so in French, 

Shall I not give some to you ? donner. 

Have we not sold them to him ? vendre. 

Have we not told it to them ? dire. 

Did she not pay it to us ? payer. 

Were you not sending them to me ? envoy er. 

Is he not giving some to you ? # donner. 

CXXXIL 

Imperative Mode, Second Person. 

CO 5 " See the directions and examples already given 
for placing the conjunctives. The personals are omitted 
entirely. 

Sell it to me, vendre. 

Send some to him, envoy er* 

Give (to) them some, donner. 

Send it to us, envoy er. 

Negatively, the negatives to be placed as before : — 

Do not send any to me, encoyer, nc-point. 

Do not carry it there to them, porter, ne-pas. 

Do not sell any to him, vendre, ne-point. 

Do not give them to us, donner, ne-pas. 

* When the verb ends with a vowel, and the nominative that follows 
begins with one also, the French put a t between them (thus, a-t-dle f ) 
to render the pronunciation less difficult. 

8* 



90 FKENCH ACCIDENCE, 

CXXXIII. 

Imperative Mode, Third Person, which follows the 
common rule of placing the personals or nominatives first, 
then the conjunctives in their order, and then the verb. 

Let them tell it to you, dire. 

Let her sell it to him, vendre. 

Let them sell some to me, vendre. 

Let him send it thither to us, envoyer. 



Negatively, the negatives as before : — 

Let them not tell it to me, ne-pas. 

Let them not send any to me, ne-point. 

Let her not sell it to them, ne-pas. 

Let him not bring any to us, apporter, ne-point* 

Under the personal pronouns, it was said that the word 
meme, or its plural, memes, is often joined to the personal 
pronouns moi, toi, lui, elle, nous, vous, eux, and elles, and 
in this case it is equivalent to the English word self or 
selves. 

It has been said also, under the head of conjunctive 
pronouns, that me, te, se, nous, and vous, sometimes mean 
myself, thyself, himself, herself, ourselves, yourselves, 
themselves. 

As pupils are apt to confound these personal and con- 
junctive pronouns, it may aid them to remark that the per- 
sonals are generally either in apposition with some other 
pronoun or noun, which means the same person or thing, 
or else they are governed by some preposition, neither of 
which can happen to a conjunctive pronoun. The con- 
junctive, as has been said, is usually placed before a verb, 
of which it is ahvays the object, and never the nomi- 
native 

Thus, in (he sentence C'cst le del lui-m^mc qui nous 
montrr un avenir, " It. is heaven itself which points out 
(to us) an hereafter," lui-m me is the personal in apposition 
with cuL hut nous is ;i conjunctive before the verb montrc, 
which governs it in the dative case. In II doit se proteger 



REFLECTIVE VERBS* 91 

lui-meme, " He must protect himself," se is a conjunctive, 
and the object of proteger, whilst lui-meme is a personal, 
in apposition with il. 

But as these conjunctives are rarely rendered in English 
by the word self or selves, unless the verb is reflected or 
reciprocal, it v, ill be necessary to call the attention of the 
pupil to this class of verbs. 

Reflected or Reflective Verbs. 

1. Reflected verbs are those whose agent and object 
both precede them, and both mean the same person or 
thing; as, 

Je me connois, I know myself. 

Tu te hues, Thou praisest thyself. 

11 se blesse, He wounds himself. 

Nous nous chaujfons, We warm ourselves. 

Les fcmmes se piquent, The ladies pride themselves. 

2. Sometimes the conjunctive pronoun that is the object 
in French is not expressed in English ; as, 

EUe se meurt, She dies or is dying. 

Je me repens, I repent. 

Ce Jure se vend bien, That book sells well. 

3. Sometimes the reflected verb in French is expressed 
in English by some tense of the verb to be and the per- 
fect participle of the French verb ; that is, by what is 
called the passive voice in English. 

Cela se voit souvent, That is seen often. 

Cela ne se dit point, That is not said. 

Ce bruit se repand, That report is spread. 

Ces fruits se man^ent en These fruits are eaten in 
hiver. winter. 

4. When the verb is used to express what two persons 
or things do to each other ^ it is sometimes called recipro- 
cal; as, 

Pierre et Jean se battent. 

Peter and John are beating each other. 



92 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

Paid et Robert s'aiment or s^entr'aiment. 
Paul and Robert love each other. 

5. All the reflected verbs take the verb etre in their 
compound tenses, although in English etre may some- 
times be better translated by have than by be ; as, 

Je me suis achete un cheval, I have bought myself a horse. 
Je m'ctois b/esse, I had hurt myself. 

6. Reflective and reciprocal verbs are varied in their 
modes and tenses like other verbs, with the exception of 
the conjunctive pronoun which precedes them. It is only 
necessary, therefore, to note that, when the agent or nomi- 
native is 

Je, the object or conjunctive is me; 

Tu, " " " " " te; 

11 or Elle, or any noun in the singular, se; 

Nous, the object or conjunctive, is nous; 

Vous, " " " " cc vous; 

lis or Elles, or any noun in the plural, se. 

The verb s'asseoir, among the irregulars at the end of 
this book, is an entire specimen of the use of the double 
pronouns, and should be examined before the pupil writes 
the next lesson. 

CXXXIV. 

I hurt myself, blesser. 

We know ourselves, connoitre. 

Thou satisfiest thyself, satisfaire. 

He (or the man) deceives himself, t romper. 

She (or my sister) perfects herself, perfect ionuer. 

We amuse ourselves, a must r. 

You destroy yourselves, perdre. 

Young people corrupt themselves, jetme, gens, cor- 

[rompre. 

Women deck themselves, femmes^parer. 

CXXXV. 

rhat he may show himself. montrer. 

That she Knight hide herself, cacher. 

Thai ye may punish yourselves, punir. 



CONJUNCTIVE PRONOUNS. 



93 



donner, habit, 
donner, robe, 
procurer, baton, 
acheter, vache. 



That they may extend themselves, etendre. 

That we might know ourselves, connoitre. 

That thou mayst save him, sauver. 

That I might hurt myself, blesser. 

That thou mightest offer thyself, ojfrir. 

CXXXVI. 

In the two preceding lessons, the conjunctive pronoun 
is the direct object of the verb, and of course in the accu- 
sative case. In this lesson, there is another direct object, 
and the conjunctive is only the indirect or remote object 
of the verb, and in the dative case. 
He is-giving (to) himself a coat, 
She has* given herself a gown, 
Thou hast* procured thyself a staff, 
I have* bought myself a cow, 

We have* brought ourselves some work, apporter, travail. 
Ye have* taught yourselves the science, enseigner, science. 
He has* found himself a wife, procurer, femme. 

They have* given themselves some trouble, 

donner, peine. 

CXXXVII. 

In this lesson, the conjunctives are not expressed in 
English, but must not be omitted in French. 
They die, se*\ mourir. 

He repents, se repentir. 

The story is related,^ histoire, se raconter. 
I abstain, s'abstenir. 

They seized-upon, s^emparer. 

Ye mistake, se meprendre. 

We behaved, se comporter. 

She recollected, se souvenir. 

* Recollect that, in reflective and reciprocal verbs, hare is express- 
ed by ttrr, and not by avoir. (See remark number 5 above 1 .) 

t In French dictionaries, the infinitive mode only ofTeflective verbs 
is given, and this is preceded by the conjunctive pronoun of the 
third person, se. But the pupil must alter this pronoun to suit the 
person of the nominative case, whatever it may be. 

+ Write the French as if the English were " The history relates 
itself." 



94 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

In the compound tenses, these verbs take etre instead 
of avoir, although it is expressed by have in English: — 
He has attached himself, s'attacher. 

We have waited, s'attendre. 

She had* doubted, se douter. 

They will-have used, se servir. 

He has been-silent, se taire. 

You will have complained, se plaindre. 

CXXXVIII. 

The pupil has now seen the use of the conjunctive 
pronouns me, te, se, nous, and vous, when meaning self or 
selves, and the direct or indirect object of a reflective 
verb. He is therefore prepared to distinguish the myself 
thyself, himself, herself, itself one's self ourselves, your- 
selves, and themselves, of these conjunctive pronouns, 
from those expressed by moi-meme, toi-meme, lui-meme, 
elle-meme, soi-meme, nous-memes, vous-memes, eux-memes, 
and elles-memes, in this lesson. 

He had* killed himself. 
56 tuer lui-meme. 
I have deceived myself. 

se tromper moi-meme. 
You have decried yourself. 
se d eerier vous-meme. 
He praises himself. 
se loner lui-meme. 
We give praises to ourselves. 

se donner, louanges, a nous-memes. 
They do wrong to themselves. 
se fairc tort a cux-memes. 
The sun himself will-be-obscured. 

hii-mime s'obscwrir. 
The professors themselves uive the rules. 
proj'csscur donner 



When tave, or any of its tenses, is to be rendered by itre, the pu- 
pil must find what tense of aroir ho would use, and then use the same 

'■ ail of it. 



CONJUNCTIVE PRONOUNS. 95 

CXXXIX. 

The poets themselves are mad. 

po'ete fou. 

He was not created by himself. 

etre creer par 

She retired within herself. 
se retirer au-dedans de 
I refer every-thing to myself. 
rapporter tout 
We have justified ourselves. 

se justijier nous-memes. 
You only* speak of yourself. 

ne parler que de 
Virtue is lovely by itself. 
vertu aimable par 
The wise is-sufficient of himself. 

sage se suffirc a 
The indiscreet betray themselves. 
indiscret se trahir eux-memes. 
The Amazons governed the state (by) themselves. 
Amazones gouverner etat par fern. 

CXL. 

The conjunctive pronoun le is often put for the Eng- 
lish word so, whether so is expressed in English or not. 
When so or le stands for an adjective, verb, or part of a 
sentence, it is masculine, as in the four next sentences : — 

You are handsome, and he thinks so. 

etre beau croire 

She offended us, and we told her so. 

offenser dire 

Ye are ignorant, and so are they. 

etre ignorant etre 

You are learned, and I am not* {so), 
etre savant 

* In French, ne que mean only, and ne pas, not; ne is placed before, 
and que and pas after the verb. 






0() FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

When so is put for one or more nouns, it is expressed in 
French by le, la, or the plural les, as the gender and num- 
ber of the noun may require. 

Art thou a king ? Yes, I am (so). 

ttre — roi oui, etre le. 

Is she a queen ? Yes, she is (so.) 



reine 



la. 



Was he a slave ? Yes, he was (so.) 

— esclave 
Are they the soldiers ? Yes, they are (so.) 

sold at 
Were ye the officers ? Yes, we were (so.) 
officier. 

CXLI. 

When a conjunctive pronoun is the object of more than 
one verb, the pronoun must be repeated before each verb, 
although in English it is only placed after the last. 

The scholars love and fear you. 

ccolier aimer craindre 
The judge accused, tried, and condemned him. 

juge accuser, examiner, condamner 
They cherish, honor, and respect her. 

cherir, honorer, respecter 
I met, saw, and conquered them. 
r< ncontrer, voir, vaincrc 
We will give, sell, or keep it. 

downer, vrndrc, rctcnir 
The mister taught, governed and punished us. 
maitre enseigncr, gouverner punir 

3. Adjective Pronouns. 

The adjective pronouns of the French are the pos- 
live adjective pronouns of the English. They are 
used as adjectives, and the nouns they agree with are 
always expressed. They are: — 



ADJECTIVE PRONOfN'S. 



97 



Singular. 



Masculine. 
Mon, my; 
Ton, thy; 
Son, his, its; 

Both Genders. 
JSotre, our. 
Voire, your. 
Lew, their. 



Feminine. 

Ma, my. 
Ta, thy. 
Sa, her, its. 



Singular. 



Plural. 

Both Genders. 

Mes, my. 
Tes, thy. 
Ses, his, her, or its. 



Both Genders. 

JYos, our. 
Vos, your. 
Leurs, their. 



Plural. 



Because the adjective is not varied by number or 
gender in English, beginners are apt to mistake in the 
use of these adjective pronouns. To avoid error, 
recollect that these pronouns take the gender and 
number of the noun that follows them, and not of the 
person to whom they refer. 

Thus, a female would say, mon pere, my father, 
although mon (my) is masculine ; and she would say, 
mes parens, my relations, although mes (my) only refers 
to herself. 

A man would say, ma mere, my mother, although ma 
is feminine ; and mes amis, my friends, although mes is 
plural, and only refers to one person. 

So, in noire maison, our house, noire is singular, 
because maison is, although our is considered plural in 
English. 

Ma, ta, sa, are always joined to feminine nouns ; as, 
ma tele, my head ; ta femme, thy wife ; sa soeur, his or 
her sister. 

Mon, ton, son, are considered masculine, but they are 
not only joined to all masculine nouns, but also to such 
feminine nouns as begin with a vowel or silent k ; as, 
man pouvoir, my power ; ton malheur, thy misfortune ; 
son dessein, his design ; mon dme, my soul ; ton autorite, 
thy authority ; ton heritiere, thy or thine heiress. 

CXLII. 

I sold my house, vendre, mauon. 

He shall conquer his indolence, conquerir, indolence. 
9 



93 FHBNGH ACCIDENCE. 

Laziness ruins her character, miner, caractere. 

ANY uinovcr our heads, decouvrir, tete. 

She bought their jewels, acheter, bijou. 

We love their manners, aimer, mceurs. 

Men* respect his virtues, respecter, vertu. 

I admire thy honesty, admirer, honnetete. 

CXLIII. 

My horse knows his master, cheval, connoitre, maitre. 
Our king loved his favorites, roi, aimer, favori. 
Vice* brings its punishment, vice, porter, chdtiment. 
Virtue shall command our respect, 

vertu, commander, respect. 
Their murderers should meet their fate, 

meurtrier, rencontrer, sort. 
The wicked afflict their friends, mechant, ajfliger, ami. 
His troops were killing their prisoners, 

troupe, tuer, prisonnier. 
Your mother taught her children, 

mere, enseigner, enfant. 

CXLIV. 

In English, we do not repeat the adjective pronoun 
when several nouns belong to it ; as, my hat, hand, and 
gloves; but in French, the adjective pronoun must be 
repeated before every noun, because no one pronoun can 
be expected to agree with every noun in gender and 
number. Tims, 

My hat, hand, and gloves. 
Man chapcau, ma main, et mes gants. 
Give mef my hat, coat, and boots. 
Dormer chapcau, habit bottc. 
Let-us-abandon our town, state, and country. 
abandonmr villc, ctat, patrie. 

Do not omit the article in French before these and similar words. 
I Tin- pupil must also be careful not to mistake the case of mc and 
similar pronouns, which, in English and French, often have the word 
/<> omitted before them, as in this example. 



ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS. 99 

Restore to him his hooks, slate, and pen. 
Rendre Uvre ardoise plume. 

Promise her his library, house, and furniture. 
Promettre Mbliotheque rnaison meuhles. 

Let them betray their friends, relatives and families. 

ml 1 

trahir ami parent famille. 

CXLV. 

When an adjective pronoun precedes a noun, the noun 
cannot have an article, but the preposition de is used for 
of and a for to. 

Go to my table and bring (to) me my handkerchief. 
Aller table apporter mouchoir. 

Send to my shop and carry the key of his door. 
Envoy er boutique porter cle portc. 

He borrowed (the) half of my money. 
emprunter moitie argent. 

(The) half of her property is lost. 

moitie bien perdre. 

Their son went to our church. 

fils aller eglise. 

Our calves came from their barn. 

veau venir grenier. 

I am enraged at your success. 

enrager de succes. 

Conduct my children to their chamber. 
Conduire enfant ckambre. 

CXLVI. 

When the personal or conjunctive pronoun unequivo- 
cally points out to whom the thing belongs, the adjective 
pronoun, though expressed in English, is omitted in 
French, and its place is supplied by the definite article. 
Thus, in the expression II s y est rompu le cou, " He has 
broken his neck," the se of the reflective verb shows that 
the neck belongs to the nominative il, (he,) and it is not 
necessary to put son instead of le. After reflective verbs, 



100 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

therefore, and after other verbs, when their nominative 
points out the possessor distinctly, the adjective pronouns 
which denote the possessor, must be omitted, and the arti- 
cle used in their place. 

1 have a pain in-my head. 
avoir — mal (to the) tcte. 
He has received a blow on-his arm. 
recevoir coup (to the) bras. 
I have* hurt my hand. 
Je se blesser (to the) main. 
He has broken his leg. 
se casser (the) jambe. 

The French also use the article instead of the adjective 
'pronoun, when the noun they qualify is followed by a rela- 
tive and by a personal pronoun of the same person as 
themselves. Thus, instead of saying "I have received 
your letter that you wrote me," the French say " I have 
received the letter that you wrote me ; " and this form is 
preferable in English also. 

Keep your promises that you have made. 
Tenir le promesse que faire.-f 

I have sold your horse that you (had) lentf (to) % me. 

vendre le cheval que preter 

He has lost my book that I (had) bought. 

perdre le livre que acheter.f 

We have found our sheep that we had lost. 
trouvcr le brcbis que perdre.^ 

CXLVII. 

The adjective pronoun its is rendered by en, (which 
means of //,) the noun which en or its refers to being 

' Notice the reflective verb, and recollect that the have of such verbs 
is always expressed bv Strr. 

I Thl8 participle agrees with t/ur in number and gender 
I When words arc thus inclosed in parentheses, thev are to be ex- 
pressed in French, though perhaps unnecessary in the English sen- 
tence. 



POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 101 

preceded by an article. Thus, " The city is healthful, for 
Its streets are clean," would be rendered as if it were " The 
city is healthful, for the streets of it are clean," La vilJe 
est saine parceque les rues en sont nettes* 

Paris is a fine city; I admire its police. ) 

" " " " I admire the police of it. } 
Paris beau mile admirer police. 
His house is large, and its doors are small. 
maison grand porte petit. 

Your gown is black, and its lining is white, 
robe noir doublure blanc. 

His coach is new; I like its color. 
carosse neuf; aimer couleur. 
The bridge is long, but I see its end* 
pont long, mats vols Jin. 
Their aunt is poor ; but 1 like her character. 
tante pauvre aimer car act ere. 

Our city is large, but I do not like its inhabitants. 
ville grand, ne pas habitant. 

4. Possessive Pronouns. 

These imply possession, and, being used without the 
noun they qualify, and with the definite article, are 
allowed to constitute a separate class. What are called 
possessive pronouns in French, are in fact the possessive 
cases of the English personal pronouns, viz. mine, thine, 
his, hers, ours, yours, and theirs. The article is varied 
before them according to their case, number, and gender, 
and they themselves are varied to suit the gender and 
number of the noun they possess, and not those of the 
possessor. 

First Person. 
Singular. Plural, 



Masc. Fem. 

N. & Ac. he mien, La mienne ; 

G.&Ab. Dumien, De la mienne; 

Dative. Au mien, A la mienne; 

9* 



Masc. Fem. 

Lcsmiens, Lrs mienncs ; Mine. 
Des miens, Dcsmiennes; Of mine. 
Jlux miens, Aux, miennes ; To mine. 



102 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE* 



First Person, 



Singular. 

Masc. Fern. 

N. & Ac. Le noire, La notrc ; 
G. & Ab. Du n6tre, De la noire; 
Dative. Au noire, A la noire; 



Plural. 
Masc. & Fem. 
Les notres ; 
Des notres ; 
Auxndtres; 



Oars. 
Of ours. 
To ours. 



Second Person. 



Singular. 

Masc. Fein. 

N. & Ac. Le iicn, La ilenne ; 
G. & Ab. Du tien, De la iienne; 
Dative. Au ticn, A la titnne ; 



Masc. 
Les tiens, 
Des tiens, 
Aux tiens, 



Plural. 
Fem. 
Les tiennes ; Thine. 
Des tiennes ; Of thine . 
Awe tiennes; To thine, 



SrNGULAR. 
Masc. Fem. 



Second Person. 

Plural. 
Masc. & Fem. 



N. & Ac. Le voire, La voire ; 
G.& Ab. Du voire, I>e la votre; 
Dative. Auvdtre, A la voire; 



Les vdtres ; 
Des vdtres ; 
Aux vdtres ; 



Yours. 
Ofyoursv 
To yours. 



Third Person, 
Singular. 

Masc. Fem. 

N. & Ac. Le sien, La sienne; 



G. & Ab. Du sien, De la sienne; 
Dative. Au sien, A la sienne; 



Plural^ 
Masc. Fem. 

Les siens, Les siennes ; His or 

Hers. 
Des siens, Des siennes ; Of his or 

Hers. 
Aux siens, Aux siennes ; To his or 
Hers. 



Third Person. 



Singular. 

Mate. Tern. 

N. <fc Ac. Le Icur, La leur ; 
G.&Ab. Du leur, I)c la icur; 
Dative. A u leur, A la Icur ; 



Plural. 
Masc. & Fem. 
Les leurs ; 
Des leurs ; 
Aux leurs ; 



Theirs. 
Of theirs. 
To theirs. 



The pupil must particularly notice that the possessives 
Ndtre and Votre take a circum flexed 6, but the adjective 
pronouns notrc and wtfre do not, and the possessive Le 
leur may be distinguished from the adjective pronoun Icur 
1)\ the article, which never precedes any adjective pro- 
noun. 



POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 103 

CXLVIII. 

The following lesson intentionally contains both adjective 
pronouns and possessives. Mind also the comparative 
degree of the adjectives. 

Your boy is handsomer than mine. 

gargon beau que 
His house is more convenient than ours* 

maison commode 

Our manners are more simple than theirs* 

mo3urs simple 

Give me mine and take yours. 
Donne r prendre 

Send yours and keep his* 
Envoy er tenir 

Sell your house and buy mine* 
Vendre maison acheter 
Read my letter, and I will-read yours* 
Lire kttre lire 

Sing his song, and not hers. 
Chanter chanson (nonpas) 
Mend your gowns* and then mend ours* 
Raccommoder robe alors raccommoder 

CXLIX. 

In English, when one of these possessives follows any 
tense of the verb to be, and the verb to be means to 
belong to, the dative case of the personal pronoun is 
used. Thus, " This book is mine" means " This book 
belongs to me," and the French say, Ce livre est a moL 
" These pens are yours," Ces plumes sont a vous. 

The books are mine, livre. 

The honor was yours, honneur. 

The loss will be theirs, perte. 

The glasses are thine, verre. 

The error shall be his, erreur. 

The victory is hers, victoire. 

The prize shall be ours, prix. 



104 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



CL, 

Wbeftj in English, the word of comes before one of 
these jwssessive pronouns, the situation of the words is 
changed, and the adjective pronoun is used ; thus, " A 
friend of mine" must be rendered " One of my friends," 
Un de mes amis. 



A book of mine^ that is , 

A daughter of yours, " 

Six children of theirs, " 

A sister of hers, " 

An aunt of his, " 

Three dogs of yours, " 

A servant of thine, " 



One of my books, 
One of your daughters, 
Six of their children, 
One of her sisters, 
One of his aunts, 
Three of your dogs, 
One of thy servants, 



A scholar of ours, " One of our scholars, 



livre* 
fille. 
enfant, 
sceur. 
tante. 
chien. 
domes* 
tique. 
ecolier. 



5. Demonstrative Pronouns. 

Demonstrative pronouns are so called because they are 
supposed to demonstrate or point out the persons or things 
to which they are applied, more precisely than the other 
pronouns do. 



Singular. 
Masculine. Feminine. 



Ce or Cet, 
Celui, he or 
that, 



Cette, this. 

Celle, she 

or that. 



Plural. 
Masc. & Fern. 
Ces, these. 
Ceiix, masc, Celles, 
fern., they, these, 
or those. 



Ce, cct, cette, and ces, are, in fact, adjectives, and are 
the demonstrative adjective pronouns of Murray's English 
Grammar. Celui, celle, ceur, and celles, are never used 

adjectives, and always stand without any noun after 
them. 

Ce is sometimes used as an adjective, and sometimes, 
like cehliy Ci lh\ 8tC, without a noun, as will be shown in 
the exercises. 

Cct is only used w hen ce would come before a noun 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 



105 



beginning with a vowel or silent h ; as, cet oiseau (this 
bird), cet honneur (this honor). Ce, when not followed 
by a noun, but by some tense of the verb etre, suffers an 
elision of the e; thus, c'est (it is) ; c'etoit (it was). 



CLL 



This man is your cousin. 
Cet homme cousin. 

These chairs are yours. > 

chaises to you. J 
This table is long. 
table long. 
That eye is black. 

ceil noir. 
These pens are mine. ) 

plume to me. ) 
These pictures are beautiful. 
tableau beau. 



That man is your brother. 

frere. 
Those birds are mine. > 
oiseau to me. 3 
That street Is narrow. 
rue etroite. 
These eyes are blue. 
ceil bleu. 

Those fans are his. 

eventail to him 
Those letters are small. 
lettre petit. 



This eagle and that goose are dead. 

aigle (fern.) oie mort (pi. masc.) 

CL1L 

In English we say, "I saw his house and his father's;" 
but the French cannot render this without using their 
demonstrative pronouns ; thus, Je vis sa maison et celle 
de son pere, " I saw his house and that of his father." 
The following sentences must be thus altered by the pupil 
before they are rendered into French : — 

I saw his wife and his brother's. 

voir femme frere. 

We fed her children and her sister's. 

nourrir enfant sceur. 

She knew mine and my father's name, or, 
She knew my name and that of my father. 
savoir nom pere. 



106 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

They killed his and his brother's son. 
titer frere fls. 

He felt ours and our friends' misfortune. 

sentir ami, (pi.) malheur. 

We lost their pens and their master's. 
perdre plume maltre. 

He wishes our blood and our children's. 
vouloir sang enfant. 

CLIII. 

When, in English, who or whom, follows he, she, they, 
him, her, them, or those, these English pronouns are ex- 
pressed in French by the demonstratives, celui, celle, ceux 
or celles, according to the gender and number ; thus, 

Celui ou celle qui chante. j Ceux ou celles qui meprisent. 
He or she who sings. | Those who despise. 

They who render a service ought to forget it. 

rendre service devoir oublier. 
He who receives it ought to remember (of) it. 
recevoir devoir se souvenir en. 

He who forsook his wife and children. 

qui abandonner femme -\~ enfant. 
She who bought his house and furniture. 
qui acheter maison + meubles. 
They who hated their brothers and sisters. 
qui hair frcres -|- sceurs. 

Those who despise their relations and friends. 

qui mepriser parent -f- ami. 

I spoke to those who were wise. 
purler ctre sage. 

Ce is also used as a nominative to some tense of the 
verb dn\ and is both singular and plural. As this use of 
it presents no little difficulty to a foreigner, the following 
rules, abridged from the M Grammaire des Grammaires" 
will assist him : — 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 107 

Rule 1. When ce precedes some tense of etre (to be), 
and is followed by a preposition governing a noun in the 
plural, the verb etre must be singular. 

(Jest a ces dieux que vous sacrifiez. 
It is to these gods that you sacrifice. 

Rule 2. When ce precedes some tense of etre, and the 
nominative or nominatives after it are in the singular 
number, etre must be singular. 

(Jest le sublime et le prodigieux. 
It is the sublime and the prodigious. 

If the nominative or nominatives after etre be in the 
plural, the verb must be so. 

Ce sont les vices qui degradent Fhomme* 
It is the vices that debase mankind. 

Rule 3. When ce precedes a tense of etre, which is fol- 
lowed by the first or second person plural of the personal 
pronouns nous or vous, the verb must be singular. 

C'est vous tous qui etes cheris. 
It is you all who are beloved. 

But the verb must be in the third person plural, if the 
pronoun that follows it be so. 

Oetoient eux qui ordonnoient la ceremonie. 
It was they who ordered the ceremony. 

Rule 4. When a question is asked, and etre is followed 
by a plural noun or pronoun, only the imperfect and con- 
ditional tenses of etre must be plural ; the other tenses 
must be singular. 

p ^ Est-ce eux qui parlentl 

\ Is it they who speak ? 

p . ( Fut-ce nos propres filsl 
\ Was it our own sons ? 



103 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

^ ( Sera-ce elks qui iront ? 

* UtUre ' I Is it they who will go ?* 
Imperfect. Etoient-ce euxl 

Conditional. Seroient-ce elles 1 

Compound of ) Auroient . ce iU ewc j 
Conditional, y 

CLIV. 
Rule I. 

It is from contraries that results the harmony of the world* 
des contraire que resulter harmonie monde. 

It is to all men that he speaks. 

a tout -\- horrime que parler. 

Rule 2. 

It is the number of (the) people and the abundance of food. 

nombre peuple abondance aliment 7 (pl.) 

It is the labor and finish that we admire. 

travail achievement admirer. 

It is the flatterers, the vicious-, who have lauded vice, 
jlatteur vicieux qui louer -f- vice. 

Rule 3. 
It is* all of us ) t .« . , 

It will be us all T ? Fr 

J qui perir. 

It was we who were unhappy. 

qui (1st p. pi.) malheureux. 
It is they who honor their country. 
eux quihonorcr pat rie . 

Rule 4. 

Was it your children that were drowned ? 

enfant qui noycr (pi.) ? 

* The puntf must observe, thai when, in English, the verb which 
follows " is it " is in the future tense, "is it" must be rendered in 
French by the future tense of itre ; and it' •• is it " in English is fol- 
lowed i.\ ■ past tense, is it in French must be past also. 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 109 

Is It they who are-making the noise ? 
eux faire bruit 1 

Would it be they ? Would it have been the sons ? 
eux 1 avoir etre fils ? 

CLV. 

Ce is not used as an adjective when it is followed by 
qui or que. Aimez ce qui est juste, Love that which is 
just. Vous aimez ce que nous ha'issons, You love that 
which we hate. The pupil will see that ce qui and ce 
que may be translated by what, as well as by that which ; 
and he must always be careful, in rendering what into 
French, to see first whether that which may be put in its 
place ; for, if this change can be made, ivhat must be 
rendered by ce qui or ce que.* 

I see what {or that which) is the most suitable. 
voir etre conv enable 

Tell me what (or that which) you wish to do. 
Dire vouloir faire 

He wishes what is reasonable. 

vouloir raisonnable 

I prefer what he says to what he does. 
prefer er dire a faire 

What I like I always seek. 

aimer toujours chercher 
We desire what would be fatal to us. 

desirer etre fatal 

What we wish and what we want, or 
That which we desire and that of-which we have need. 
desirer ce dont avoir besoin 

The adverb ci, which means here, and la, which 
means there, are often affixed to celid, cellc, and their 
plurals ; and when this is done, the meaning of these 

* In parsing such sentences as the above, ce is the accusative and 
governed by aimez, qui is the nominative to est, and que is the accu- 
sative of ha'issons. In the sentence, Ce qui est juste nest pas expe- 
dient, ce is the nominative to the latter est, and qui, to that which 
precedes juste. Qui and que, in all these examples, are relative 
pronouns. 

10 



110 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

pronouns is much more definite. CeJui without ci lias 
not the restricted meaning of our this, but with ci it is 
fully equivalent to it ; thus, 

Cclui-ci ) This, when it means the latter, the person or 
Celle-ci ) thing nearest or last-mentioned. 

Celui-la > That, when it means the former, farthest off, 
Cclle-la 5 or first-mentioned (person or thing). 

So with their plurals Ceux-ci, cefles-ci, ceux-la, celles-la. 

These pronouns are applied to persons and things. 
When without the ci and la, they are always followed by 
the relative pronoun qui, but with these words they may 
be used without qui, thus: 

Tel est Vavantage qu'ont les talents sur la beaute ; 
cellc-ci n'a qu y un temps pour pi aire, ceuxAa plaisent dans 
tous les temps. Such is the advantage that talents have 
over beauty ; the latter only pleases for a time, the 
former through all time. 

CLVL 

The latter was proud of his burden. 
etre glorieux charge 

The former is worn-out, but the latter is new. 
etre use mais neuf 

The former make war, the latter love peace. 
faire -{-guerre , aime r paix 

The latter is the most clever, the former is the most learned. 
etre habile savant 

I prefer the latter to the former. 
prrfc.rer (fern.) a 

We like the former better than the latter. 
aimer (pi. masc.) mieux que 

Ce is also joined to ci and la, forming ceci, this, and 
cela,* that. Ceci and cela are applied only to things, 
have no plural, and are always masculine. 

Tlw pupil must obscrvr, that the Ct and Ja are not connected by 
hyphms. as in ibfi former case, and the accent over la is omitted in 
MM, 



RELATIVE PRONOUNS. Ill 

Je rHaime pas ceci, donnez-moi de cela. 
I do not like this, give me some of that. 

When ci and la are used with ce, but separated from it, 
the noun is expressed, and ci and la are united to it by 
hyphens. The la also retains its accent ; thus, 

Ce chapeau-ci, This hat. 

Cette ville-la, That town. 

CLVIL 

This merits attention. 
meriter attention. 
What do you think of that ? 

Que penser de 

We take this, and leave that. 
prendre -j- abandonner 

This country is very ambitious. 
pays-ci tres ambitieux. 
That man is too industrious. 
homme-la trop industrieux. 
This room is too long and too high. 
chambre-ci long haut. 

This is good, and that is better. 
bon, meilleur. 

Relative Pronouns. 

A relative pronoun in French is the same as a relative 
pronoun in English ; and it is usually preceded by a noun 
or pronoun, which is called its antecedent, and of which 
it takes the gender and number. 

The relative pronouns are as follows : — 

1. Of both numbers and genders. 



Norn. 


Qui, 
JDont, 


Who, which, that. 


Gen. 


Of whom, whose, of which 


Dat. 


A Qui, 


To whom, to which. 


Ace. 


Que, Qui, 
De Qui, 


Whom, which, what, that. 


AbL 


From whom, from which. 



112 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

Qui, in the nominative, relates to persons and things, 
but in the other cases it usually refers only to persons. 

Qui, in the accusative, without a preposition, is only 
used in questions ; as, Qui cherchez-vom ? Whom do 
you seek ? 

Que, the accusative, never comes after a preposition. 

2. Of both numbers and genders. 

Norn. Que, Quoi, What. 

Gen. De Quoi, or Dont. Of what, of which, whose. 

Dat. A Quoi, To what, to which. 

Ace. Que, Quoi, What, that. 

Abl. De Quoi, From which, or from what. 

Quoi only refers to things. It is rarely used except in 
the genitive or dative case. It is sometimes a nomina- 
tive independent, but never the nominative to any verb. 
In the accusative, it is never the object of a verb, though 
it is sometimes the object of en and other prepositions. 

Dont refers to persons or things, and is used instead 
of de qui, duquel, de laquelle, desquels, desquelles, and de 
quoi, whenever the antecedent is the next word before 
it, and a nominative the next word after it ; as, Le ciel, 
dont le secours est necessaire, Heaven, whose aid is ne- 
cessary. Dont never begins a sentence, and never asks a 
question. 

Que, the accusative, is always the object of a verb, and 
never that of a preposition. Its meaning and uses are 
very various, and must be carefully studied by the ad- 
vanced pupil. 

Some exercises upon these pronouns have necessarily 
been introduced in Lessons CLIII. and CLIV.; but a few 
more are necessary to show the peculiar use of some 
of them. 

CLVIII. 

Qui without an antecedent. 

Who speaks of every-thing, often speaks at random. 
purler tout souvent hasard. 



HELATIYE PRONOUNS. 113 

Whoever loves God, loves his brother. 
aimer Dieu frere* 

Whoever (knows not how to) keep a secret, is incapable of 
(can not) [governing.* 

(ne savoir pas) garder secret incapable 

(gouverner. 

I will make you (to) know who I am, 

faire — connoitm 

Bring with you wham you will (or shall wish), 
jimener avec vouloir (future) 

And whenever Qui asks a question ; as, 

Who are those magistrates and those officers ? 

etre magistrat et QJficier 

Who is that man ? Who has done that i 

homme 1 faire cela 

Whom shall you see at (the) church to-morrow ? 

(fut. tense) voir eglise demam 

CLIX. 

Examples of the Use of Dont, 

Reading of-which I make my amusement. 
-\- lecture faire amusement. 

The dog whose attachment ) . A 

,.° r , . , „.> interests me, 

chien or wnom the attachment ) 

attachement interesser 

He is a man whose arm ) ._ 

#7 7 c u *u / supports innocence. 

11 homme, oi whom the arm ) l l 

bras soutenir + innocence. 
You see the men of whom I was-s peaking. 

voir homme parler. 

The house of which I have made a purchase. 

maison faire — acquisition. 

* The English present participle, when governed by any other 
preposition than en. is rendered in French by the infinitive mode ; 
as, lass6 de vivrc (tired of living). 

10* 



114 FRENCH ACCIDENCE, 

Great men whose actions ^ are forgotten, 

-f- Grand homme of whom the actions $ oublier. 

Alexander whose courage > is sufficiently known, 

Alexandre of whom the courage ) assez connaitre. 

The King on-whom depend the kings of earth. 
Roi dependre roi -f- tcrre. 

CLX. 

Examples of Qui and Quoi with Prepositions. 

Of whom were you speaking ? 

parler 
Love the friends to whom you give your confidence. 
Aimer ami donner conjiance. 

Glory, to which heroes sacrifice. 
-\-gloire -f- hero sacrifier. 

The horse to which 1 owe my ) life. 
cheval devoir the ) vie. 

The thing on which the miser thinks the least. 
chose a avare penser le moins. 

One of the reasons for which I wish to go. 

raison pour qui vouloir aller. 
Give me wherewith ) to write. 
Donner of what 5 — ecrire. 
He is rich, he has wherewith > to be content, 
riche avoir of what £ content* 

CLXL 

Examples of the Use of Que v)hen an Accusative. 
It is he that I was-striking. 
Cest lui f rapper 

The saddles that you have-sold me. 

scllc vend re 

I found the watch that you had lost. 
trouvcr rnontre perdre. 

What did-you-tell me to do? 
dire faire 



RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 115 

What will-you-give us to allow it ? 

donner de permettre 
What do-) T ou-intend to say to her ? 

se proposer dire 
Give me the peaches that you were-purchasing. 
Donner peche acheter 

CLXII. 

Que performs as many offices in French as that does 
in English, but it may not be omitted in French as it often 
is in English, and it must be repeated before every verb 
that governs it ; as, 

The God we love and worship 
Le Dieu que nous aimons et que nous* adorons, 
The dog -f- you saw is a fine spaniel. 
chien voir bel epagneul. 

The boats -\- we hired and + -j~* lost. 

bateau louer perdre. 

The scholar -f- we loved and + + cherished, 

ecolier aimer cherir. 

The doors + she shut and + + opened. 
porte fermer ouvrir. 

The boy that I caught and -f- + punished. 
gargon attrapper punir* 

The other relative pronoun is Lequel, which is applied 
to both persons and things, and is varied by gender, num- 
ber and case, as follows : — 

Masculine. Feminine. 

Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. 

N. & Ac. Lequel, Lesquels; I Laquelle, Lesquelles ; which. 

Be laquelle, Desquelles ; of which, 

whose. 

A laqueUe, Auxquellcs ; to which. 



G. & Ab. Duquel, Desquels 
Dative. Jluquel, Auxquels ; 



The pupil will perceive that this relative is composed 
of Quel and the definite article. Quel is also placed 

* The personal pronoun we must be repeated in such cases as well 
as que. 



116 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

amongst the relative pronouns, but it is a mere adjective, 
followed by its noun, and agreeing with it in gender and 
number ; thus, 

Quel homme, what man* 

Quels hommesy what men. 

Quelle femme, what woman. 

Quelles femmes, what women. 

The nominatives Lequel, Laquelle, and their plurals, 
are never used unless when the use of qui would leave 
the antecedent doubtful ; for, when two nouns of different 
genders or numbers precede the relative, it may be diffi- 
cult to determine to which qui refers, since it never 
changes ; but Lequel, being varied by gender and number, 
determines the question by agreeing with one noun, and 
not with the other. 

The genitive of this pronoun is more frequently used, 
and as the proper use of it, and of all the cases, is perplex- 
ing even to Frenchmen, we will attempt to give a rule to 
guide the pupil. In the sentence u IJarbre a la protec- 
tion duquel je dois la vie" the antecedent of du quel is 
arbre, and the word that governs it, or that it qualifies, is 
protection. Now, the genitive of this relative always has 
an antecedent and a governing word ; and when both come 
before it, as in the above sentence, du quel, de I a quelle, 
and their plurals, must always be used instead of de qui 
and dont, if you are speaking of things or animals ; but if 
you are speaking of persons, it is a matter of taste, and 
you may use whichever best suits the ear. 

La Seine dans le lit de laquelle, etc. 

Le prince a la protection de qui or duquel, etc. 

In the dative case, if speaking of persons, either a qui 
or auqucl may be used ; but when speaking of things, 
auquel, a la quelle, and their plurals, must be used ; as, 
Le jar din auqucl; Dint a qui, or auqucl. 

In the accusative, if the pronoun is governed by a verb, 
Icqucl, &lc, should not be used, unless to avoid an equivocal 



RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 117 

expression, as in the nominative ; but if it is governed by 
a preposition, in speaking of things, lequel, laquelle, and 
their plurals, must be used ; but if you are speaking of 
persons, you may use qui or lequel, &c, indifferently. 
Thus, 

L 'opinion contre laquelle, The opinion against which. 
Le juge devant qui or devant 

lequel y The judge before whom. 

CLXIII. 

Examples of the Genitive Case. 

The sheep to the spoils of-which* -f- men owe their clothing. 
mouton depouille (sing.) devoir vetement (pi.) 

A city to the ruin of which the generals came. 
ville mine general venir 

A religion of-which he despised the maxims. 
religion dont mepriser maxime 

The school to the scholars of-which he spoke. 

ecole ecolier s'adresser 

I keep the book of-which you have made me a present. 
tenir livre dont faire — *present 

It is a lady at the house of whom he died. 
(Jest dame maison mourir 

The forest at the end of which he arrived. 
foret Jin arriver 

CLXIV. 

Examples of the Dative Case. 

The garden to which I give all my care. 

jar din donner soin (pi.) 

The sciences to which I apply-myself. 

science s'appliquer 

* The pupil will observe that The sheep to tohose spoils, &c., The 
city to whose ruin, &c, would be better English, but would not lead 
so directly to the French construction. 



118 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

The girl to whom you sold the gown. 
Jille vendre robe 

The horses to which the boy gave -f- na y» 
cheval gargon donner fain 

The friends to whom you give your confidence, 

ami donner confiance 

The waves to which he was abandoned. 
jlot etre abandonner 

The hopes to which youth gives birth. 
esperance -j-jeunesse naissance 

CLXV. 

Examples of the Accusative, governed by a Preposition. 

The king before whom we must appear. 

roi devant devoir par oit re 

The woods in which we have walked. 

bois (sing.) dans etre promener. 
The religion against which he spoke. 

religion contre parler 

The young-ladies with whom I have conversed. 
demoiselle avec avoir converser 

The cause for which he lost his life. 

cause pour perdre la vie 

The papers on which he wrote his history. 

papier sur ecrire histoire 

The soldiers by whom we were surrounded. 

soldai par etre entourcr (pi.) 

In connection with the relative pronouns, it should be 
remarked that the adverb ou, which usually means where, 
is sometimes used instead of duquel, dans lequcl, par 
lequel ; but this never happens except when the nouns 
to which they relate, or the verbs to which they are 
joined, convey the idea of place; as, La maison ou je 
demcurc, The house in which I live ; Le peril ou jc 
nf engage, The danger in which I embark. The follow- 
ing exerrisc will furnish a few examples of tills peculiar 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 119 

use of ou, which has induced some of the best French 
grammarians to call it a relative pronoun. 

CLXVI. 

The instant (in-vvhich) we are-born is one step towards death. 
instant ou naitre pas vers -f- mort. 

Heaven is a book (in-which) the earth may read. 
-\-Ciel livre ou terre pouvoir lire 

I am free from the proud yoke (to-which) I was attached. 
libre joug superbe ou etre attacher 

A good education, (on-which) depends the felicity of-j-nations. 
education tfou dependre felicite peuples 
He makes use of a means (by-which) that intriguer fell. 

faire usage moyen par ou intrigant tomber 

See (in-what) we have failed. 
Voild oil avoir manquer 

I pity the condition (in-which) you are. 
plaindre etat ou 

Vanity and flattery are the quicksands (on-which) beauty 
-\-Vanite -f- flatter ie ecueils ou -f- beaut e 

is wrecked, fait naufrage. 

7. Indefinite Pronouns. 

This name is given by the French grammarians to 
several words, which, they say, stand instead of nouns, 
but whose meaning or application is general or indefinite. 
This class, in fact, includes such pronouns as could not 
properly be arranged in any of the other classes, and it 
may with propriety be called the miscellaneous class ; and 
the various pronouns included in it may be arranged under 
four heads, viz. : 

1. Those which are always employed as pronouns, 
without being joined to any noun expressed. These are, 

On, One, &c. Chacun, Each, or every one. 

Quiconque, Whoever. Autrui, Others. 

Quelqu'un, Some one, some, Personne, Any one. 

be. iVe personne, No one. 



1*20 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



Rien, Anything. 
JNe rien, Nothing. 
Uun V autre, One another, 
or each other. 



Uun et r autre, Both. 
Uun ou T autre, Either* 
Ni Vun ni V autre, Neither. 



2. Those which are always employed as adjectives, 
being always joined to a noun expressed. These are, 

Quel, What. Chaque, Each or every. 

Quelque, Some. Quelconque, Whatever. 

3. Those which are sometimes proper pronouns used 
without a noun, and sometimes adjectives whose noun is 
expressed, viz. ; 



Nul, ^ 
Aucun, > No one. 
Pasun, ) 
Autre, Other. 



3'Pme, Self, same. 

Tel, Such. 

Plusieurs, Several or many. 

Tout, AH or every. 



4. Those followed by Que, and which, with this word, 
have a peculiar signification, viz. * 

Quel — que, whatever. 

Quoi — que, whatever. 

Quoi que ce soit, whatever. 

Qui que ce soit, whoever. 

Quelque — que, whatever or however. 

The following exercises will endeavor to exhibit the 
use of each of these pronouns in the above order. 

CLXVII. 

Exercises upon On. 

The pronoun on may generally be translated one; but, 
as no particular one is meant, it is often translated by ice, 
they, people, and folks. Thus, the sentence On vit 
autrtmcnt a Paris, may be rendered One lives, or we 
live, or they, folks, or people live, otherwise in Paris. 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 121 

On dit^ It is said. 

On apprend. We hear. 

Que dira-t-on ? What will people say, or 

what will the world say? 

Bat, however variously we may render this pronoun in 
English, remember that, in French, on is always in the 
nominative case, singular number, and third person; and 
requires its verbs and adjectives to agree with it accord- 
ingly. 

(U* The pupil will notice that the English words in 
Italic type must be rendered by on in the two following 
exercises :— 

We love those who love us. 

aimer 
One is beloved when he is generous. 
aime quand genereux. 

They fall when they are proud. 

tomber orgueilleux. 

People are-born musicians, as they are-born poets. 

naitre musicien (sing.) comme Von naitre poete. 

[(sing.) 
One is not always young and pretty. 

rf est pas toujour sjeune jolL 

We are very glad to be beloved. 

bien aise aime. 

They say that this season is the coldest. 
dire que saison froid. 

What would the world say if she went there ? 

dire aller (condt. tense). 

CLXV1II. 

It is often more elegant to translate this pronoun and its 

verb by the English passive verb ; thus, on dit may be 

rendered " it is said " as well as " one says ; " and as the 

English passives must often be rendered by the aid of on, 

11 



122 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

this lesson will contain examples to be turned by the 
pupil. 

The faults of its friends ought not to be attributed to religion ; 

that is, 
We ought not to attribute to religion, the faults of its friends. 
devoir attribuer religion faute ami. 

Vice is only to be overcome by flight ; that is, 
One only overcomes vice by flight. 
ne-que surmonter vice en lefuyant. 

That which is acquired without crime, is Jcept without 

remorse ; that is 7 
One keeps without remorse,what one acquires without crime. 
garder sans remords, acquerir sans crime. 

Latin is studied, and every living language is neglected ; 

that is, 
They study Latin, and they neglect every living language. 
etudier-\- Latin, negliger tout vivant langue. 

That history is variously related ; that is, 
They relate variously that history. 
raconter diversement histoire. 
Experience is acquired at our own expense ; that is, 
We acquire experience at our-own expense. 
acquerir -f- experience a ses depens. 

Quacks are found every-where ; that is. 
One finds every-where quacks. 
trouver part out -{- charlatan. 

CLXIX. 

To soften the pronunciation, when on follows the word 
ct, si, ou, que or qui, the article /' is placed before it ; 
thus, ron* and one such case occurs in each of the fol- 
lowing sentences: — 

* S«»mo French etymologists think that on is a corruption or contrac- 
tion of lumnnc, or /wra, as homwr was once spelled. It may generally, if 
not always, bo rendered into English by the word man or men, as in 
every sentence in tins lesson. 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 123 

We do not love to see those to whom we owe so-much. 

aimer a voir a qui devoir tant. 

If one wishes to live tranquilly. 
si vouloir tranquillement 

It is from a king that we received this maxim. 
roi que recevoir maxime. 
People think and {people) say openly. 

penser et dire tout-haut. 

One may go where one wishes, 
pouvoir oiler ou, vouloir. 

The habits that one contracts. 
habitude que contracter. 

CLXX. 

Exercise upon Quiconque (whoever). 

This pronoun relates only to persons, is usually mascu- 
line, and has no plural. It is sometimes a nominative, and 
sometimes governed by the prepositions de (of) and a (to) . 

Whoever has contemplated the works of Cicero, fee. 
mediter ouvrage Ciceron, etc. 

[them. 

Flatterers live at the expense of whoever will listen-to 

-f- flatteur vivre depens (pi.) vouloir ecouter 

Religion is a source of pleasure to whoever approaches it 

-\-Religion source de plaisir s'en approche 

worthily, dignement. 
Whoever has renounced + religion may violate the most 
renoncer a la religion pouvoir violer 
sacred rights, sacre droit. 
Avoid whoever with pleasure sheds the blood of men. 
Eviter plaisir repandre sang homme. 

Whoever is rich is every-thing. 

riche tout. 

Whoever expects a misfortune is already unfortunate. 
attendre malheur deja malhcureux. 



124 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

He who ) is not sensible to the pleasure of doing good 
Whoever 5 sensible plaisir faire + bien 

is not a man. — homme. 

CLXXI. 

-Exercise on Quelqu'un (some one, any one, some or any). 

Quelqu'un, when used without reference to any noun, 
means some one, or any one, relates to persons only, and 
has no feminine nor plural ; as, Quelqu'un a dit que Vdme 
du monde est le soleil, Some one has said that the sun is 
the soul of the world. 

But when quelqu'un has reference to a noun, it means 
some or any, relates to persons or things, and is varied as 
follows : — 

Singular. Plural. 

Masc. Quelqu'un, Quelques-uns. 

Fern. Quelqu'une, Quelques-unes. 

When thus referring to a noun or pronoun, this pronoun 
is preceded by the conjunctive pronoun c#, or followed by 
the preposition de ; thus, Connaissez-vous quelques-unes 
de ces dames 1 " Do you know any of those ladies ? " Oui 
fen connais quelques-unes, " Yes, I know some of them." 

Has any-one ever seriously doubted the existence of God ? 
that is, 

[God? 

Anyone, has he ever doubted seriously of the existence of 

jamais douter seriensemcnt existence Dieu 

I know this news of some one who is well-informed. 
savoir nouvelle bien instruit 

He had passed the day without giving pleasure to any one. 
fli'o?V passer jour sans faire plaisir a 



Of all the propositions, have you accepted any ? 
tout proposition accepter (fern, pi.) 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 125 

I shall-make-use of some of your books. 
se servir (masc. pi.) livre 

I know some of the gentlemen. 

connaitre (masc. pi.) monsieur 



Chacun, masc, Chacune, fern., Each or Every one. 

This pronoun is varied by gender, but it is always 
singular, and requires its verb to be so. It is used 
without a noun, but, when it is followed by an adjective 
pronoun, it is difficult to determine what should be the 
gender and number of the pronoun. In the English 
sentence, " Trees bear their fruits each or every one in its 
season," usage has determined that his, her, or its, must 
always follow each or every one ; but the French say, Les 
arbres portent leur fruits, chacun dam leur saison, that 
is, " each in their season." Arbres (trees) is the word 
which chacun (each) distributes into individuals, and 
it is a nominative case plural 9 and precedes chacun. 
When, therefore, the word which chacun distributes is a 
nominative plural, or a personal pronoun governed by the 
preposition a (to) expressed or understood, the adjective 
pronoun that follows chacun must agree with the nomina- 
tive, and not with chacun. On the contrary, when the 
word which chacun distributes is any other than the 
nominative case plural, and the dative pronoun above 
mentioned, the adjective pronoun must agree with 
chacun. 

But sometimes chacun is not preceded by any word 
which it distributes, and then the adjective pronoun 
always agrees with it. 

Examples without a noun to be distributed. 

Chacun veut etre heureux, Every one wishes to be happy. 
Chacun sent son mal, Every one feels his-own pain. 
Chacun se gouverne a sa mode, Each lives in his-own way. 
11* 



126 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

Examples with a plural nominative to be distributed. 

Nous danserons chacun a notre tour. 
We shall dance each in our turn. 
Vous aurez chacun votre part. 
You shall have each your part. 
Ces auteurs out chacun leur merite. 
These authors have each their merit. 

Examples with a dative pronoun to be distributed. 

Dieu nous* rendra a chacun selon nos ceuvres, 
God will render to us each according to ourf works. 

Examples with an accusative case to be distributed. 

Mettez ces livres chacun a sa place. 
Put those books each in its place. 
Serrez ces medailles, chacune dans sa case. 
Inclose these medals each in its case. 

CLXXII. 

Exercise on Chacun not preceded by a Noun or Pronoun 
to be distributed by it. 

Each follows his inclination. 
suivre inclination 
E very-body speaks of-it. 

parler en 
Every -one thinks for himself. 

penser pour soi 
Each of you does J his duty. 
vous fair e devoir 
Each of them % will play her part. 
jouer role 

* Nous moans to us ; but the pupil will notice that the preposition h 
(to) is repeated in all such cases before chacun. 

t In all the above examples, the French adjective pronoun should 
be uniformly rendered by his, in the third person singular, and not 
by our, your, their, Arc, as we have rendered it literally. 

t Although the noun or pronoun that comes between aucun and its 
verb may be plural, the verb must be singular, as in English. 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS* 127 

Each of those statues # is perfect. 
statue parfait 
Each of these pictures* is a fortune. 
tableau-ci fortune 
Each for himself, and God for all. 
soi tout 

He has given to each his part. 
donner sa part 

CLXXIIL 

Chacun following a Nominative Plural which it distributes. 

We have each his ) rights. 

avoir (our) ) 

The sailors went each to his duties. 

matelot oiler a (their) fonction 

The}' have fulfilled each her duty. 

remplir (their) devoir 
They have brought each his offering. 

apporter (their) offrande 
Let all men labor each in his ) station. 
Que tout homme travailler dans (their) ) etat 
Each of these two women has charms, or 
These two women have each their charms. 

femme charme 

They have gi ven their advice each according-to his ) views. 

donner avis selon (their) ) vue 

Languages have each their singularities, 
-f- langue avoir bizarrerie 

CLXXIV. 

Chacun after an Accusative which it distributes. 

Send-back those lackeys each to his mistress. 
Remettre valet maitresse 

* Although the noun that comes between aucun and its verb may be 
plural, the verb must be singular, as in English. 



123 TRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

Carry those books and give them each to its owner. 
Porter livre donner maitre 

Take those cows and lead them each to her stall. 
Prendre vache mener Stable 

I will set-them-down each at his door. 
descend re porte 

You may find odes each excellent in its kind ; that is, 
You may find (some) excellent odes each in its kind. 
trouver + excellent ode en genre 

Both hostile kings caused te Deums to be sung in their camp, 

that is, 
The two kings, enemies, caused to sing te Deums each in his 

[camp. 
roi ennemi /aire chanter (des te Deum) dans 

[camp 

He sent all the prisoners each to his family. 
envoy er tout prisonnier famille 



The expression each of them is rendered by chacun 
d'eux or chacune d'elles, when persons are spoken of, but 
when things only are spoken of, the words of them are 
not expressed in French ; as, Vous avez deux chevaux, 
combien avez-vous donne de chacun; You have two 
horses, what did you pay for each of them 1 Voild trois 
cartes, je mets taut sur chacune ; There are three cards, 
I stake so much on each of them. 

CLXXV. 

Exercise on Autrui (others). 

This pronoun is applied only to persons, males or 
females; it is always plural, and no adjective nor article 
is ever joined with it. It is always used in an indefinite 
sense, and is governed only by the preposition a or de. 
Thus, II nc faut pas insulter a la misere d'autrui, We 
must not insult the misery of others. Ne fakes point a 
autrui ce que vous nc voudricz pas que Ton vous ft, Do 
not to others what you would not that they should do to 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 129 

you. On, being also an indefinite pronoun, comes more 
properly after autrui than Us or elles. 

It is always troublesome to depend on others. 
11 toujours facheux de dependre de 
He notices the faults of others, but he never speaks of 
remarquer f antes mats nejamaisparler 

them. en. 
Generosity endures the ills of others. 
-f- Generosite souffrir mal 

Happy or unhappy, man has need of others. 

Heureux ou malheureux, -f- homme besoin 
In espousing the interests of others, espouse not their 
epouser interet ne pas en 

passions, passion. 
We must not hurt others. 
11 ne faut pas nuire a 
We must not covet the property of others. 
11 ne faut pas convoiter bien 
He is afflicted, or he afflicts himself at the ills of others. 
s'affliger des mal 

CLXXVI. 

Exercise upon Personne and Ne personne. 

Personne when without ne means any one ; as, Y a-t-il 
personne ? " Is there any one ?" But it is usually accom- 
panied by ne, and then means no one; thus, Personne 
n'est digne d'etre hue, " No one is worthy to be praised." 
Personne is always singular and always masculine. # 
When ne is used with personne, it is placed directly before 
the principal verb, and the pas, or other negative, which 
usually accompanies it, is omitted. 

No-one can say that he is happy. 
pouvoir dire que heureux 

* Fersonnc, the indefinite pronoun, must be carefully distinguished 
from personne, the noun, which means a person, has a plural, and is 
always feminine, whether applied to males or females. Neither the 
noun nor pronoun is ever applied to things. 



130 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

God wishes not the destruction of any or any one. 
Dieu vouloir ne reprobation 
Pride becomes not-any one. 
~\-jierte convenir ne a 

No-one will-be sufficiently bold. 
etre assez hardi 
I have seen no one (so vain) as he. 
Je ne voir (de si vain) que lui 

Do no wrong to any one, or 
Do wrong to no one. 
faire tort ne 
He is too bold to fear any one. 

trop hardi craindre 

No one is so unhappy as she. 

n'etre si malheureux que elle 

CLXXVII. 

Exercise on Rien and Ne rien. 

Rien means any thing, when alone ; but it is usually 
accompanied by ne, and then it means nothing. It is only 
applied to things, is always masculine, and has no plural ; 
thus, without ne, Y a-t-il rien de plus admirable que 
Vaimant ? " Is there any thing more wonderful than the 
magnet ?" and with ne, Rien ne doit empccher le Chretien 
d'etre bon, " Nothing should prevent the Christian's being 
good." Ne must be placed directly before the principal 
verb, as in the case of Personne. 

The Jews could accuse Jesus Christ of nothing. 

Juif ne pouvoir accuser Jesus- Christ de 
They cannot apply-themselves to any thing solid, or 
They can apply-themselves to nothing solid. 
On pouvoir s'ajjpliquer de solide.* 

He says nothing, but he thinks much. 
dire mats pcnscr bcaucoup. 

* When rien is followed by an adjective in this way, the French 
place dr before the adjective. 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 131 

He has nothing-great but birth. 

avoir * grand que + naissance 
He does nothing worthy of his reputation. 
faire qui soit digne reputation 

I can not give you any thing. 
ne saurais dormer 
That is of no use ; that is, 
That serves not for any thing. 
Cela ne servir a 
This is good for nothing. 
Ceci ne bon a 

CLXXVIII. 
Exercise on L'un l' autre (each other, one another). 

This pronoun is of both genders and of both numbers, 
and is varied thus, 

Masculine. 
Singular. Plural. 

JJun V autre ; Les uns les autres. 

Feminine. 
Singular. Plural. 

L'une V autre ; Les unes les autres. 

This pronoun, it will be seen, is a compound of which 
the parts may be used together or separately ; thus, Le 
feu et Veau se detruisent Tun V autre, " Fire and water 
destroy each other." Les uns combattent pour la gloire 
et les autres pour la patrie, " Some fight for glory, and 
some (or others) for their country." But when separated, 
Fun V autre is not a single pronoun, and the meaning is 
changed, as in the example last given. 

Uun, Vune, les uns, les unes, are also used for the Eng- 
lish word former or first-mentioned, and V autre or les au- 
tres for the latter or last-mentioned; thus, Charles XII 
eprouva la prosperity et Vadversite, sans avoir etc amolli 
par Tun ni ebranle par V autre, Charles Xll. expe- 

* When rien is followed by an adjective in this way, the French 
place de before the adjective. 



132 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

rienced prosperity and adversity without being enervated 
by the one (the former) or shaken by the other (the 
latter). 

Brothers and sisters often hate each other. 
-j- frere et sceur souvent se hair (pi.) 
All his plans seem to destroy each other. 
tout j)rojet sembler — se detruire (pi.) 

But this pronoun is generally used with a preposition, 
which is placed only between Fun and F autre. Thus, 
lis medisent Fun de Fautre, " They speak ill of each 
other." 

[other ? 
Is it edifying to see Christians let-loose against each 
Est-il edifiant de voir -f- Chretien dechaine cantre 

Two authors do not speak well of each other. 

auteur ne pas dire du bien de 
The wars which princes make upon each other. 

guerre que -f- princes se faire aux 
They make enemies of each other. 

se faire -f- ennemi de 
They make faces at each other. 

se faire -f- grimace a 
Multiply two numbers by each other. 
Multiplier nombre par 
The columns were close against each other. 

colonne serre contre (pi.) 

CLXXIX. 

Exercise on L'un et l' autre, separated. 

Some wish death to the accused and some to the accuser. 
vouloir -f- inort accuse accusateur 

Both had a superior genius, bat the former had more (of) 
7Ws dcuv supcricur genii, mats plus de 

grandeur, and the latter more (of) mildness. 
grafideur ct plus de douceur 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 133 

One is my wife and the other (is) her sister, 
(fern.) femme sozur 

Some are born rieh and others poor. 
ne riche pauvre 

Some love one thing and some another. 

aimer chose (fern.) 

The former were wise and the latter were foolish. 

(fern.) sage indiscret 

CLXXX. 
Exercise on L'un et l' autre (both). 

This pronoun is sometimes used as an adjective, but it 
was thought best to place it where its use could be con- 
trasted with that of tun V autre. 

Uun et V autre has its feminine, Tune et V autre, and its 
plurals, les uns et les autres, masc, les unes et les autres, 
fern. Thus, Uun et V autre out raison," Both are right." 
This pronoun is applied to both persons and things. Uun 
•et V autre requires the verb to be plural ; at least, this is 
the preferable way. 

Both relate the same circumstances. 

rapport er meme circonstance 
They both united against the common enemy, 
(pi.) se reunir contre ennemi 

Both died at the end of the year. 
mourir (pret.) Jin annee 

He went thither to satisfy them both. 
oiler y pour satisfaire les (sing.) 
Destiny deceives us both. 
-|- destin tromper nous 

Uun et Vautre, when used as an adjective, having a 
noun expressed, has the feminine, Tune et V autre, but no 
plural ; thus the French say, Uun et V autre consul suivi- 
rent son etendard, " Both consuls followed his standard ; " in 
which sentence, the pupil will perceive that the noun is 
singular, and the verb plural, which is the preferable way, 
12 



134 FRENCH ACCII>ENCE^ 

although some French writers have made the verb singuv 
lar also. 

Both camps have separated. 

camp se etre separer 
Both horses were killed. 

ckeval etre tuer 
Both climates are fatal to his health. 
climat fatals sante 

I shalHose in both armies. 

perdre dans armee (sing.) 

When a preposition is used with Tun et I 'mitre, it must 
be repeated before Tun and T autre ; thus, J'ai satisfait a 
Tune et a T autre objection, " I have replied to both objec- 
tions." 

Who makes-use alike of both hands ? 

se servir egalement de main 

He received money from both. 

recevoir-\- argent de 
Endeavor to please (to) both* 

tacher de plaire a 
Peaches are preferable to both, 
-f- peche preferable a 

CLXXXI. 

L'u>r ou 1/ autre (either). Ni lVn ni i/ autre (neither)* 

These pronouns are varied by gender and number like 
Tun ct Tautrc, but the verb after them must be singular; 
at least, this is the preferable mode. The preposition 
must be repeated as in the last lesson. 

I will give it to either. 

donner a 
Either is preferable to nothing. 

preferable a rien 
He was prepared for either. 
preparer pour 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 135 

Nz Tun ni V autre requires that the verb used with it 
should be preceded by the word ne ; thus, Je ne le dirai 
m a Vun ni a V autre, " I will tell it to neither." 

Neither has answered (to) my letters, 
n 5 avoir repondre a lettre 

I expected both, but neither came. 
attendre mats ne venir 

Neither is right. 

ri* avoir raison 
Neither is my father. 

lietre pere. 
Neither manner is elegant. 
maniere n'etre elegant. 



The Second Sort of Indefinite Pronouns, or those 
always used as adjectives, having the noun 
they qualify usually expressed. 

CLXXXII. 

Exercise on Quel (what). 

Quel masculine has in the plural Quels, and in the 
feminine Quelle, singular, and Quelles, plural. It is ap- 
plied to persons and things, agreeing with its noun in 
gender and number. 

What power leaves crime in peace? 
puissance laisser -}- crime en paix 

What fire, what sprightliness, what images in Moliere ! 

feu vivacite image dans 

Which is he ? Which are they ? Which is she ? 

etre il Us etre elle 

What a crowd of evils love brings in its train ! 

— foule de mal -f- amour mener a suite 
What a pleasure to see and hear you ! 

— plaisir de voir entendre 



136 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

I know not what books to offer you. 

savoir ne-pas livre — offrir 
To what town do-you-give the preference ? 
donner preference 

Of what ladies were-you-speaking? 
de dame parler 

CLXXXIIL 

Exercise on Quelojje (some). 

Quelque, with its plural Quelques, is of both genders, 
and is applied to persons and things. 

Some author has advanced that the soul is not immortal. 
auteur avancer que dme ne-pas immortel 

It is the sentiment of some philosophers. 
(Jest sentiment de philosophe 

The great are exposed to some disgraces. 
grand (pi.) exposer a disgrace 

Some secret passion brought-forth the crime. 
secret* passion enfanter crime 

Some good books are very badly bound. 
bon livre trcs mal relier 

The secret was revealed by some person. 
secret reveler par personne 

I have some good news to tell you. 
avoir bon nouvelles a dire 

CLXXXIV. 

Exercise on Chaque (each, every). 

Chaque is of both genders, but always in the singular 
number. 

Each science has its principles. 
science + principe 

* It is to be hoped that the pupil attends to the rules for placing the 
adjective, which have heretofbiv been given. 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 137 

They took at Rome* the vote of every citizen. 
prendre suffrage de citoyen 

A ration was given to each soldier. 
ration donner a soldat 

Every woman should educate her children. 
femme devoir elever enfant 

Every newspaper is full of useful knowledge. 
gazette pleindes utile connoissances 
I see every boy and (every) girl (that is) in the room. 
voir gargon file dans chambre 



The indefinite pronoun quelconque (whatever) is but 
little used, except in lav). Its plural, quelconques, is 
sometimes seen ; it may be applied to persons as well as 
things, and it is always placed after its noun ; as, Non- 
obstant opposition ou appellation quelconque, " Notwith- 
standing any opposition or appeal whatever." Deux 
points quelconques etant donnes, " Any two points being 
given." 

The Third Sort of Indefinite Pronouns includes 
those which are sometimes used like pronouns 
without Nouns, and sometimes like Adjectives. 

CLXXXV. 

Exercises upon Nul, Aucun, and Pas un (no one, no). 

Nul is used in a more general manner than aucun or 
pas un, and is a stronger negative than either of them. 
As a pronoun, it is only used in the masculine singular, 
and nominative case. The verb which follows nul must 
always be preceded by the negative, ne ; thus, Nul de 
nous de sang froid rf envisage la mort, " No one of us faces 
death coolly." In the four following sentences, nul is a 
pronoun. 

* When the French is not given for a proper name, it is the same 
in both languages. 

12* 



138 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

No one is contented with bis fortune. 
n'etre content cle fortune 
No one wishes to keep himself in his sphere* 
nevouloir setenir dans sphere 

No one can flatter himself with being perfect, 
nepouvoir se flatter de (infin.) parj ait 

No one of you can complain of my conduct. 

ne pouvoir se plaindre conduit e 

Nul, when an adjective, has nulle in the feminine, but 
it is rarely used in the plural, except in a few law terms, 
and then it is placed after its noun ; thus, Ces procedures 
sont nulles, " These proceedings are null." In the following 
sentences, nul is used as an adjective, meaning no : — 

There is no taste in his works. 
11 vHya goid dans ouvrage 
There is no delicacy in her manners. 
H n't/a delicatesse dans nueurs 
No man is exempt from sin. 
homme n'etre exempt dupeche 
Man finds no where his happiness on earth. 

+ homme ne trouver part bonheur sur -f- terre 

CLXXXVI. 

Aucun, when used without a noun, generally has refer- 
ence to some person or thing before mentioned. It may 
be an agent or an object, and takes aucune for the 
feminine. It also generally requires ne before the verb 
on which it depends, or of which it is the nominative ; 
but it is sometimes used without the ne,* and then means 
any one. It is no longer used in the plural. 

Of all the judges, no one is opposed to me. 

tout juge ne m'ctre contrairc 

I know all the ladies, but I am not attached to any one. 
connaltre tout femme, mais ne attacher a 

* When nc is used with nul, aucun, pas un, or personne, the pas or 
voint which usually accompanies it is never expressed. 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 139 

I have not taken any of the books. 

n' avoir prendre livre 

Of all the young-ladies no one pleases me. 

de tout demoiselle ne plaire 

In the following sentences aucun is used as an adjective, 
and means no or not any. 

Who has said that innocence has no need of any aid? 
dire -f- innocence vl avoir besoin secours 

A prejudiced mind yields to no reason. 
prevenu esprit ne se rendre raison 

In interrogative or doubtful phrases, aucun is sometimes 
used without ne, or any other negative, and then means 
any one. 

Is there any-one who has blamed him ? 
( Y en a-t-il) ait blamer 

CLXXXVII. 

Pas un, when a pronoun or an adjective, has no plural, 
but it takes pas une in the feminine. It is usually accom- 
panied by ne. 

All are drowned, not-one was saved. 
tout noyer n'etre sauver 

Of all the children not-one could read. 
tout enfant ne pouvoir lire 

Pas un may be used without we. 

Who will-mourn the fate of Logan ? not one. 

pleurer sort de 

How many women were guilty ? not one. 
combien de femme coupable 

Pas un is used as an adjective in the following sentences, 
and means no, or not a, or not one. 

He answered not a word to Pilate. 

ne repondre mot a 
No knowledge is more useful than that of one's self. 
connaissance vHetre plus utile celle de 



140 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

CLXXXVIII. 

Exercise on Autre (other). 

Autre, when a proper pronoun, is applied to persons or 
things, has the plural autres, and may have the definite 
article before it to determine its gender. It is used as a 
pronoun in the following sentences : — 

We may be happy in this life and in the other. 
On pouvoir heureux en vie et en 
An other would not have pardoned you so easily as I. 
Un ne-pas avoir par donner aussi aisement que 

They rebuilt an other of them by (the) order of Cyrus. 
On rebdtir en par ordre de 

These are mine > the others are yours. 
Ceux-ci to me ) to you. 

Examples of Autre used as an Adjective. 

The ancients did not believe that there was an other world. 
anciens croire quHl y eut monde 

One box is good, but the other is bad. 

boxte bon, mais mauvais 

The other man is the most honorable. 
homme honorable 

An other woman was witness to the quarrel. 
femme temoin de querelle 

CLXXXIX. 

Exercise on Meme (self or same). 

Meme is so rarely used without a noun, that only one 
example is necessary to show its use ; thus, in speaking 
of some business, a man may say, Je travaille toujours a 
la meme, " I am always working just so." 

Meme, used as an adjective, means same, similar, very, 
self, he, and has the plural mimes, but though used with 
both genders, it is not varied by gender. It is applied to 
things as well as persons, and its use, when affixed to the 
personal pronouns moi, toi, he, has already been noticed 
on page S c 2, and also in Lesson CXXXVIII. 



INDEFINITE PBONOUNS. 141 

Your rights and mine are the same. 

droit les miens les 
Peter and Cephas (it) is the same apostle. 
Pierre Cephas c'est apotre 

The Romans conquered the Greeks by the Greeks 
Romain vaincre Grec par Grec 

themselves. — mimes 

I do not say of our allies, I say of our very enemies. 
dire allie, dire ennemi 

These very walls may have eyes. 
mur pouvoir avoir -j- ceil 

The rocks even are sensible to pleasing sounds. 
mimes agreable son 

The same virtues conquered and preserved the empire. 
vertu conquerir conserver empire 

The ashes of the shepherd and (of) the king are similar. 
cendre (pi.) berger roi les mimes 

cxc. 

Exercise on Tel (such). 

Tel, when a proper pronoun, without a noun, is thus 
used, Tel seme qui souvent ne recueille pas, " Some sow 
who never reap." Avez-vous vu un tell or une telle 1 
" Have you seen such-a-one I " As a pronoun, it is ap- 
plied only to persons, and has no plural. 

But tel is usually an adjective, and then has telle for 
the feminine, and tels and telles for the plural. 11 n^y a 
de tels animaux, " There are no such animals." 

A man, such as you, ought to be modest. 

homme tel que devoir modeste 

The blindness of idolaters is such that, fcc. 

aveuglement idolatre que 

These women are not such as you had told me (it). 
femme ne-pas que dire le 



142 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

Can we aspire to such a* happiness. 
pouvoir aspirer a bonheur 

As he has been, so he will be always. 
tel tel toujours 

-f- Such customs are unknown in America. 
coutume inconnu en Amerique 

Mr. such-a-one* sold it to my father. 
Monsieur un vendre pere 

He is all the time at Mrs. such-a-one's. 

tout temps chez Madame une 

Such was the state of his affairs. 
etat affaire 

His memory is such that he forgets nothing. 
mempire que oublier ne-rien 

CXC1. 

Exercise on Plusieurs (several, many). 

This pronoun is always plural, and is applied to persons 
and things of either gender. 

Examples of its Use as a Pronoun. 

Several have thought the world eternal. 
avoir croire monde eternel 

Religion has been a subject of scandal to many. 
-j- religion sujet scandale a 

Many think that the world is made for them. 

croire que monde faire 
Several have told me that he did it. 
dire que faire 

Examples of the Use of Plusieurs when an Adjective. 

Many authors have outlived their works. 
ant cur survivre ouvrasre 

He repeated several times his lesson. 
rcpctcr fois legon 

* Such a nnd surh-a-onc are rendered in French by un tel or une telle. 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 143 

Several princes were leagued against Napoleon. 
prince liguer contre Napoleon 

We do not succeed in applying ourselves to several sciences 
On reussir s'appliquer a science 

at once, a lafois. 

CXCII. 

Exercise on Tout (all, every). 

When tout is a proper pronoun, and used without a 
noun, it is always singular, and always masculine ; thus, 
Tout est consomme, " All is consummated." Les Pyrrho- 
niens doutoient de tout, " The Pyrrhonians doubted every 
thing;." 



'3' 



A true Christian should be ready for every-thing. 
veritable Chretien devoir etre pret a 
The whole is greater than its part. 
tout grand que partie 
Every-one complains, e very-one murmurs, against fortune. 
seplaindre murmur er contre -{-fortune 

Every-thing falls, every-thing perishes, around us. 
tomber perir autourde 



Examples of Tout, used as an Adjective. 

When used as an adjective, tout has toute, feminine, 
and the plurals, tous (masc.) and toutes (fern.). 

The whole man > does not die. 

All the man ) mourir 

Every mortal is burdened with his own grief. 

mortel charge de propre douleur 
Every citizen ought to serve his country. 

citoyen devoir (pres.) — servir pays 



144 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

All novelties are dangerous. 

-f- nouveaute # danger eux 
All nations who live wretchedly are ugly. 

-\-peuples* vivre mis emblement laid 

CXCIII. 

Tout, when an adjective, is placed before adjective 
pronouns; as, Tout son pouvoir, " All his power;" — it is 
placed after the personal pronouns, nous, vous, and eux; 
as, Nous tons, " We all ; " it is placed before the demonstra- 
tives, ce, celui, he. ; as, Tous ceux, "All those ;" — finally, 
it is separated from the conjunctives, le and les, and 
follows their verb, or comes between it and the auxiliary, 
when there is one ; thus, Je les trouve tons bons, " 1 think 
them all good ; " Je les ai tous eprouves, " I have tried 
them all." 

He has dissipated all his property. 
er bien 



She has employed all her industry. 
employer Industrie 

To employ all his capacity for his friend is his duty. 
— employer capacite ami devoir 



They have written to you all. 

ecrire a 
We all have our enemies. 
avoir ennemi 

It is to them all that I speak. 
Ccsta que parler 



All that which I have said is true. 
que dire vrai 



* When tout precedes its noun, the definite article is placed between 
thnn ; thus, Toutcs les nonccuutis. 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 145 

All those who die are soon forgotten, 
(pi.) quimourir bientot oublier 



I have seen them all, and I send them all back. 

vus et renvoyer — 

I found them all, and have punished them all. 
trouver punis 

CXCIV, 

When tout precedes an adjective, and means quite or 
all, it is not varied, whatever be the gender or number 
of the adjective, unless the adjective be feminine, and 
begin with a consonant or h aspirated ; thus, lis furent 
t-oui etonnes, " They were quite astonished." 

Those children are quite full of wit. 
enfant plein esprit 

All infallible as they are, they often err. 

infaillible souvent se tromper 

Our vessels are quite ready, and the wind calls us. 

vaisseau pret vent appeller 

Quite small as we are, we think ourselves elephants. 
petit que etre croire nous elephant 
They are all ) white without, and quite black within, 
(quite) J blanc au dehors noir au dedans 

Men, all ungrateful as they are towards God. 
-}- homme ingrat envers Dieu 

All ungrateful as she is, she interests us. 

ingrat que interesser 

The lady was quite attentive, and quite moved. 

dame attentif emu (part.) 

cxcv. 

Tout, meaning quite or all, before a feminine adjective 
beginning with a consonant or aspirated h, is varied by 
13 



146 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

gender and number: thus, L'csperance toute trompeusc 
qu'clle est, " Hope, all deceptive as she is." 

The young-ladies were punished, all reasonable as they were. 

demoiselle punir raisonnable que etre 

She is a woman quite full of benevolence. 
Oest femme plein bienveillance 

Greece, all polished and all wise as she was. 
-\-Grece poli sage etre 

That young person is quite ashamed. 

jeunepersonne honteux (fern.) 

Surely, you are telling me quite a new thing. 
Certes dire (a thing quite new) 

Tout is not varied when it precedes aussi, has, douce- 
merit, or a present participle or noun governed by en 
(in). 

These flowers are quite as fresh as yesterday. 

jleur aussi frais qu'hier 

The river runs quite gently. 
riviere couler douccment 



She told him that all a laughing. 

dire cela en riant 

She went-out all a scolding. 
sortir en grondant 



Their looks were all on fire. 
regard en feu 

Mary is near her, all in tears. 
Marie aupres d' enpleurs 



That woman is all eyes and all ears. 
femme mil oreille 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 147 



Fourth Sort of Indefinite Pronouns, viz. such 
as are followed by que, and have a peculiar 
Meaning on this Account. 

CXCVL 
Exercise on Quel — que (masc, whoever or whatever). 

This pronoun has Quelle — que, fern,, and Quels — 
que, Quell es — que, plural. It is always in the nomina- 
tive case ; thus, Les criminels doivent etre punis, quels 
qu'ils puissent etre; " Criminals should be punished, who- 
ever they may be." Be careful to separate the quel from 
the que, to distinguish this pronoun from quelque, which 
means some. 

Whatever (may* be) the happiness of the great, 
(subj. pres.) bonheur grand 

Whatever (may -be) the offers of an enemy. 
etre °ff re ennemi 

Whatever (may-be) your intention. 
etre intention 

Whatever (may-be) your designs. 
etre dessein 

Whatever (may-be) your views. 

etre vue 

Mortals, whoever they may-be, are equal before the law. 
-}- mortel etre egal devant hi 

Whatever men are,f we must live with them. 

-\- humains ilfaut vivre avec 

Whatever his thoughts are,f he conceals them. 
pensee cacher 

* May, before be, and also before other infinitives, is often expressed 
by the verb jtouvoir ; but it is not necessary in this and the following 
sentences. 

t Quel — que requires the verb to be in the subjunctive mode, 
whether so expressed in English or not, and it should immediately 
follow whatever; thus, Whatever are men, &c. ; Whatever are his 
thoughts, 6lc. 



148 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

CXCVII. 

Exercise on Quoi — que (whatever). 

This pronoun is only applied to things, and is always 
masculine and singular ; thus, Je ne crains rien, quoi 
qiCon fasse pour me perdre ; " I fear nothing, whatever 
they may do to ruin me." Be careful not to connect the 
quoi with the que, for quoique is a conjunction, and means 
although. 

Of whatever they accuse him, he will defend himself well. 

on accuser se defendre Men 

To whatever they destine you, you ought to be submissive. 

on destiner devoir soumis 

Whatever Aristotle and Pliny may-say of-it. 

Aristote Plint dire en 
We shall do our duty, whatever you may-be-able to say. 
faire devoir pouvoir (pret. sub},) dire 

Whatever you may-say, I will not go. 
dire aller 

CXCVIII. 

Exercises on Qui que ce soit, Qui que ce fut (who- 
ever, any one), and Quoi que ce soit, Quoi que 
ce fut (whatever, any thing). 

Qui que ce soit is applied only to persons, is always in 
the masculine singular, and means whoever when used 
without the negative ne, and no one, or nobody, when 
used with ne. 

Quoi que ce soit is applied only to tilings, is always 
masculine and singular, and means whatever when without 
the negative ne, and nothing when accompanied by ne. 

When used without a negative, qui que ce soit and 
quoi que ce soit are followed \v the relative pronoun qui 
or que, hut not so when they are used negatively. When 
followed by a verb, the verb must be in the subjunctive 
mode. J 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 149 

Examples of the Use of Qui q,ue ce soit, fcc. 

Qui que ce soit qui me demande^ dites que je suis occupe. 
Whoever asks for me, say that I am busy. 

Quoi que ce soit qui vous ait retenu. 

Whatever may have detained you. 
Qui que ce soit ne m'a prevenu contre vous* 

Nobody has prejudiced me against you. 
Je ne me plains de quoi que ce soit. 
I complain of nothing whatever. 



Exercises upon these Pronouns. 

To whomever you apply (or address yourself). 
a s' addresser 

Do not trust (yourself) to any one. 

se confer — a 
I do not envy the fortune of any one. 

envier fortune de 
Of whatever people speak. 
Von parler 
He does not think of any thing. 

penser a 
We ought not to speak-ill of any one in his absence. 
On devoir mal parler de en absence 

One can not succeed in any thing without money. 
On pouvoir reussir a sans argent 

Those who are not engaged in any thing are wretched. 
Ceux occupe a miserable 

CXCIX. 

Exercise on Quelque — que. 

Quelque — que may be joined to a noun or an adjec- 
tive. Joined to a noun, it may have the plural termina- 
tion, quelques — que; and quelque precedes, and que 
13* 



150 FRENX'H ACCIDENCE, 

follows, the noun, both words meaning whatever; thus, 
Quelques errcurs que suive le monde, "Whatever errors the 
world may follow." The following verb must be in the 
subjunctive mode : — 

The people is always ungrateful, whatever good one does 
peuple tonjours ingrat bien on /aire 

(to) them, lui (sing.). 
However great possessions one may-have* 

grand bien Von avoir 
However great advantages fortune may-give, 

grand avantage fortune donner 
To however high deeds my destiny may-call me. 

haut fait dentin m'appeler 

Whatever false reports they may-have spread. 
faux bruit on semes 

However vain laurels war may-promise. 

vain laurier -f- guerre promettre 

CC. 

Followed by an adjective, Quelque — que is not varied 
by number or gender ; as, Quelque puissants quails soient, 
je ne les crains point ; " However powerful they may be, 
I do not fear them." 

However vain and (however) unreasonable they may-be. 

vain deraisonnable qu'ettes 

However elevated they are, they are what we are. 

eleve (may-be) ce que 

However corrupted are our manners. 

corrompu (may-be) moeurs 

However sincere men may-appear to be. 

^homme paroitre 
However adroitly things may-be done. 

adroitcment -f- chose fait 

However powerful kings may-be. 
jiuissajit -\- roi 



TABLE OF PRONOUNS* 151 

However dreadful his pains may-be. 

affreux douleur 
However learned those ladies may-be. 

savant dame 



Table of Pronouns whose Use has been illustrated 
in the preceding Exercises. 

Personal. Je, moi, nous ; Tu, toi, vous ; II, lui, ils, eux ; 
Elle, elles ; Sol 

Conjunctive. Me, moi, nous ; Te, toi, vous ; Le, la, lui, 
les, leur ; Se, en, y. 

Adjective. Mon, ma, mes ; Ton, ta, tes ; Son, sa, ses ; 
Notre, nos : Votre, vos ; Leur, leurs. 

Possessive. Le mien, les miens ; La mienne, les miennes ; 
Le tien, les tiens ; La tienne, les tiennes ; Le sien, 
les siens ; La sienne, les siennes ; Le notre, la notre, 
les notres ; Le votre, la votre, les votres ; Le leur, la 
leur, les leurs. 

Demonstrative. Ce, cet, cette, ces ; Celui, ceux ; Celle, 
celles. 

Relative. Qui, dont ; Que, quoi ; Lequel, lesquels ; 
Laquelle, lesqu elles ; Duquel, desquels ; De laquelle, 
desquelles ; Auxquel, auxquels ; A laquelle, aux- 
quelles. 

Indefinite. On ; Quiconque ; Quelqu'un, quelques uns ; 
Quelqu'une, quelques unes ; Chacun, chacune ; Au- 
trui ; Personne ; Rien ; L'un Fautre, Fun et Pautre, 

Fun ou l'autre, ni Fun ni Fautre ; Quel, quels, 

quelle, quelles ; Quelque, quelques; Chaque; Quel- 

conque ; Nul, nulle ; Aucun, aucune ; Pas un, 

pas une ; Autre, autres ; Meme, m ernes ; Tel, tels, 
telle, telles ; Plusieurs ; Tout, tous, toute, toutes ; 

Quel — que, quels — que, quelle — que, quelles 

— que ; Quoi — que ; Qui que ce soit ; Quoi que 
ce soit ; Quelque — que, quelques — que. 



152 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



PARTICIPLES. 



The present participle of every French verb ends in 
ant ; and whatever noun or pronoun the participle may 
refer to, this termination is not changed. Thus, the 
French say, 

Un hommc lisant de bons livres^ A man reading good books. 

Une femme lisant de bons livrcs, A woman reading good books. 

Des homines lisant de bons livres, Men reading good books. 

Des femmes lisant de bons livres, Women reading good books. 

The only exceptions to this rule are the participles ap- 
prochant, dependant, tendant, usant, jouissant, repugnant, 
and a very few others. 

When present participles are used as adjectives, that is, 
do not express action, and have no object, but merely 
qualify some noun, as adjectives do, they are called adjec- 
tives, and should form no exception to the general rule ; 
thus, in Une maison charmante, " A charming house," the 
word charmante is made feminine, but it expresses no 
action, and can take no object after it. 

CCI. 

Exercise upon the Present Participle. 

I saw two boys playing at chess. 
voir gargonjouer aux echecs 
God, loving men, sent his beloved Son. 
Dieu aimer -f- homme envoyer Men aime Fits 
I have seen that mother caressing her child. 
voir mere caresser enfant 

This reflection embarrassing the men, they yielded. 

reflexion embarrasser homme se rendre 
I have seen them dying on-the field of honor. 
voir mourir au champ d'honneur 

We found her reading Virgil. 
trouver lire VirgiJc 



PARTICIPLES. 153 

Fishermen appearing and disappearing risked their lives. 
+ pecheur paroitre disparoitre hasardtr vie 

[(sing.) 
We represent her drawing her glory from a solid virtue. 

representer tirer gloire solide vertu 

Turning towards me her dying eye, she spoke. 
Tourner vers mourante paupiere, parler 

CCIL 

The present participle, when used as a noun, is gov- 
erned by the preposition en (in) ; thus, En rentrant chez 
moi,fai trouve mon frere. 

I have thought of you in praying to God. 
penser a prier — Dieu 

I met the king in going to London. 
rencontrer roi aider Londres 
On seeing the corpse I recognized my son. 
(In) voir cadavre reconnaitre fills 
In counting the money I lost two crowns. 

compter argent perdre ecu 
He fell in trying to lift an ox. 
tornber essayer de enlever bozufi 
He died in drinking the poison. 
mourir boire poison 

He governed his soldiers by accosting them familiarly. 
gouverner soldat en aborder familieremtnt 

CCIII. 

No better opportunity will occur of remarking that, in 
English, whenever the present participle is preceded by 
any other preposition than m, and in cannot be substituted, 
it must be expressed by the infinitive mode of French 
verbs; as, "When I am tired of writing, I read," Quand 
je suis fatigue d'ecrire,je lis. 

I found an opportunity of sending there. 
trouver occasion envoy er y 

I have hindered them from doing it. 
emptcher de faire 



154 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

We have the happiness of knowing him. 

bonhcur connaitre 
He adopted, without blushing, the verses of Pope. 
adopter sans rougir vers de 

Far from accusing him with-the crime of plagiarism. 
Loin taxer du crime de plagiat 

Historians do not speak of the living without lying, 
-j- historien parler vivans sans mentir 

After having spoken he sat down. 
Apr is avoir parler s'asseoir 

He arrived there without having met any-body 

arriver y sans avoir rencontrer qui que 
whatever, ce soit 

CCIV. 

The Perfect Participle. 

It has been shown in Lessons CXX., CXXL, and 

CXXIL, that the perfect participle sometimes changes its 
termination, to suit the gender and number of the noun 
or pronoun it qualifies. After the verb etre, it is almost 
always variable, and, of course, it is so in the compound 
tenses of all reflective verbs where ctre alone is the aux- 
iliary. 

The only difficulty seems to be when this participle is 
used after the verb avoir ; for, in this situation, it is some- 
times varied and sometimes not ; as, Nous avons vu le roi, 
" We have seen the king ; " Nous les avons vus, " We 
have seen them." When, in the tenses of reflective verbs, 
etre, as has been shown, means have, the participle is not 
altered ; as, Lucrice s'est donne la mort, " Lucretia has 
given death to herself." 

Exercises in which the Perfect Participle must not be 
varied after Avoir. 

Great kings have always protected the sciences. 
+ roi toujours protegcr science 



PARTICIPLES. 155 

The troops would not have hindered the capture of the 

[city. 
troupes empecher prise ville 

Christians have carried their animosity too far. 
+ Chretien porter animosite trop loin 

The first crusaders had not made the conquest. 
croise faire conquete 

The princesses have built a new palace. 
princesse bdtir nouveau palais 

The mother has sold her own children. 
mere vendre propre enfant 
We have sent-back the books to the shop. 

renvoyer livre boutique 

The boys have broken the bottles. 
garcon casser bouteille 

ccv. 

When avoir and the perfect participle are preceded by 
le, la, les, que, nous, vous, or any other pronoun which is 
governed by the participle in the accusative case, the par- 
ticiple must agree with such pronoun in gender and num- 
ber. Thus, in this sentence, Cette maison est a moi,je 
Tai achetee, " This house is mine, I have bought it," la, the 
conjunctive pronoun, comes before the verb ai and the 
participle achetee ; and, being feminine, because referring 
to maison, achetee is made feminine to agree with it. So, 
in Je vous rend vos livres,je les ai lus ; les, the accusative, 
coming before ai and lus, and being governed by them, or 
their object, the participle lus is in the masculine plural, 
to agree with les, which refers to livres. 

Examples of the Perfect Participle varied after Avoir. 

Have you seen* the letters that I have written ? 

voir lettre que ecrire 

See the furniture that I have given her. 

Voila meubles (pi.) que donner 

* This is not preceded by accusatives, as written, thought, &c. are. 



156 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

God has distinguished us from other animals by speech. 
distinguer des animal par -\- parole 

I have done* two things that they have thought impossible. 
/aire chose que Von croire impossible 

I have granted* all the honors that you have asked. 

accorder honneur demander 

There are certain bounds which nature has set. 
ll-y-a -f- certain borne -f- nature donner 

Peter cherished the arts which he had transplanted. 
Pierre cherir art transplanter 

They despised the kings which they had made gods. 
On mepriser roi Von faire 

CCVI. 

Miscellaneous Examples of Variable and Invariable 
Participles after Avoir. 

I have received the letters that you had written on-the 
recevoir lettre ecrire au 

subject of the affair that I had proposed to you, and after 

sujet affaire proposer apres 

having read them with attention, I have acknowledged 

avoir lire avec attention reconnoitre 

that if I had undertaken it, I should have found 

que (conj.) si entreprendre trouver 

in-it obstacles which I had not foreseen. 

y -f- obstacle prevoir 

We have sent the goose, that we had killed, to the 
envoyer oie tuer 

kitchen, but we had not foreseen that the cook had 
cuisine prevoir cuisiniere 

purchased meat which she had dressed, expecting our 

acheter + viand e que preparer en attendant 

arrival, arrivee 

These are not preceded by accusatives, as written, thought, A:c. are. 



NEGATIVES AND VERBS. 157 

The use of the negatives ne and pas in connection with 
the verb has already necessarily been alluded to, but the 
pupil will need a full example of one verb, conjugated 
negatively and interrogatively, in both the simple and 
compound tenses. 

Infinitive Mode, 

Pres. Ne pas pankr 3 Not used interrogatively. 

Not to speak. 

Indicative Mode. 

Pres. Je ne parle pas, Ne parlc-je pas. 

I do not speak. Do I not speak? 

Imp. Je ne parlais pas, . . , .Ne parlais-je pas, 

I was not speaking. Was I not speaking ? 
Pret. Je ne parJai pas, .... .Ne parlai-je pas, 

I did not speak. Did I not speak? 

Fut. Je ne parlerai pas, . . .Ne parlerai-je pas, 

I will not speak. Will 1 not speak ? 

Cond. Je ne parlerais pas, . . .Ne parlerais-je pas, 

I would not speak. Would I not speak ? 

Imperative Mode. 

Pres. Ne parle pas, Not used interrogatively. 

Do not speak. 

Subjunctive Mode. 

Pres. Que je ne parle pas, . .Not used interrogatively. 

That I may not speak. 
Pret. Queje neparlasse pas, .Not used interrogatively. 

That I might not speak. 

Participles. 

Pres. Ne parlant pas, Not used interrogatively. 

Not speaking. 

The Past Participle is only used negatively in the com- 
pound tenses. 

14 



158 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

Compound Tenses. 

Infinitive Mode. 
This mode has no proper compound tenses. 

Indicative Mode. 

Comp. of) Je riai pas parte, JVai-je pas parte, 

Present. 5 I have not spoken. Have I not spoken ? 

Comp. of) Je n'avais pas parte, JVavais-jepas parte, 

Imp. ) I had not spoken. Had I not spoken ? 

Comp. of )*/e neus pas parte, JTeus-je pas parte, 

Preter. ) I had not spoken. Had I not spoken ? 

Comp. of) Je n'aurai pus parte, JTaurai-je pas parte, 

Future. ) I shall not have spoken. Shall I not have spoken? 

Comp. of ) Je rCaurais pas parte, JTaurais-je pas parte, 

Cond. 5 I should not have spoken. Should I not have spoken ? 

Imperative Mooe. 
This mode is not used in the compound tenses. 

Subjunctive Mode. 

n **C Q ve j e rC aie pas parte , Not used interrogatively. 

Present \ That l may n0t haVG 
* ( spoken. 

r^ cC Que je n r eusse pas parte, . . . .Not used interrogatively. 

Prefer \ ™ at l mi ^ ht " ot have 
£ spoken. 

Participles. 

Comp. of">JVaijant pas parte, Not used interrogatively. 

Present. ) Not having spoken. 
Comp. of) JV avoir pas parte, Not used interrogatively, 

Past. 3 Not to have spoken. 

CCVII. 

Exercises on the Simple Tenses negatively expressed. 

I had not written my letter. 

ecrire lettre 

I will not do it. 

/aire 



I was not going to Boston. 
alkr a 



I shall not see her. 

voir 
I can not go. 
pou voir aller 



NEGATIVES AND VERBS. 159 

Perhaps the president will not come. 

peut-etre president venir 

Tell the hair-dresser not to come-up. 

dire au coiffeur monter 

I do not oppose it. 

s'opposery 
I have no need of-ic 

besom en 
I do not suffer much. 
souffrir beaucoup 



I shall not find them. 

trouver 
Do not take it away. 

oter — 
I will not submit. 

se soumettre 



CCVIII. 

Exercises on the Compound Tenses negatively expressed. 

That was not prohibited during the war. 
Cela defendre pendant guerre 

They have not hindered us from doing * it. 

empecher faire 

You have not put my books on the table. 
mettre livre sur table 
They have not chosen the best man, 
choisir meilleur homme 
The animal has not been described. 

animal decrire 

I am not younger than your brother. 

jeune frere 

I should not prefer some cider. 
preferer (art.) cidre 
The shoemaker has not sent my shoes. 
cordonnier envoyer Soulier 

CCIX. 

Exercise on the Simple Tenses, used negatively and 
interrogatively. 

Have I no money ? Have you no relations ? 

-[- argent + parent 

* Mind the present participle governed by another preposition 
than en! 



160 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

Did you read the history that I (had) lent you ? 

lire histoire prcter 

Why wiH you not translate your fable ? 
jpourquoi traduire fable 

Have you not seen the stockings that I (have) bought ? 

voir has acheter 

Will he not have the small-pox or the measles ? 
la petite verole rougeole 

Do you not hear the warbling of the birds ? 
entendre ramage oiseau 

Will you not trust it to your companion ? 

conjier compagnon 

Will he not spill the oil ? that is, 
The oil, will he not spill it ? 
huile repandre 

Unipersonal Verbs. 

Unipersonal verbs are such as are only used in one 
person, viz. the third person singular. These have 
usually been called impersonal verbs ; but, as this name 
implies that they have no person, the new name is pref- 
erable. In this third person, they are formed like other 
verbs. In fact, they are usually the third person of verbs 
which have the other persons also, but of which this 
third person seems to be used in an unusual sense ; thus, 
II pleut, " It rains," 11 plcuvait, " It was raining/' are 
said to be unipersonal, but they are regularly formed from 
the verb pleuvoir (to rain) ; thus, 

Indic. Pres. 11 pleut, It rains. 

Imp. II pleuvait, It was raining. 

Pret. llplut, It rained. 

Fut. II plcuvra. It will rain. 

Cond. 11 plcuvrait, It should rain. 

Subj. Pres. Qu'il plcuve, That it may rain. 
Pret, Qu'tf plut) That it might rain. 



rNIPERSONAL VERBS, 161 

Compound Tenses. 

Indic. Pres. 11 a plu, It has rained* 

Imp. 11 avait plUj It had rained, 

Pret. 11 eut pliL, It had rained. 

Fut. II aura plu, It will have rained. 

Cond. II aurait plu, It would have rained, 

Subj. Pres. Qrfil ait plu, That it may rain. 

Pret, Qtfil eut plu, That it might rain. 



>5 



So are conjugated or varied JX bruine, " It drizzles ; 
II gele, " It freezes ; " 11 grele, " It hails ; " II neige, " It 
snows ; " II tonne, " it thunders ; " 11 eclaire, " It light- 
ens." II fait is said to be unipersonal when it is used 
with an adjective or noun expressing the state of the 
weather; as, 11 fait chaud, "It is warm;" 11 fait froid, 
" It is cold ; " 11 fait beau, " It is fair; " 11 fait du vent, 
" It is windy," fee, 

ccx. 

Exercise on the Unipersonal Verb II fait, he. 

It is cold, yet it is not too cold. 

froid cependant trop 

I think that it is not warm out-of-doors. 

croire chaud dehors 

It was very fair yesterday, but it will freeze to-night. 
tres hier mais geler ce soir 

I hope it will not be so cold to-morrow, 
esperer si demain 

It will rain to-day, and it will snow to-morrow. 

pleuvoir aujouroVhui, neiger demain 

It hailed this morning, but it is pleasant now. 

greler matin beau a present 

If it is cold to-morrow, I shall not go-out. 
(fut.) froid demain sortir 

It was-raining when the coach arrived. 
pleuvoir quand carrosse arriver 
14* 



162 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

The uni personal verb II faut (It is requisite or neces- 
sary) is varied as follows : — 

Indic Pres. 11 faut, It is necessary, or I must, 

thou must, &c. 
Imp. 11 falloit, It was necessary. 

Pret. // fallut, It was necessary, 

Fut. 11 faudra, It will be necessary. 

Cond. 11 faudraity It would be necessary. 

Subj. Pres. Qu'il faille, That it may be necessary, 
Pret. Qu y il fallut, That it might be necessary. 

Compound Tenses. 

Indic Pres. 11 a fallu, It has been necessary. 

Imp. 11 avait fallu, It had been necessary. 

Pret. 11 eut fallu, It had been necessary. 

Fut. 11 aura fallu, It will have been necessary. 

Cond. 11 aurait fallu, It would have been neces- 
sary. 
Subj. Pres. QuHl ait fallu, That it may have been 

necessary. 

Pret. Qu'il eut fallu > That it might have been 

necessary. 

This is the ordinary manner in which this verb is ren- 
dered into English ; but if the pupil only uses the verb 
falloir when he meets with the English expression it is 
necessary, it ivas necessary, &c, he will seldom use it 
when he ought. The expressions we must, and there is 
need, must also be rendered by it faut; thus, " We must 
have money," 11 faut que nous ay oris de F argent ; " There 
is need of patience," II faut de la patience. The pro- 
noun that follows il faut determines whether it is I must, 
ihcm must, he must. 8cc. ; thus, II faut que nous ayons 7 
" We must have ; " // faut que vous ayez, " Ye must 
have;" II faut quils aient, "'They must have." These 
sentences may also be rendered "It is necessary for me to 
have ; " " It is necessary for them to have," &c, in which 
case for must always be rendered by que. 



UNIPERSONAL VERBS. 163 

If a verb follows falloir, it must be put in the subjunc- 
tive mode, in the present tense, if falloir is present or 
future ; and in the preterite tense, if falloir be in the im- 
perfect, preterite, or conditional tense. 

The French also say, 11 me faut de F argent, "I need 
money ; " 11 lui faut de P argent, " He needs money;" 11 
nous faut de V argent, "We need money/' &c; the con- 
junctive pronouns me, te, lui, nous, vous, and leur, deter- 
mining who it is that wants or needs. 

CCXI. 

Il faut followed by a Subjunctive Mode. 

You must return to-morrow; that is y 
It is necessary that you return to-morrow. 

falloir (pres.) revenir demain 
I must show you my new hat ; that is, 
It is necessary that I show you my new hat. 

falloir (pres.) montrer 
I shall be obliged to sell my coat ; that is, 
It will be necessary that I sell my coat. 
falloir (fut.) vendre habit 
They would have been obliged to separate ; that is, 
It would have been necessary that they separate. 

falloir (cond.) se separer (subj. pret.) 
They must not leave their country ; that is, 
It is necessary that they leave not their country. 

falloir (pres.) quitter P a y s 

There is need of my writing to him ; that is, 
It is necessary that I write to him. 

falloir (pres.) ecrire 
There was need of his speaking to them ; that is. 
It was necessary that he should speak to them. 

falloir (imperf.) parler (subj. pret.) 

CCXII. 

Il faut with a Conjunctive Pronoun. 

I must have some pens and (some) ink. 

II me faut des plume encre 



164 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

Thou must have a pair of mittens. 
falloir paire de mitaine 

He must have a new hat and gloves.* 

falloir nouveau chapeau + S ant 
She must have some blue ribands. 

falloir des bleu rub an 

We must have some other guides. 

falloir de guide 

Ye must have some good paper. 

falloir (prep.) papier 

They must have all (that which) they desire. 
falloir ce que desirer 

You and I must have some stockings ; that is, 
You and I, we must have some stockings. 
falloir (art.) bas 



The most irregular and perhaps the most used of all 
the unipersonal verbs is 11 y avoir, which is varied like 
the auxiliary verb avoir, with the addition of the personal 
pronoun il, and the conjunctive y, which give to the verb 
a peculiar meaning. 



Infinitive Mode, Y avoir (There be).f 



Pres. 


II y a, 


There is. 


Imp. 


11 y avait, 


There was. 


Pret. 


11 y eut, 


There was. 


Fut. 


11 y aura, 


There will be. 


Cond. 


11 y aurait, 


There would be. 


Pres. 


Qu'il y ait, 


That there may be. 


Pret. 


QuHl y eut, 


That there might be 



Indic 



SUBJ. 



Compound Tenses, 

Infinitive Mode, Y avoir eu (There have been).f 

Indic Pres. II y a eu, There has been. 

Imp. 1/ y avait eu, There had been. 

* Bee Lessona LXII. and LXIII. 

1 Tims, // dbii y avoir } " There must be ; M // doit y avoir cu f " There 
must have been." 






UNIFERSONAL VERBS. 165 

Pret. II y eut eu, There had been. 
Fut. 11 y aura eu, There will have been. 
Cond. 11 y aurait eu, There would have been. 

Subj. Pres. Qu'ily ait eu, That there may have been. 
Pret. Qu'il y exit eu, That there might have been. 

When this verb is followed by a plural noun, it must be 
rendered by there are, there were, &c. ; as, II y a trois 
dames, qui vous attendent, " There are three ladies wait- 
ing for you." The pupil must notice this form of speak- 
ing, which is considered elegant in French, although it is 
generally more elegant in English to avoid the words there 
are, and say, " Three ladies are waiting for you." 

CCXIII. 

Exercise upon II y a. 

There are men who become the victims of anger. 
+ homrne devenir victime -J- colere 
There would be more (of) happiness if men were wiser. 

plus de bonheur si -{- homme sage 
There will be a tempest or a storm. 
tempete or age 

There must be duels whilst + men are wicked. 
doit -f- duel pendant que mechant 

There would have been a sad catastrophe. 
eu fdcheux catastrophe 
There were more (of) men than (of) women. 
plus de que de femme 

There is much of truth in what ) he says. 

beaucoup de verite that which 5 dire 
There have been many (of) wicked kings. 
eu bien des mechant roi 

CCX1V. 

Exercise on II y a, used interrogatively. 

The conjunctive y keeps its place before the verb, but 
il follows the verb, being united to it by a hyphen ; thus. 



166 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

" Is there ? " Y a-t-il 1 " Was there ? " Y avoit-il 7 
" Will there not be ?" N y y aura-t-il pas ? 

Were there a-great-many (of) people when you arrived ? 
beaucoup de monde lorsque arriver (imp). 
Is there any news? 

(art.) nouvelle (pi.) 
Was there a-great-deal of confusion ? 
beaucoup de confusion 
Is it true that there has been a duel ? 
Est-il vrai eu duel 

Will there be a good harvest this year ? 
recolte annee 
Will there have been a good supper ? 

eu soupe 

Would there have been any inconvenience ? 

eu (art.) inconvenient 
Were there not handsome fireworks ? 
(sing.) ne-pas un beau feu d* artifice 

ccxv. 

In sentences expressing time, measure, or distance, 
il y a is usually translated it is, it was, it will be, &c, 
according to the tense. If the time mentioned \s past, 
the French expression is very peculiar. Thus the sen- 
tences, " He has been dead for thirty years," " He has 
been dead these thirty years," " He died thirty years 
ago" " It is thirty years since he died," must be rendered 
in the same manner by 11 y a trente ans qu'il est mort, 
that is, "It is thirty years that he is dead." In all such 
sentences, therefore, let the pupil first write the uni- 
personal verb il y a, then the noun of time, then the 
conjunction que, then the nominative of the second verb, 
and then the verb in the present tense. 

He has been > dead ten years. 
It is < mort an 



UN1PERS0NAL VERBS. 167 

He has lived in London these twenty years. 
(It is twenty years that he lives at London.) 
an demeurer a 

He has done the same thing for twenty years. 
(It is twenty years that he does the same thing.) 

faire meme chose 

He has been travelling these six years. 
(It is six years that he is-travelling.) 
an voyager 

I have been learning French for these five years. 
(It is five years that I learn French.) 
an apprendre Francois 

She has been sick these forty years. 
(It is forty years that she is sick.) 
an etre malade. 

In all the above examples, it may be observed that 
dead, living, doing, travelling, learning, being sick, seem 
a continued action or condition ; and perhaps the above 
rule applies only to such cases, — for when the action is 
not thus continued, the expression is different ; thus, " He 
travelled six years ago," is rendered by 11 y a six ans 
qu'il a voyage, that is, since he has travelled. 

CCXVI. 

11 y a is often used when a sentence begins with some ; 
thus, " Some friends are false," 11 y a de faux amis, which, 
rendered literally, is, " There are some false friends." 

Some pains are salutary. ) 

There are (some) salutary pains. ) 
salutaire douleur 
Some Christians are unworthy of the name. 
There are (some) Christians who are unworthyof the name, 
(art.) Chretien qui indigne (that) nom 

Questions relating to time and distance are asked by 
combien; thus, Combien y a-t-il oVicia Salem? " How far 
is it from here to Salem ?" 



163 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

How lonii; is it since he died ? 
Co mine n que est mort 

He died a year ago, that is, 
It is a year since he is dead. 
an mort 

How far is it from Boston to London ? 
Combien de a Londres 

One thousand leagues, 
(without the unipersonal verb, or, with it, thus :} 
It is one thousand leagues. 
lieue 

Irregular Verbs. 

Irregular verbs are such as do not conform in every 
respect to the models of the four conjugations, Avoir, 
Punir, Recevoir, and Vendre. The number of such 
verbs is about 230 ; and, for the convenience of the pupil, 
a more complete list of them is given in the Appendix, 
than is contained in any other French grammar. 

Exercises upon all the irregular verbs wHI be unneces- 
sary, since they are generally used like regular verbs ; 
but a few of them have peculiarities which should be 
noticed. 

CCXVII. 

Should, Ought to, Must, Must needs, and Am to, are 
often expressed by the present tense of the verb Devoir ; 
thus, 

Jc dois allcr, I should go. 

Vous devez Je secourir, You ought to help him. 

Nous devons allcr, We are to go. 

11 doit avoir froid sans habits. 

He must needs be cold without clothes. 

When to have follows should or ought, the French 
sentence should he as if the English were should have 
ought* Thus, " / should or ought to have gone thither," 
Saurais du y alb v. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 169 

He is to come with his eldest brother. 

devoir venir avec aine frere 
She is to set-out to-morrow. 

devoir partir demain 
I am to speak upon that business. 
devoir parler sur affaire 

He must be poor, for he is indolent. 

devoir pauvre parceque paresseux 
We are to dine with the governor. 
devoir diner gouverneur 

A good workman must be more employed than an other 
ouvrier devoir employe 

All (the) men must die. 

homme devoir mourir 
We should have obeyed the laws of the country. 

avoir devoir obeir aux hi pays 

They ought to have been sent-away. 

devoir avoir etre renvoye (pi.) 

CCXVill. 

Pouvoir has peux as well as puis in the first person 
singular of the present indicative, but the former is seldom 
used. It never takes etre in its compound tenses. The 
conditional of the verb savoir is often used for the present 
of pouvoir; thus, Je ne saurois dire la moindre chose, 
u I can not say the least thing."* After saurois, thus 
used, the subjunctive mode must be used : but saurois is 
never used for puis without a negative. Saurois can 
aever be used for pourrois ; it means can, and not should- 
ic-able. 

Pouvoir, besides meaning can or to be able, is often 
rendered by may, might, or could. 

"I may have been deceived/' is rendered by Je jinis 
avoir ete trompe, and not by Tate ete trompe. 

* In this respect the two languages coincide; for the English verb 
can has the same origin, and bflrn the same meaning, as the nearly 
obsolete verb ken. to know. 

15 



170 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

" I might have been deceived," or " I could have been 
deceived/' is rendered by J'aurois pu itre trompL 

J may sell my horse, but 1 shall-keep my cow. 
pouvoir vendre cheval tenir vache 

They may be poor, but they are not wicked. 
pouvoir pauvre mechant 

May you be happy, may they be wiser. 
pouvoir (subj.) heureux, pouvoir (subj.) sage 
We could not help the sailors. 
pouvoir ne-pas secourir matelot 
We could have sent it to you. 
pouvoir avoir envoy er (infin.) 
Ye might have done it yourselves. 

pouvoir avoir faire (infin.) 
The captain might have seen the rock, 

capitaine voir (infin.) rocher 

The judge might have known him better. 
juge connoltre mieux 

CCXIX. 

The verb vouloir means to will, and the future tense 
of all French verbs also includes our word ivill. Some- 
times it is unimportant whether we use vouloir and the 
infinitive of some other verb (as, Jc veu.v h faire, " I will 
do it"), or the future tense, Je le ferai ; but, generally, 
when will, in the English sentence, means to be willing, 
or expresses a fixed determination, order, command, or 
\( tv earnest desire, vouloir is to be preferred. 

When will ov would is used with the word have* or 
that after it, have is not expressed, and the following verb 
is put in the subjunctive mode ; thus, " 1 will have you do 
it," or "I will that you do it," Je vtux que vous le 
fassiez. 

" When will means to wish, and is followed by hare, the French 
omit the word /mrr altogether J thus, VouUz-wms de la viande? 
11 Will you hare some meat 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 171 

1 will ) die, if my death will-save you. 

am willing £ mourir mort sauver [them. 

They would ) learn if you would ) teach 
would be willing $ apprendre would be willing 5 enseigner 
She will go there in-spite-of my remonstrances. 

vouloir y malgre remontrance 

She would stay here in-spite-of her father. 

vouloir (imperf.) r ester malgre pere 



He will have her do it ; that is, 
He wills that she do it. 

vouloir faire (sub. pres.) 

You would have us do it ; that is, 
You would that we do it. 

vouloir (imperf.) faire (sub. pret.) 
You would have had us do it ; that is. 
You would that we should-have done it. 

vouloir (imperf.) avoir (sub. pret.) faire 
I will that my orders be instantly obeyed. 

vouloir ordre (sub. pres.) aussitot obeir 

ccxx. 

Will and shall are often omitted in English after the 
word when, if denoting a future action, but the verb must 
be made future in French ; as, " When we have done it ; " 
that is, " When we shall have done it," Quand nous Vau- 
rons fait. 

When we have ) seen the king, we will-retire. 

shall have $ voir roi se retirer 

When he comes, ) we will-show-it to him. 

shall come, $ montrer 

When the sky falls, ) we shall-catch larks. 

ciel shall fall, $ attraper -f~ alouette 

But even if shall be expressed after the word if in 
English, the verb must be put in the present tense ; thus, 
" If he shall come," or "If he come," S'il vient. 



172 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

The English are accustomed to use the auxiliaries shall 
and will, should and would, without the principal verb 
whose future tense they are said to form ; thus, in answer 
to the question, Will you do that? they say, I will. The 
French never do this, but always finish the answer thus, 
Vo id 'ez-uous fair e celal Je leferai; that is, I will do it 

Will you learn that lesson to-day ? I will. 

Vouloir apprendre legon aujourd'hui (I will learn it.) 
Shall-you-read his book? Yes, I shall. 

Vous proposez-vous de lire livre Oui lire (fut.) 
Shall you go to (the) church ? Yes, I shall. 

Vous proposez-vous dialler eglise oiler (fut.) 

Would you have done it ? No, I would not. 

avoir /aire Non faire (condit.) 

CCXXI. 

So, when the verb or participle is omitted after any 
other auxiliary, the French always express what is omitted 
in English. 

Have you written your address ? Yes, I have. 

Avoir ecrire discours avoir ecrire 

Did you send the letter ? Yes, I did. 

envoy er lettre envoy er (pret.) 

Was he expecting us yesterday ? Yes, he was. 

attcndre hier attcndre (imperf.) 

Does he like his house ? ) Yes, he does. 
His house, likes he it ? £ aimer (pres.) 

Is he punishing them ? Yes, he is. 

punir punir (pres.) 

Another common mode of expression in English, 
though incorrect, should be noticed for the benefit of the 
young pupil ; viz. the ending of a sentence with the 
word to, and the omission of the infinitive mode after it ; 
thus, Have you seen the paintings? No, but I intend to; 
that is 3 ; - I intend to see them." The French never omit in 



ADVERBS. 



173 



this manner, and in the following sentences the pupil must 
supply what is thus incorrectly omitted. 

I have not answered her letter, but I intend to (do it). 

repondre a lettrc vzais se proposer 
We have not received it, but we hope to soon. 
recevoir esperer bientot 

Have you dined ? No, but we expect (to) immediately. 

diner attendre (it) tout-a-Vheure. 

Have they set-out ? No, but they are to, to-morrow. 
etre partir devoir demain 



ADVERBS. 

Adverbs are words which qualify the expression, but 
are not varied by number and gender, as adjectives are. 
In fact, an adverb, in French, is the same as an adverb in 
English, and the simple adverbs of the two languages 
usually correspond. 

Besides the simple adverbs, however, the French gram- 
marians have many adverbial phrases, as they call them ; 
and as it is useful to know these, a list of them has been 
given in the Appendix ; but the following is a list of only 
the simple adverbs. 



AujouraVhui, now, to-day. 

assez, enough. 

ainsi, thus. 

alors, then. 

autant, as much, as many. 

autrefois, formerly, once. 

aussitot, immediately. 

JBien, well, very, much. 
bientot, soon. 
beaucoup, much, many. 

Cependant, meanwhile. 
comme, as, like. 
comment, how. 



combien, how much, how 

many. 
pa, here. 

De-ga, on this side. 
aVabord, at first. 
aVoli, whence. 
aVici, hence. 
de-la, thence. 
demain , to-morro \v . 
dedans, within. 
dehors, without. 
dessus, above. 
dessous, beneath. 



15* 



174 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



dorenavant, henceforth. 
dis-lors, thenceforth. 

Encore, now, yet, again. 
enjin, in fine. 
ensuite, afterwards, then. 
expres, on purpose. 

Fort, very. 

Guere or gueres, but little. 

Hier, yesterday. 

lei, here. 

Jamais, ever. 
ne jamais, never. 

La, there. 
loin, far. 
lors-que, when. 

Mai, ill. 
moins, less. 
mieux, better. 
maintenant, now. 
meme, even. 

JVbn, no, not. 






not. 



ne pas, 
ne point, 
ne que, only. 
neanmoins, nevertheless. 

Oui, yes. 

ou, where, when. 

Pas, no, not. 
peu, little. 
peut-ctre, perhaps. 
plus, more. 
plutot, sooner. 
pis, worse. 
presque, almost. 

Quand, when, though. 
quelquefois, sometimes. 

Souvent, often. 

Tres, very. 

trop, too or too much. 

£o£, soon. 

tant, so much, so many. 

tantot, sometimes, presently. 

toujours, always. 



Besides the adverbs in the table just given, the French 
are accustomed to make adverbs of adjectives by the ad- 
dition of the syllable ment, which corresponds to the Eng- 
lish syllable ly that we use for the same purpose. Thus, 
of sage (wise), the French make sagement (wisely) ; of 
simple (simple), they make simplement (simply), &c. 
But it must be carefully observed that, when the adjective 
ends in i, u, or e accented, the ment is added to the mascu- 
line, but in all other cases it is added to the feminine, 
which of course ends in silent c. 

It is difficult to give any precise rules by which the 
pupil may with certainty always place the adverbs, but the 
following will, it is booed, be of great service : — 



SIMPLE ADVERBS* 175 

CCXXII. 

1. If a simple adverb attends a noun, it usually comes 
before it, and an adverb always precedes any adjective 
that it qualifies ; thus, Veritablement, ami, vous etes trop 
heureux, " Truly, friend, you are too happy." 

Precisely, my friend, what I had forbidden you, 
Precisement ami (that which) defendre 
He is rich enough, but he is not good enough. 

riche mais bon 

She is very handsome, but he is very wise. 
tres beau mais sage 

The lady is very amiable, but very poor. 
dame fort aimable pauvre 

2. If a simple adverb qualifies a verb in a simple tense, 
it generally follows the verb ; thus, Elle parle beaucoup, 
" She talks a great deal." 

She talks much, and he reads well. 

parler lire 

That gentleman was once a physician. 

monsieur — medecin 

Come soon, for we love you much. 
Venir car aimer 

They were often in the fields. 
etre dans champ 

CCXXIII. 

3. If a simple adverb qualifies a compound tense, it is 
usually placed between the auxiliary and the participle ; 
thus, Je suis vivement touche de son malheur, " I am keen- 
ly touched at his misfortune ; " J'avois ete fortement soli* 
cite, " I had been strongly solicited." 

She has talked much, and he has read well. 

parler lire 

That boy has often been punished. 
gargon punir 



176 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

The world lias unjustly condemned him* 

morale injustement condamner 
He has happily succeeded in his undertaking-. 

heureusement reussir dans entreprise 

4. Adverbs which ask a question always come before 
the verb; thus, Pourquoi Mtez-vousl "Why do you 
hurry ? " Ou allez-vous 1 " Whither go you ? " 

How do you propose to go to London ? 
se proposer de aller a Londres 
How-much do you ask for that lace ? 

demander pour dentelle 
Whither shall we fly to avoid our enemies ? 

fair eviter ennemi 

When do you intend to commence your task ? 
se proposer commencer tdche 

CCXXIV. 

5. Adverbs of one syllable, and those of order or pre- 
cedence, may be placed either before or after an infinitive 
mode; as, Chanter bien, or Men chanter, " To sing weU." 
Adverbs which express a specific time may come either 
before or after a verb ; thus, AujouraVhui il fait beau, 
11 To-day it is pleasant," or 11 fait beau aujouroVhui, " It 
is pleasant to-day." 

We must practise much to sing well. 

falloir pratiquer pour chanter 
He ought to be better after his voyage. 

devoir se porter apres 
To behave well is the duty of scholars. 
— se comporter devoir ecolicr 



I found it yesterday, and have brought it to-day. 
trouvcr apportcr 

I shall dine to-morrow with my best friend. 
diner chcz ami 



NEGATIVE ADVERBS. 177 

He went to Boston yesterday, and (he) will return to-morrow 
aller a revenir 

We ought first to do our duty. 

devoir premier ement — faire devoir 

ccxxv. 

6. A compound adverb (of which there is a copious 
list in the Appendix) must be placed after the noun or 
verb to which it is attached. 

I got-up early and went-to-bed as-usual. 

se lever de-bon-matin se coucher comme-d' ordinaire 
I study my books most-of-the-time. 

etudier Jivre la-plupart-du-tems 
When the ships were in-the-open-sea the action began. 

vaisseau en-pleine-mer combat commencer 
As-soon-as he came, he did it off-hand. 
Aussitot-que venir faire sur-le-champ 

7. The adverbs jamais, souvent, toujours, and those of 
comparison and quantity, come before other adverbs, if 
there be any in the same sentence ; as, Je Vai toujours 
murement considere, "I have always maturely consid- 
ered it." 

I have seriously thought of it. 

serieusement mediter en 
They will never be closely united. 

etroitement uni 
He has done it so politely. 
faire si poliment 
I am not so unhappily forsaken. 
malheureus ement abandonne 

Negatives. 

Some adverbs are called negatives. In English, two 
negatives make a positive, and destroy each other ; but 
in French, the negative is usually doubled. Some of the 
most common negatives will be given, with suitable 



178 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

exercises, although they may have been noticed already 
in previous lessons. 

Que, followed by ne, meaning lest, is a negative, and 
one of the few that are not doubled ; thus, Je tremble 
qu'a mon retour je rfimmole et toi et ton ami perfide, " I 
shudder lest on my return I should immolate both thee 
and thy perfidious friend." It will be seen by this exam- 
ple, that que follows the first verb, and ne comes before 
the second, requiring it to be in the subjunctive mode. 

Ne, followed by que, means only, and is also a single 
negative ; — 11 n'est que pauvre, " He is only poor." Ne 
precedes the verb, and que follows it. 

CCXXVI. 

I fear lest they communicate to us their dissolute manners. 
craindre communiquer (subj. pret.) dissolu mceurs 

I tremble lest that should-happen. 

trembler cela arriver (subj. pres.) 
They fear lest the fever should-return. 

On apprehender Jievre revenir (subj. pres.) 
I have feared lest he should-go too far. 

avoir apprehender aller (subj. pret.) trop loin 

Too-much reading only serves to confuse the mind. 
trop de lecture servir a embrouiller esprit 

I only ask-for what is necessary to me. 
demander — (that which) necessaire 
When I speak to him, he only laughs. 
parler ne faire que rire 

Money only brings cares and anxieties, 
-f- argent apporter -|- soin -f~ cinxiete 

CCXXVII. 

Ne, followed by pas or point, means not ; and the ne 
always precedes the verb, while pas or poi tit may precede 
or follow it, if it be in the infinitive, but must follow it if 
in any other mode. If the tense be compounders and 
point must come between the auxiliary and the participle. 



NEGATIVE ADVERBS. 179 

Point seems to be a stronger negative than pas ; for 11 ne 
lit pas means, " He is not reading," but 11 ne lit point 
means that " He never reads" 

Examples of ne — pas. 

Cicero is not less vehement than Demosthenes. 
Ciceron moins vehement Demosthene 

The rich are not more happy than the poor. 

riche (pi.) heureux pauvre (pi.) 

There is not much money among men of letters. 
y' 'avoir beaucoup d* argent chez les gens de lettres 
He will see you, for he is not asleep. 
voir parceque — dormir 

Examples of ne — point. 

He will die, for he does not sleep. 
mourir parceque — dormir 
There is no honor among thieves. 

y avoir d'honneur entre -f- voleur 
There is no hope for the wicked. 

y avoir d esperance mechant (pi.) 
There is no happiness without virtue. 

y avoir de bonheur sans vcrtu 

CCXXV1II. 

Jamais, without ne, means ever; thus, Avez-vous 
jamais rien vu de si beau? " Have you ever seen any 
thing so fine?" Sans jamais se plaindre, "Without ever 
complaining." But when ne precedes jamais, it means 
never. The pupil will recollect that no and < n r, in 
English, are equivalent to never. Ne is placed imme- 
diately before the verb, and jamais usually follow- it. If 
the tense be compound, jamais comes between the 
auxiliary and the participle. 

He has never seen his father. 
avoir voir pert 



ISO FRENCH ACCIDENCE 

The honor of my country has never been violated. 

honneur patrie ttre viole 

The world will never pardon a traitor. 
monde pardonner traltre 

Never should we forget our benefactor. 
devoir on oublier son bienfaiteur 

Non (no) is used in answer to a question ; as, Croyez- 
vous cela ? Non. " Do you believe that ? No." Not 7 
at the beginning of a phrase, and followed by that, is 
rendered in French by non pas ; thus, Non pas que la 
chose soit impossible, i( Not that the thing is impossible." 
Non pas que requires the subjunctive mode. Not, in 
answer to a question, may be rendered by pas or point, 
without the ne ; thus, Comment vous portez-vous 1 " How 
do you do?" Pas bicn, " Not well." " Do you like his 
aunt?" Aimez-vous sa tantel " Not at all," Point du 
tout. 

Have you been to the theatre ? No : not that I do not 
theatre — 

desire to go, but because I have no leisure. 

desirer d?y alter, mais parceque ne point de loisir 

I never loved him ; not that he is wicked, but because he 
aimer ( SUD j-) mediant 

is not amiable, aimable* 

How do you like that wine ? Not well. 
Comment trouver vin bicn 

CCXXIX. 

Adverbs of quantity, when followed by the noun of 
which they express the quantity, must be followed by the 
preposition de. The adverb bicn is the only exception, 
and this is followed by the article du, de la, or des, as the 
noun may require. 

I have enough money, but no prudence. 

point 



PROPOSITIONS. 



181 



If you had as-much judgment as (of) wit. 
si jngement que esprit 

He who has much money has many friend 
argent bien ami 

You have less wisdom, but more virtue, than he. 
sagesse vert a que ltd 

He has little honor and less pity. 
honneur pi tic 

He who has many servants has many expenses. 

Lien domesfique 
The army has not enough provisions. 
armee provision 

More deeds and fewer words. 
ejfet mains parole 



dcpeiue 



Tl 



English 



PREPOSITIONS. 

simple prepositions are nearly the 
The following is a list of those 
govern a noun without the aid of another word : — 

A, to. 

cpres, after. 
cvant, before. 
uvec, with. 

Chez, to or at the house of, 
among, with. 



as in 

may 



centre^ against. 
JJ«, of, from. 
dans, in, into. 
ifejnris, since. 
tierrisre, behind. 
dis^ from, since. 
d ess ous, under. 
dtssus, over. 
devant, before. 
En, in, into, like. 
entre, between. 
envers, towards. 
16 



environ, about. 
excejrte, except. 

Hors, ) 

\ V except. 

no ram is, ) l 

Moyennant, fc, 
malgre, in soil I with- 

standing. 
Outre, besi 

Par, by, I 
partni, am 
jwur, for. 

Sans, v. it] 

sauf, 

telon, 

ler. 



182 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

Concernant, joignant, durant, touchant, nonobstant, 
pendant, suivant, vu, and attendu, are also called simple 
preposhions ? but they are really participles qualifying 
some preceding word, and governing nouns, as any other 
participles of active verbs may do. 

In the Appendix will be found a list of phrases, which 
are called compound prepositions ; but it will be seen that 
the real prepositions are de and a y and the rest of the 
phrase has no claim to the name of preposition. 

Perhaps among the simple prepositions should be 
placed a few, which, like our up-on and in-to, are 
composed of two simple prepositions. These are, 

D'apres, after. H peint d'apres nature, " He paints after 

nature.' 7 
D'avec, from. 11 discernoit le bien oVavec le mal, " He 

distinguished good from evil." 
D'entre, among. 11 y en a peu oVentre eux, etc. " There 

are few among them, &c." 
De chez, from. Je sors de chez le prince, " I come from 

the prince's." 
De par, by. De par le roi, " By (or in the name of) 

the king." 
Hors rfe,outof. Hors de la ville, " Out of the city." 

ccxxx. 

The prepositions a, de, and en, are repeated before 
every noun, pronoun, and infinitive they may govern ; as, 
11 est comble oVhonneur et de gloire, " He is loaded with 
honor and glory." 

You will receive letters from him and me. 
recevoir + leit re + moi 

He owes his life to the clemency and magnanimity of 

devoir (the) vie clemence -f- magnanimite 

the king. roi. 
We find the same prejudices in America and < Europe. 
On trouvcr meme prejugc en Amerique -f- Europe 



PREPOSITIONS. 183 

He tries to merit and obtain your confidence. 
tdche de meriter -f~ obtenir confiance 

The other prepositions are repeated when the nouns 
they govern are contrasted, or in opposition to each other, 
but not when the nouns mean nearly the same thing ; 
thus, Dans la vilh et dans la cawpagne, " In the city 
and in the country." 11 passe sa vie dans la moUessi tt 
I 'oisivete? " He spends his life in effeminacy and idle- 
ness." 

Fulfil your duties to God, your parents, and your 
remplir devoir envers Dieu -{- parent + 

country, patrie. 
Every people has shone in arts and in war. 

chaque peuple briller par -f- art par -\- guerre 



He is under the guard and protection of the law. 

sous garde la protection hi 

She charms every -body by her goodness and sweetness. 
charmer tout le monde bonte doua. ur 



CCXXXi. 

Avant and devant seem to have the same meaning in 
English, but their use is very different. Avant expn 
the° order of time, and is the opposite of apns ; dewati 
marks the order of place, and is the opposite at dcrri&re. 

We live after the persons who come before us. 
vivre personne venir 

We go behind those who pass before us. 
aller celles passer 

He who arrives (the) first, seivts himself befew th* ot! 
arrive $'a$$eoir 

but the most honorable place-themselvea before ibem, 

sc plan r 



184 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

I saw that before you. Put that before the fire, 
(have seen) cela Mettre feu 

He is-to preach before the king. When he was before 
devoir precher roi Quand 

his judges, juge. 

You must put the preposition before the noun (that) it 
falloir mettre Reposition nom 

governs, gouverner. 

CCXXXII. 

Proper names of persons and towns are preceded by 
de and a, but not by the definite article da, de la, de V y 
an, a la, a l\ 

She took Mary's book, and gave it to Peter. 
prendre Marie livre donner Pierre 
It is more than fifty miles from Naples to Rome. 
11 y a plus de mille 

The road is good from Boston to Salem. 

chemin 
The road to Roxbury leads to Dedham. 

chemin de va 

I left York, and took the route to Boston. 
partirYork prendre route de 
Give the penknife to John, and some ink to Charles. 
donner canif Jean encre 

He went to Paris, and thence to Rome. 

aller de la 

William Second was son to William the Conqueror. 
Guillaume ttre de Guillaume Conquerarrt 

CCXXXIII. 

As there is some difference in the use of en and dans, 
it may be useful to notice, that, 

1. En is never used before an article. 



PREPOSITIONS. 185 

2. Dans is used before names of towns and authors. 

3. En is used before the present participle. 

4. Dans is used when the noun following expresses the 
time, place, condition, &c, in a particular and not a gen- 
eral sense ; as, En guerre, " In war ; " Dans la guerre, 
" In the war." 

5. En is used for the word like when it means after 
the manner of. 

He is in the house, maison. 

She entered (into) the room, entrer chambre. 

They were in that uneasy posture, posture, penible. 

We read in Cicero, lire Ciceron. 

I have seen it in Ovid, voir Ovide. 

The king is in good health, roi, santL 

He acted like a prince, agir, prince, 

(In) going he left his orders, partir, laisser, ordre. 

CCXXXIV. 

En is used before countries to which one is going or 
coming, and then means to or into. Aller en France, 
Venir en Angleterre, " To go to France ; To come to 
England." A is used in a similar manner before towns ; 
as, 11 est alle a Londres, " He has gone to London." 

When we speak of coming, arriving, or returning from 
a place, whether a country or a town, we must use the 
preposition de, and not the article du, de la, or de V . 

The army wished to-pass into England, 

armee vouloir passer Angleterre. 
He goes often to France and (to) Spain. 
aller Espagne 

My wife has gone to Ireland. 
femme est Irelande 

But she will-return soon to America. 
mais retourner Amerique 

She travelled from Switzerland to Poland. 
voyager Suisse Pologne 

16* 



186 FREfTCH ACCIDENCE. 

The apostle was conveyed from Asia to Italy* 
apdtre emmener Asie Italie 

They will-return from Russia in winter. 
revenir Russie en hirer 

The travellers will-come to Newton. 
voyageur venir 

cexxxv. 

Chez is probably a contraction of the word casa, which 
means house, and it is seldom, if ever, used without indicating 
some house or home; thus, AUez chez moi, " Come home 
with me, Come to my house/' or merely a Come with me," 
when it is understood that I am going home. The particular 
home is determined by the name of the person, or by the 
personal pronoun which follows chez ; Chez moi meaning 
" My house ; " Chez toi, " Thy house ; " Chez lui, " His 
house ; " Chez elle, " Her house ; " Chez soi, " One's own 
house ; " Chez nous, chez vous, chez eux, chez elles, " Our, 
your, their house ;" Chez M. Jones, " Mr. Jones's house." 

He is at-my-house. I am-going home. 

tire aller 

We went home-with-him. He dines with-us. 

aller diner 

They will-come to-Mrs.-Smith's (house) . 

venir Madame 
Each is master at (or in) his own house. 

maitre 
The gentleman has accompanied her home. 
Ce monsieur accompagner 

Sometimes chez is preceded by another preposition : — 

I came from your house. 

venir de 
They came from Mrs.-Howard's this morning. 

venir de Madame matin 

She has called at our house. 
passer par 



CONJUNCTIONS. 187 

Chez sometimes may be rendered by the English word 
among : — 

There-was a custom among the Athenians. 
II y avoir coutume ■ Athenian 

CONJUNCTIONS. 

Simple conjunctions in French correspond very nearly 
with what are so called in English. The simple conjunc- 
tions are, 



aussi, as. 
car, for. 
et, and. 
maisy but. 
ni, neither, nor. 
ou, or, either. 
or, but, now. 



puisque, since. 
parce que. because. 
que, but, than, that. 
quoique, although. 
si, if, whether. 
soit, whether. 
toutefois, nevertheless. 



In French, as in English, it is sometimes difficult to tell 
whether a word is a conjunction or an adverb, even when 
they are simple ; but when they are compound, the diffi- 
culty is greatly increased. A list of the compound con- 
junctions may be found in the Appendix, with the com- 
pound adverbs and prepositions. 

Simple conjunctions are used very much as they are in 
English, and therefore exercises are only needed where 
there is something peculiar to the French words. 

CCXXXVI. 

Sometimes the conjunctions are repeated. Thus, when 
ni is followed by ni, the first ni is rendered neither, and 
the second nor, and the verb which is connected with 
them must be preceded by ne ; thus, 11 rfest ni riche ni 
pauvre, " He is neither rich nor poor." No article is used 
before nouns that follow ni — ni. 

I neither saw him nor spoke to him. 
voir le parler lui 
The ladies were neither sick nor engaged. 
dame rietre malade engage 



188 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

Neither money nor land was given to him. 

argent terre n'ctre donner 
Neither father nor son was saved. 

pcre fils n'etre sauver 

When ou is repeated, the first ou means either, and the 
second or ; thus, Ou pert ou mere Fa fait, " Either father 
or mother did it." 

I saw either the young man or his sister. 
voir jeune homme sceur 

I love either his genius or his soul. 
aimer genie dme 

Either I, who give thee life, or thou, who owest it-to-me. 
moi laisser -\- vie toi devoir me 

Either he loved her, or she has bewitched him. 
aimer ensorceler 

CCXXXVII. 

Soit is sometimes repeated, and the first is translated 
whether, the second or; thus, Soit par crainte, soit par 
clemence il lui pardonne, " Whether through fear or clem- 
ency, he pardoned him." Soit is in fact a tense of the 
verb etre, and means be it. 

Fortune, whether good or bad, cannot deceive the 
+ fortune bon mauvais, pouvoir tromper 

sage. sage. 

Whether hewritesor speaks, he is always admirable. 

que ecrire -\--\-parler toujours admirable 

His mind is uniform, whether in prosperity or in adversity. 

esprit egal en prosperite en adversite 

The conjunction et is also sometimes repeated, and 
then the first et is translated both, and the second and ; 
thus, 

Both Peter and John were at the tomb. 
Pierre Jean (pret.) tombcau 
Both my relations and (my) friends have forsaken me. 
parent ami abandonner 



INTERJECTIONS. 189 

I see both my honors increase and my credit fall. 
voir honneur croitre credit tomber 

Aussi, in comparisons, is followed by que, (See 
page 54.) 

Car is used for the English word for, when because 
may be put instead of for, and never when for has an 
objective case after it. 

Mais and que mean but; BUT, when que has this mean- 
ing, it is preceded by ne, and may be rendered by only ; 
as, llrUa que dix ans 9 "He is but ten years old; he is 
only ten years old." The but, printed above in capitals, 
should be rendered by mais. 11 est riche, mais il vHest 
pas genereux, " He is rich, but he is not generous." Or 
also means but ; it is rarely used, however, and in such 
sentences as this, he sage est heureux, OR Socrate est 
sage, "The sage is happy, now, but, and yet, Socrates is 
a sage." 



INTERJECTIONS. 

Interjections, properly so called, can hardly be called 
words ; but, in French, as in English, nouns, verbs, and 
sometimes considerable phrases, are called interjections. 
The simplest are the following : — 



ah ! ah ! or oh ! 

pa ! come on ! 

fi! fie! 

helas ! alas! 

ho ! hold ! ho there ! 



gare ! take care ! 
chut! st! hush! 
voici! behold! here is. 
voila ! behold ! there is. 



Voici and voila sometimes govern an accusative case, 
like prepositions ; but the words are compounds of vois 
(see), and ci or la, adverbs meaning here and there, and 
this accounts for the object after them. 



190 



APPENDIX 



A COMPLETE LIST 

OF THE 

IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE. 

First Conjugation in ER. 

ALLER, to go. Participles, Allant, alle. 

Pres. Vais, vas, va allons, allez, vont. 

Imp. All-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Prct. All-ai, as, a ames, ates, erent. 

Put. I-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. I-rois, rois, roit rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Va, aille allons, allez, aillent. 

Sub. P. Aille, ailles, aille .... allions, alliez, aillent. 
Pret. All-asse, asses, at assions, assiez, assent. 

As this irregular verb is often reflective, and not only 
preceded by the double pronouns, but also by the conjunc- 
tive pronoun en, (thus, Sen alter, which may be translated, 
to go away or off,) it is given at length, for the guidance 
of the pupil : — 

Infin. Mode. S'en alter, To go away. 

Indie. Pres. 1. Je m'en vais, I go (or am going) away. 

2. Tu fen vas, Thou goest (or art going) away. 

3. // s'en va, He goes (or is going) away. 

1. Nons nous en allons, We go away. 

2. Vous vans en allez, Ye go away. 

3. 775 s'en vont, They go away. 

Imp. Je m\ n allots, I was going away. 

Pret. Je m'en allai, I went away. 

Fut. Je m'en irai, I shall jjo away. 

Cond. Je m'en irois, I should go away. 



APPENDIX. 



191 



Imperative. 2. Va-t'en, 

3. Qu'il s'en aille, 

1. Allons nous en, 

2. Allez vous en, 

3. Qu'ils s'en aillent, 



Subj. Pres. 
Pret. 



Queje rn'en aille, 
Qu'il s'en alldt, 



Pres. Part. S'en allant, 



Go thou away. 
Let him go away. 

Let us go away. 

Go ye away. 

Let them go away. 

That I may go away. 
That he might go away. 

Going away. 



Compound Tenses. 



Comp. of Pres. Indie. 
Comp. of Imp. " 
Comp. of Pret. " 
Comp. ofFut. " 
Comp. of Cond. " 
Comp. of Pres. Subj. 



Comp. of Pret. 



I have gone away. 

I had gone away. 

I had gone away. 

I shall have gone away. 

I should have gone away. 

That I may have gone 
away, or that I may 
be gone away. 
Qu'ils s'enjtissentalles, That they might have 
gone away, or that 
they might be gone 
away. 



Je rn'en suis alii, 
Je rn'en itois alii, 
Je m'enfus alii, 
Je rn'en serai alii, 
Je rn'en serois alii, 
Queje rn'en sois alii, 



ENVOYER, to send. 
Pres. Env-oye, oyes, oye . 
Imp. Envoy-ois, ois, oit . 
Pret. Envoy-ai, as, a ... . 
Put. Enver-rai, ras, ra . . 
Cond. Enver-rois, rois, roit 
Imperative. Env-oye, oye . 
Sub. P. Env-oye, oyes, oye 
Pret. Envoy-asse, asses, at 

So conjugate Renvoyer, 



Part. Envoyant, envoye. 
. oyons, oyez, oyent. 
. ions, iez, oient. 
. ames, ates, erent. 
. rons, rez, ront. 
. rions, riez, roient. 
. oyons, oyez, oyent. 
. oyions, oyiez, oyent. 
. assions, assiez, assent. 



Verbs of the First Conjugation ending in ger, retain the 
e before such terminations as begin with a and o. Thus, 
manger has mangeant and mangeois, and not mangant and 
mangois. Verbs ending in cer, do not retain the e in such 
cases, but affix the cedilla to c. Thus, bercer, berpatit, 
b erp ois, &c. 



192 FRENCH ACCIDENCE* 



Second Conjugation in IR. 

ACQUERIR, to acquire. Part. Acquerant, acquis. 
Pres. Acqui-ers, ers, ert . . . . acque-rons, rez, acquierent. 
Imp. Acquer-ois, ois, oit . . . . ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Acqu-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. 

Put. Acquer-rai, ras, ra . . . . rons, rez, ront. 
Cond. Acquer-rois, rois, roit . . rions, riez, roient. 
Imperative. Acqui-ers, ere . . . acque-rons, rez, acquierent. 
Sub. P. Acqui-ere, eres, ere. . acquer-ions, iez, acquierent. 
Pret. Acqu-isse, isses, it ... . issions, issiez, issent. 

So conjugate 

Conquerir, to conquer. — Requerir, to require. 
S'enquerir de, to inquire after. 

Conquerir is only used in the infinitive, in both preterites, 
and in the compound tenses. 

Requerir is only used in law. 

S'enquerir de is disused, and s' informer has taken its 
place. 

Querir (to fetch), of which the others are compounds, is 
only used in the infinitive mode after the verbs oiler, envoyer, 
and venir, and is then rendered by for or after; thus, Allcr 
querir, to go for ; Envoy cr querir, to send for ; Venir querir T 
to come for. 

BOUILLIR, to boil. Part. Bouillant, bouilli. 

Pres. Bous, bous, bout bouill-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Bouill-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Bouill-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. 

Bouilli-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

id. Bouilli-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. 
Imperative. Bous, bouille .... bouill-ons, ez, ent. 

P. Bouille, bouiUes, bouille bouill-ions, iez, ent. 
Pret, Bouill-isse, isses, it ... . issions, issiez, issent. 

So conjugate Rfbouilfir, to boil again. — Those verbs arc 
lora used except in the third persons, or in the infinitive 
mode, which usually follows some tense of the verb fairr, 
t-> make; for, bouiUir, being a neuter verb, cannot take an 
object alter it, unless joined to fairc; thus, Faites boitillir 
ectte viande. " Boil that meat." 



APPENDIX. 



193 



COURIR, TO RUN. 

Pres. Cours, cours, court 
Imp. Cour-ois, ois, oit . . 
Prtt. Cour-us, us, ut . . . 
Fat. Cour-rai, ras, ra . . 
Cond. Cour-rois, rois, roit 
Imperative. Cours, coure 
Sub. P. Coure, coures, coure 
Prtt. Gour-usse, usses, ut . . 



Part. Courant, couru. 
, cour-ons, ez, ent. 
. ions, iez, oient. 
. umes, utes, urent. 
. rons, rez, ront. 
. rions, riez, roient. 
. cour-ons, ez, ent. 
. cour-ions, iez, ent. 
. ussions, ussiez, ussent. 



So conjugate all its compounds, viz. 
Accourir, to run to. Parcourir, to run over. 

doncourir^ to concur, Recourir, to have recourse to. 

Discourir, to discourse. Secourir, to succor. 

Encourir, to incur, 

COUVRIR, to cover, is a compound of OUVRIR, to 
open, which see. 

CUEILLIR, to gather. Part. Cueillant, cueilli. 

Pres. Cueill-e, es, e ....... , ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. CueilJ-ois, ois, oit .... . ions, iez, oient. 

Prtt. Cueill-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. 

Put. Cueille-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Cueille-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. 
Imperative. Cueille, cueille . . . cueill-ons, ez, ent. 
Sab. P. Cueill-e, es, e. ..... . ions, iez, ent. 

Pret. Cueill-isse, isses, it ... . issions, issiez, issent. 

So conjugate 
AccueilUr, to welcome, and Recueillir, to collect together. 

Instead of accueillir, the French now generally use the 
verb f aire, and the noun accutil. 

DORMIR, to sleep. Part. Dormant, dormi. 

Pres. Dors, dors, dort dorm-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Dorm-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Dorm-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. 

Put. Dormi-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Dormi-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Dors, dorme dorm-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Dorme, dormes, dorme . dorm-ions, iez, ent. 
Pret. Dorm-isse, isses, it ... . issions, issiez, issent. 
17 



194 FRENCH ACCIDENCE, 

So conjugate 

Endormir, to put to sleep. 

S'endormir (reflective), to fall asleep. 

Se rendormir (reflective), to fall asleep again, 

FUIR, to flee, or shun. Part. Fuyant, fui. 

Pres. Fuis, fuis, fuit fuy-ons, ez, fuient. 

Imp. Fuy-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Fuis, fuis, fuit fuimes, fuites, fuirent. 

Fat. Fui-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Fui-rois, rois, roit rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Fuis, fuie fuy-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Fuie, fuies, fuie fuy-ions, iez, ent. 

Pret. Fuisse, fuisses, fuit .... fuis-sions, siez, sent. 

So conjugate S'enfuir (reflective), to run away. 

Instead of je fuis, or je m'enfuis, in the preterite tense, 
the French usually say, Je pris la fuit e, "I took to flight," 
or J'evitai, "I shunned;" and so with the pres. and pret. 
subjunctive : Je prenne lafuite, or fevite; Je prisse lafuite, 
or j'evitasse. 

HAIR, to hate. Part. Hai'ssant, hai'. 

Pres. Hais, hais, hait hai'ss-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Hai'ss-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret Never used. 

Put. Hai'-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Hai'-rois, rois, roit rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Hais, haisse hai'ss-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Haiss-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. 

Pret Never used. 

The compound tenses are very seldom used. 

MFNTIR, to lie. Part. Mentant, menti. 

Pres. Mens, metis, ment ment-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp, Rf ciit-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Ment-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. 

/•'///. Menti-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Menti-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Mens, mrntr ment-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. MeBte,mentes/mente. . ment-ions, iez, ent. 
Pnt. Ment-isae, issea, it issions, issiez, issenU 



APPENDIX. 195 

So conjugate Dementir, to give the lie, to belie, to con- 
tradict. 

MOURIR, to die. Part. Mourant, mort. 

Pres. Meurs, meurs, meurt . . . mour-ons, ez, meurent. 

Imp. Mour-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Mour-us, us, ut umes, utes, urent. 

Put. Mour-rai, ras, ra . . . . . . rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Mour-rois, rois, roit. . . . rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Meurs, meure .... mour-ons, ez, meurent. 

Sub. P. Meure,meures,meure. . mour-ions, iez, meurent. 
Pret. Mour-usse, usses, ut . . . ussions, ussiez, ussent. 

Se mourir (reflective) means to he dying. 

OFFRIR, to offer. Part. Offrant, offert. 

Pres. Offr-e, es, e ........ . ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Offr-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Offr-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. 

Put. Offri-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Offri-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Offre, offre offr-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Offr-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. 

Pret. Offr-isse, isses, it issions, issiez, issent. 

So conjugate Mesqffrir, to underbid ; (very little used.) 

OUIR, to hear, only used in the Infinitive, and 
Pret. J'ouis, il ouit. 
Sub. Pret. due j'oui'sse, qu'il ouit. 
Part. Oui, oui'e, with the verb avoir ; thus, 
Tat oui dire que, I have heard (say) that, &c. 
Instead of ouir, entendre or apprendre is used. 

OUVRIR, to open. Part. Ouvrant, ouvert. 

Pres. Ouvr-e, es, e ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Ouvr-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Ouvr-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. 

Put. Ouvri-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Ouvri-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. 
Imperative. Ouvre, ouvre .... ouvr-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Ouvr-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. 

Pret. Ouvr-isse, isses, it issions, issiez, issent. 



196 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

So conjugate Coutrir, to cover. — Dtcouvrir, to discover. 
Recoiwrir, to cover again. 

PAliTIR, to set out. Part. Partant, parti. 

Pres. Pars, pars, part part-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Part-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pitt. Part-is. is, it imes, ites, irent. 

Fat. Parti-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Parti-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Pars, parte part-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Parte, partes, parte . . . part-ions, iez, ent. 
Prtt. Part-isse, isses, it issions, issiez, issent. 

So conjugate 

Departir and Repartir, to distribute, to impart. 
Repartir, to set out again. 

se REPENTIR, to repent. Part. Se repentant, se 

repenti. 
Pres. Je me repens, tu te repens, il se repent ; 

Nous nous repentons, vous vous repentez, ils se re- 
pentent. 
Imp. Je me repentois, tu te repentois, il se repentoit ; 

Nous nous repentions, vous vous repentiez, ils se re- 
pentent. 
Pret. Je me repentis, tu te repentis, il se repentit ; 

Nous nous repentimes, vous vous repentites, ils se 
repentirent. 
Put. Je me repentirai, tu te repentiras, il se repentira; 

Nous nous repentirons, vous vous repentirez, ils se 
repentiront. 
Cond. Je me repentirois, tu te repentirois, il se repentiroit; 
Nous nous repentirions, vous vous repentiriez, ils se 
repentiroient. 
Imperathe. Repens-te, qu'il se repente ; 

Repentons-nous, repentez-vous, qu'ils se repentent. 
Sub. P. Que je me repente, que tu te repente, qu'il se re- 
pente ; 
Que nous nous repentions, que vous vous repentiez, 
qu'il se repentent. 
Pret. Quo jo me repentisse, que tu te rcpentisse, qu'il se 
repentit : 
due nous nous repentissions, que vous vous repent- 
issiez, qu'ils Be reprntissent. 



APPENDIX. 1 97 

REVETIR, to invest, or Part. Revetant, revetu. 
clothe (with dignity or office). 
JPres. Revets, revets, revet . . revet-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Revet-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Fret. Revet-is, is, it lines, ites, irent. 

Fat. Reveti-rai, ras, ra . . . . rons, rez, ront. 
Cond. Reveti-rois, rois, roit . . rions, riez, roient 
Imperative. Revets, revete . . . revet-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Revet-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. 

Pret. Revet-isse, isses, it . . . issions, issiez, issent. 

Vetir (to clothe) is used only in the infinitive, and par- 
ticiple vetu (clad) ; and for the other tenses habiller is 
used. 

Ss revetir (to put on one's clothes) is rarely used, and 
then only in a few of its tenses. 

SENTIR, to feel, to smell. Part. Sentant, senti. 

Prcs. Sens, sens, sent sent-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Sent-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Sent-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. 

Fat. Senti-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Senti-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient 
Imperative. Sens, sente ... . . . sent-ons, ez, ent. 

Sab. P. Sente, sentes, sente . . sent-ions, iez, ent. 
Pret. Sent-isse, isses, it issions, issiez, issent. 

So conjugate 

Consentir, to consent. 

Presscntir, to have a foresight or presentiment. 

Ressentir, to be sensible of, to resent. 

SERVIR, to serve. Part. Servant, servi. 

Pres. Sers, sers, sert serv-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Serv-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Serv-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. 

Put. Servi-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Servi-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Sers, serve serv-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Serve, serves, serve . . serv-ions, iez, ent. 
Pret. Serv-isse, isses, it ... . issions, issiez, issent. 
17* 



198 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

So conjugate 

Desservir, to clear a table, or to do an ill office. 

Sc servir (reflective) means, to use or make use of. 

SORTIR, to go out. Part. Sortant, sorti. 

Pres. Sors, sors, sort sort-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Sort-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Prat. Sort-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. 

Fat. Sorti-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Sorti-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Sors, sorte sort-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Sorte, sortes, sorte . . . sort-ons, ez, ent. 
Prct. Sort-isse, isses, it issions, issiez, issent. 

SOUFFRIR, to suffer, to Part. Souffrant, souffert. 

PERMIT. 

Pres. Souffr-e, es, e ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Souffr-ois, ois, oit ... . ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. SoufFr-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. 

Put. Souffri-rai, ras, ra .... rons, rez, ront. 
Cond. Souffri-rois, rois, roit . . rions, riez, roient. 
Imperative. Souffre, offre .... souffr-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Souffr-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. 

Prct. Souffr-isse, isses, it . . . issions, issiez, issent. 

TENIR, to hold. Part. Tenant, tenu. 

Pres. Tiens, tiens, tient .... ten-ons, ez, tiennent. 

Imp. Ten-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Prct. Tins, tins, tint tinmes, tintes, tinrent. 

Put. Tiend-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Tiend-rois, rois, roit . . rions, riez, roient. 
Imperative. Tiens, tienne .... ten-ons, ez, tiennent. 
Sub. P. Tienne, tiennes, tienne . ten-ions, iez, tiennent. 
Prct. Tinsse, tinsses, tint . . . tinss-ions, iez, ent. 

So conjugate 

S'abstenir, to abstain. Maintenir, to maintain. 

Appartenir, to belong. Obtenir, to obtain. 

Qmtenir, to contain. Rctcnir, to retain. 

Ditenir, to detain. Soutcnir, to support 
Entretenir t to entertain. 



APPENDIX. 199 

TRESSAILLIR, to start. Part, Tressaill ant, tressailli. 

Pres. Tressaill-e, es, e ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Tressaill-ois, ois, oit . . . ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Tressaill-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. 

Fat. Tressailli-rai, ras, ra . . rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Tressailli-rois, rois,roit . rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Deficient. 

Sab. P. Tressaill-e, es, e . , . . ions, iez, ent. 

Pret. Tressaill-isse, isses, it . . issions, issiez, issent. 

So conjugate Saillir (to jut out or project), which is only 
used in the third person and participles, and Assaillir (to 
assault). 

Saillir, when it means to gush out, is a regular verb, con- 
jugated like punir. 

VENIR, to come. Part. Venant, venu. 

Pres. Viens, viens, vient . . . .ven-ons, ez, viennent. 

Imp. Ven-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Vins, vins, vint vinmes, vintes, vinrent. 

Put. Viend-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Viend-rois, rois, roit . . rions, riez, roient. 
Imperative. Viens, vienne .... ven-ons, ez, viennent. 
Sub. P. Vienne, viennes, vienne ven-ions, iez, viennent. 
Pret. Vinsse, vinsses, vint . . . vinss-ions, iez, ent. 

So conjugate 
Contrevenir (a), to infringe. 

Convenir (de or a), to agree, to become, to fit, to suit. 
Devenir, to come. 
Disconvenir (de), to disagree. 
Intervenir (a), to intervene. 
Parvenir (a), to attain to. 

Prevenir, to prevent, to prejudice, to anticipate, to pre- 
possess. 
Provenir, to proceed from. 
Revenir, to return. 
Se ressouvenir (de), to recollect. 
Se souvenir (de), to remember, to remind. 
Subvenir (a), to relieve, to assist. 
Survenir, to befall, to come up, or to pass. 



200 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

Third Conjugation in OIR. 

AVOIR, to have, has been already given, page 72. 

s'ASSEOIR, to sit down. Part. s'Asseyant, assis. 
Pres. Je m'assieds, tu t'assieds, il s'assied ; 

Nous nous asseyons, vous vous asseyez, ils s'asseient. 
Imp. Je m'asseyois, tu t'asseyois, il s'asseyoit; 

Nous nous asseyions, vous vous asseyiez, ils s'assey- 
oient. 
Pret. Je m'assis, tu t'assis, il s'assit; 

Nous nous assimes, vous vous assites, ils s'assirent. 
Put. Je m'assierai, tu t'assieras, il s'assiera; 

Nous nous assierons, vous vous assierez, ils s'assie- 
ront. 
Cond. Je m'assierois, tu f'assierois, il s'assieroit; 

Nous nous assierions, vous vous assieriez, ils s'assie- 
roient. 
Imperative. Assieds-toi, qu'il s T asseie ; 

Asseyons-nous, asseyez-vous, qu'ils s'asseient. 
Sub. P. due je m'asseie, que tu t'asseies, qu'il s'asseie; 

Que nous nous asseyions, que vous vous asseyiez, 
qu'ils s'asseyoient. 
Pret. due je m'assisse, que tu t'assisses, qu'il s'assit; 

due nous nous assissions, que vous vous assissiez, 
qu'ils s'assissent. 

No verb has undergone so many variations of orthogra- 
phy, but the above rests on the highest authority. 

So conjugate Se Rasscoir, to sit down again. 

/ 
DECHOIR, to decay, de- Part. Pres. none. 

cline. Past. Dechu. 

Pres. Dech-ois, ois, oit oyons, oyez, oient. 

/////;. Dechoy-ois, ois, oit . . . ions, iez, oient. 

Pret Dech-us, us, ut tones, utes, urent. 

Put. Decher-rai, ras, ra. . . . rons, rez, rout. 
('oiirf. Decher-rois, rois, roit . rions, riez, roient. 
Imperative is deficient. 

Sub. P. Decho-ie, ies, ie .... yions, yiez, icnt. 
Pret. Dechuss-e. es, e ions, iez, ent. 



APPENDIX. 201 

Choir, the primitive, is not used. Echoir (to fall out, to 
happen) is conjugated like dechoir, and has the participles 
echeant, echu. 

DEVOIR, to owe. Part. Devant, du. 

Pres. Dois, dois, doit devons, devez, doivent. 

Imp. Dev-ois, ois, oit ..... . ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Dus, dus, dut ........ dumes, dates, durent. 

Put. Dev-rai, ras, ra ...... . rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Dev-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Dois, doive devons, devez, doivent. 

Sub. P. Doive, doives, doive . devions, deviez, doivent 
Pret. Dusse, dusses, dut .... duss-ions, iez, ent. 

Devoir is a regular verb, but few verbs puzzle young 
beginners more. 

MOUVOIR, to move. Part. Mouvant, mu. 

Pres. Meus, meus, meut .... mouvons, mouvez, meuvent. 

Imp. Mouv-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Mus, mus, mut mumes, mutes, murent. 

Put. Mouv-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Mouv-rois, rois, roit . . . Tions, riez, roient. 
Imperative. Meus, meuve .... mouvons, mouvez, meuvent. 
Sub. P. Meuve, meuves, ( mouvions, mouviez, meu- 

meuve ( vent. 

Pret. Musse, musses, mut . . . muss-ions, iez, ent. 

So conjugate Emouvoir, to move, or excite. 

POURYOIR, to provide for. Part. Pourvoyant, pourvu. 
Pres. Pourv-ois, ois, oit oyons, oyez, oient. 



Imp. Pourvoy-ois, ois, oit . 
Pret. Pourv-us, us, ut . . . . 
Put. Pourvoi-rai, ras, ra . . 
Cond. Pourvoi-rois, rois, roit 
Imperative. Pourv-ois, oie . . 
Sub. P. Pourv-oie, oies, oie 
Pret. Pourv-usse, usses, ut . 



. ions, iez, oient. 
. umes, utes, urent. 
. rons, rez, ront. 
. rions, riez, roient. 
. oyons, oyez, oient. 
. oyions, oyiez, oient. 
. ussions, ussiez, ussent. 



Pourvoir is a compound of voir, but differs from it in 
several tenses. 



202 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

POUVOIR, to be able. Part. Pouvant, pu. 

Prcs. Puis0rpeux,peux,peut . pouvons, pouvez, peuvent. 

Imp. Pouv-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Pus, pus, put pumes, putes, purent. 

Put. Pour-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Pour-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. 
Imperative is deficient. 

Sub. P. Puiss-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. 

Pret. Pusse, pusse, put pussions, iez, ent. 

The English of pouvoir is also can or may, could or might. 

SAVOIR, to know. Part. Sachant, su. 

Pres. Sais, sais, sait sav-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Sav-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Sus, sus, sut sumes, sutes, surent. 

Put. Sau-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Sau-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. 
Imperative. Sache, sache .... sach-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Sach-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. 

Pret. Susse, susses, sut suss-ions, iez, ent. 

SEOIR, to fit or become, as clothes, manners or colors 
do. Never used in the Infinitive. 

Only used in the third persons singular and plural of the 
following tenses : — 



Pres. II sied ils sieent. 

Imp. Seyoit seyoient. 

Put. Siera sieront. 



Cond. Sieroit sieroient. 

Pres. Part. Seyant. 



The participles seant, sis, and sise, belong to another verb, 
that is no longer used, and not to seoir. 

The past participle sis is only used when it means 
si tit a fed. 

SURSEOIR, to defer, or adjourn, a compound of seoir, 

is used only in the law. Its tenses are as follows: — 

Participles, Sursoyant, sursis, &,c. 



Pres, Sursois, &,c. 

Imp. Sursoyois, &x. 

1*1(1. Sursis, &x. 

Put. Surseoirai, &x. 



Cond. Surseoirois, &c. 

Impera. Sursois, surseoie,&:c. 

Su/). P. Surseoje, &c« 

Pret. Sursisse, &c. 



APPENDIX. 203 

VALOIR, to be worth. Part. Valant, valu. 

Pres. Vaux, vaux, vaut val-ons, ez, ent, 

Imp. Val-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Val-us, us, ut . . » umes, utes, urent. 

Fat. Vaud-rai, ras, ra ..... rons, rez, ront. 
Cond. Vaud-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Vaux, vaille valons, valez, vaillent. 

Sub. P. Vaille, vailles, yaille . . valions, valiez, vaillent. 
Pret. Val-usse, usses, ut . . . . ussions, ussiez, ussent. 

So conjugate Prevaloir (to prevail), except that, in the 
present subjunctive, it has Preval-e 9 es, e . . . . ions, iez, ent, 

VOIR, to see. Part. Voyant, vu. 

Pres. Vois, vois, voit voyons, voyez, voient* 

Imp. Voy-ois, ois, oit. ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Vis, vis, vit . . vimes, vites, virent. 

Put. Ver-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Ver-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Vois, voie voyons, voyez, voient. 

Sub. P. Voie, voies, voie .... voyions, voyiez, voient. 
Pret. Visse, visses, vit viss-ions, iez, ent. 

So conjugate 

Entrevoir, to have a glimpse of. — Revoir, to see again. 
Prevoir, to foresee ; which, in the future and condi- 
tional, is as follows : — 
Put. Prevoi-rai, ras, ra . . . . rons, rez, ront. 
Cond. Prevoi-rois, rois, roit . . rions, riez, roient. 

Pourvoir (to provide for) is given at length in its place. 
VOULOIR, to will, be Part. Voulant, voulu. 

WILLING, Or TO WISH. 

Pres. Veux, veux, veut voulons, voulez, veulent. 

Imp. Voul-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Voul-us, us, ut umes, utes, urent. 

Put. Voud-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Voud-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative is deficient, though they say, Veuillez-bien, "Be 

so good as to ." 

Sub. P. Veuille, veuilles, ) v ,. .„ 

..', > vouhons, vouhez.veuillent. 

veuille ) ' ' 

Pret. Voul-usse, usses, ut . . . ussions, ussiez, ussent. 



204 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

Fourth Conjugation in RE. 
ABSOUDRE, to absolve. (See Resoudre.) 
ATTEINDRE, to reach, Part. Atteignant, atteint. 

HIT, ATTAIN, OT OVERTAKE. 

Pres. Atteins, atteins, atteint . atteign-ons, ez, ent. 
Imp. Atteign-ois, ois, oit ... ions, iez, oient. 

Prtt. Atteign-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. 

Fat. Atteind-rai, ras, ra . . . . rons, rez, ront. 
Cond. Atteind-rois, rois, roit . . rions, riez, roient. 
Imperative. Atteins, atteigne . atteign-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Atteign-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. 

Prct. Atteign-isse, isses, it . . issions, issiez, issent. 

So conjugate the almost disused verbs 

Astreindre, to oblige — Aveindre, to reach, to fetch out. 

BATTRE, to beat. Part. Battant, battu. 

Pres. Bats, bats, bats batt-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Batt-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Prct. Batt-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. 

Put. Batt-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Batt-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Bats, batte batt-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Batte, battes, batte . . batt-ions, iez, ent. 
Pret. Batt-isse, isses, it issions, issiez, issent. 

So conjugate 

Abattrr, to throw or pull Se Debattre, to struggle. 

down. Rabaitre, to abate (price), 
Combattrc, to fight. to beat down. 

Debattre, to debate. Rcbattre, to beat again. 

BOIRE, to drink. Part. Buvant, bu. 

Bois, bois, boit buvons, buvez, boivent. 

Imp. Buv-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pteti Bus, bus, but bumes, butt's, buivnt. 

Fat. Boi-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Boi-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez* roient. 

Imperative. Bois, boive buvons, bnvr/,, boivent. 

Sub. P. Boive, boives, boive. . buvions, buviez, boivent. 
Prct. Busse, busses, but .... buss-ions, iez, ent. 



APPENDIX* 205 

BRAIRE, to bray, is selsom used, except in the follow- 
ing tenses and persons : — 

Pres. II brait ils braient. 

Put. II braira ils brairont. 

Cond. II brairoit ils brairoient. 

BRUIRE, to roar, to make a noise, is only used in 
the present participle Bruyant, and in the third persons 
of the imperfect. // bruyoit, ils bruy oient. 

CEINDRE, to gird. Part. Ceignant, ceint. 

Pres. Ceins, ceins, ceint .... ceign-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Ceign-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Ceign-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. 

Put. Ceind-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Concl. Ceind-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. 
Imperative. Ceins, ceigne .... ceign-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Ceign-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. 

Pret. Ceign-isse, isses, it ... . issions, issiez, issent. 

So conjugate Enceindre, to inclose, to encompass. 

CIRCONCIRE, to circumcise. (See Confire.) 

CONCLURE, to conclude. Part. Concluant, conclu. 

Pres. Conclu-s, s, t ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Conclu-ois, ois, oit. . . . ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Conclu-s, s, t . . concl-umes, utes, urent. 

Put. Conclu-rai, ras, ra . . . . rons, rez, ront. 
Cond. Conclu-rois, rois, roit . . rions, riez, roient. 
Imperative. Conclus, conclue . conclu-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Concl u-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. 

Pret. Concl-usse, usses, ut . . ussions, ussiez, ussent. 

CONDUIRE, to conduct Part. Conduisant, conduit. 

or LEAD. 

Pres. Condu-is, is, it isons, isez, isent. 

Imp. Conduis-ois, ois, oit . . . ions, iez, oient. 
Pret. Conduis-is, is, it ..... imes, ites, irent. 
Put. Condui-rai, ras, ra . . . . rons, rez, ront. 
Cond. Condui^rois, rois, roit . . rions, riez, roient. 
Imperative. Conduis, conduise conduis-ons, ez, ent. 
Sub. P. Conduis-e, es, e . . . . ions, iez, ent. 
Pret. Conduis-isse, isses, it . . issions, issiez, issent. 
IS 



206 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

So conjugate 

Deduire, to deduct. Rcconduire, to reconduct. 

Enduirc, to do over. Reduirc, to reduce. 

Induire, to induce. Seduire, to seduce. 

Introduirc, to introduce. Traduire, to translate. 
Produire, to produce. 

CONFIRE, to preserve Part. Confisant, confit. 

(fruits, Slc.) 

Pres. Confi-s, s, t sons, sez, sent. 

Imp. Confis-ois, ois, oit .... ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Conf-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. 

Fut. Confi-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Confi-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. 
Imperative, Confis, confise . . . confis-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Confis-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. 

Prct. Conf-isse, isses, it ... . issions, issiez, issent. 

So Cireojicire, except that its past participle is circoncis. 
So Suffire, except that its past participle is suffi. 

CONNOITRE, to know, in the sense of being acquaint- 
ed with. 

Part. Connoissant, connu. 

Pres. Conn-ois, ois, oit connoiss-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Connoiss-ois, ois, oit . . ions, iez, oient. 

Prct. Conn-us, us, ut umes, utes, urent. 

Fut. Connoit-rai, ras, ra . . . . rons, rez, ront. 
Cond. Connoit-rois, rois, roit . rions, riez, roient. 
Imperative. Connois, connoisse connoiss-ons, ez, ent. 
Sub. P. Connoiss-e, es, e . . . . ions, iez, ent. 
Prct. Conn-usse, usses, ut . . . ussions, ussiez, ussent. 

So conjugate 

3feconnoitrc, to mistake (one person for another). 
Reconnoitre, to acknowledge, to recognize. 

This verb is often spelled Connaitre. 

CONSTRUIRE, to con- Part. Construisant, con- 

struct. struit. 

Pres. Constru-is, is, it isons, isez, isent. 

Imp. Construis-ois, ois, oit . . ions, iez, oient. 
Prct. Constru-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. 



APPENDIX. 



207 



Put. Construi-rai, ras, ra . . . rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Construi-rois, rois, roit . rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Construis, con- \ , . n n . 

1 ' i construis-ons, ez, ent. 
struise ) 

Sub. P. Construis-e, es, e . . . . ions, iez, ent. 

Prvt. Construis-isse, isses, it . issions, issiez, issent. 

So conjugate 

Instruire, to instruct, and Detruire, to destroy. 

CQNTRAINDRE, to constrain, is conjugated like 
Craindre. 

COUDRE, to sew. Part. Cousant, cousu. 

Pres. Couds, couds, coud . . . cous-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Cous-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Prct. Cous-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. 

Put. Coud-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Coud-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. 
Imperative. Couds, couse .... cous-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Cous-e, es, e ...... . ions, iez, ent. 

Pret. Cous-isse, isses, it ... . issions, issiez, issent. 

So conjugate 

Decoudn, to unsew. — Recoudre, to sew again. 



CRAINDRE, to fear. 
Pres. Crains, crains, craint 
Imp. Craign-ois, ois, oit . . 

Pret. Craign-is, is, it 

Put. Craind-rai, ras, ra . . 
Cond. Craind-rois, rois, roit 
Imperative. Crains, craigne . 
Sub. P. Craign-e, es, e . . . 
Pret. Craign-isse, isses, it . 



Part. Craignant, craint. 
craign-ons, ez, ent. 
ions, iez, oient. 
imes, ites, irent. 
rons, rez, ront. 
rions, riez, roient. 
craign-ons, ez, ent. 
ions, iez, ent. 
issions, issiez, issent. 



So conjugate all verbs that end in aindre. 

JOINDRE, to join. Part. Joignant, joint. 

Pres. Joins, joins, joint .... joign-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Joign-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Joign-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. 

Put. Joind-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Joind-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. 



208 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

Imperative. Joins, joigne joign-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Joign-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. 

Prct. Joign-isse, isses, it ... . issions, issiez, issent. 

So conjugate 

JEnjoindre, to enjoin. 

Oindre, to anoint (in sacred ceremonies). 

CROIRE, to believe, or Part. Croyant, cru. 

THINK. 

Pres. Crois, crois, croit .... croyons, croyez, croient. 

Imp. Croy-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Prct. Cms, cms, crut crumes, crutes, crurent. 

Put. Croi-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Croi-rois, rois, roit . . . . rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Crois, croie croyons, croyez, croient. 

Sub. P. Croies, croies, croie . . croyions, croyiez, croient. 
Pret. Crusse, crusses, crut . . cruss-ions, iez, ent. 

CROITRE, to grow. Part. Croissant, cru. 

Pres. Crois, crois, croit . 

Imp. Croiss-ois, ois, oit . 

Pret. Crus, crus, crut . . . 

Put. Croit-rai, ras, ra . . 

Cond. Croit-rois, rois, roit 

Imperative. Crois, croisse . 

Sub. P. Croiss-e, es, e . . . 

Pret. Crusse, crusses, crut 

The pupil must carefully place the circumflex ( A ) over 
the vowels, to distinguish the tenses of this verb from those 
of croire, to believe. 

So conjugate 
Accroitre, to accrue. Rccroitre, to grow again. 

Dcrroitrr, to decrease. 

CUIRTC, to cook, to bake, Part. Cuisant, cuit. 
to do (meat, &x.) 

Pres, Cuis, cuis, cuit cuis-ons, oz, out. 

//itp. Cuis-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oicnt. 

Pret, Cuis-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. 

Pttt. Cu\-r;u, rag, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond, Cui-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. 



croiss-ons, ez, ent. 
ions, iez, ent. 
crumes, crutes, crurent. 
rons, rez, ront. 
rions, riez, roient. 
croiss-ons, ez, ent. 
ions, iez, ent. 
cruss-ions, iez, ent. 



APPENDIX, 209 

Imperative, Cuis, cuise ...... cuis-ons, ez, ent. 

^6. P. Cuis-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. 

Pret. Cuis-isse, isses, isse . . . issions, issiez, issent. 

So conjugate Recuire, to bake again. So, also, Luire, 
to shine; Reluire, to glitter; and Nuire, to hurt; except 
that their past participles are lui and nui, instead of luit 
and nuit. 

DIRE, to say, or tell. Part. Disant, dit, 

Pres. Dis 7 dis, dit . . disons, dites, disent. 

Imp. Dis-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Dis, dis, dit dimes, dites, dirent. 

Put. Di-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

fJond. Di-rois, rois, roit rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Dis, dise ....... disons, dites, disent. 

Sub. P. Dise, dises, dise ...... dis-ions, iez, ent. 

Pret. Disse, disses, dit diss-ions, iez, ent. 

So conjugate 
Contredire, to contradict. Medire (de), to speak ill of, 

Se Dedire (reflective), to to slander. 

unsay, retract, recant. Predire, to predict. 

Iiterdire, to interdict, to Redire, to say or tell again, 

forbid. 
Maudire, to curse. 

All these compounds, except redire, have isez, instead 
of ites, in the present tense indie, and imper. second person 
plural. Maudire doubles the 5 in every tense where it is not 
the last letter. 

JKCLORE, to open (as flowers), or hatch (as eggs), is 
only used in the infinitive, past part., and third persons 
of the following tenses. Past Part. Eclos, m. ; eclose, f. 

Pres. II eclot ils eclosent. 

Put. II eclora ils ecloront. 

Cond. II ecloroit ils ecloroient. 

Sub. P. du^il eclose qu'ils eclosent. 

Clore, the primitive, and enclore, are used in the singular 
only of the present, and in all the persons of the future 
and conditional indie. Part Clos and enclos. 

18* 



210 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

ECRIRE, to write. Part. Ecrivant, ecrit. 

Pres. ^cr-is, is, it ecriv-ons, ez, ent. 

J/mjj. Ecriv-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Ecriv-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. 

Fut. Ecri-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Ecri-rpis, rois, roit . . . , rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Ecris, ecrive ecriv-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P., Ecriv-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. 

Pret. Ecriv-isse, isses, it .... issions, issiez, issent. 

So conjugate 
Deerire, to describe. Recrire, to write again. 

Inscrire, to inscribe. Souscrire, to subscribe. 

Prescrire, to prescribe. Transcrire, to transcribe, 

Proscrire, to proscribe. 

ENDUIRE, to plaster > to pay (with pitch), is conjuga- 
ted like Conduire. 

EXCLURE, to exclude, is conjugated like Conclure, ex- 
cept that its past participle is exclus, and not exclu. 

FAIRE, to do or make. Part. Faisant, fait. 

Pres. Fais, fais, fait faisons, faites, font. 

Imp. Fais-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Fis, fis, fit fimes, fites, firent* 

Fut. Fe-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Fe-rois, rois, roit rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Fais, fasse faisons, faites, fassent. 

Sub. P. Fass-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. 

Prct. Fisse, fisses, fit fiss-ions, iez, ent. 

Many writers spell the whole of the imperfect tense, and 
the first person plural of the present and imperative, as they 
are pronounced, viz. fesons , fcsois , fesions , &x. 

So conjugate 

Cuntrefaire, to counterfeit. Redefairc, to undo again. 

J) ef aire, to undo, to defeat. Sat isf aire, to satisfy. 

Se I) if aire, to get rid of. Surf aire, to exact, to ask too 

Refaire, to do or make up much. 

agjuti* 

FEINDRE, TO FEIGN, is conjugated like Etcindrc* 



APPENDIX. 211 

FRIRE, to fry. Past Part. Frit, m.; frite, f. 

Pres. Fris, fris, frit No plural. 

Fat. Fri-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

In the other tenses, frire is used with some tense of the 
verb f aire; as, Fait es frire, fais ant frire, &,c. 

LIRE, to read. Part. Lisant, lu. 

Pres. Lis, lis, lit lis-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Lis-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Lus, lut, lut . . lumes, lutes, lurent. 

Fat. Li-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Li-rois, rois, roit rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Lis, lise lis-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Lise, lises, lise lis-ions, iez, ent. 

Pret. Lusse, lusses, lut luss-ions, iez, ent. 

So conjugate Elire, to elect. — Retire, to read again. 

METTRE, to put. Part. Mettant, mis. 

Pres. Mets, mets, met mett-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Mett-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Mis, mis, mit mimes, mites, mirent. 

Fat. Mett-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Mett-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Mets, mette mett-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Mette, mettes, mette . . mett-ions, iez, ent. 
Pret. Misse, misses, mit miss-ions, iez, ent. 

Se mettre (reflective) means to begin. 

So conjugate 

Admettre, to admit. Omettre, to omit. 

Commettre, to commit. Pcrmettre, to permit. 

Compromettre, to compromise. Promettre, to promise. 

Demettre, to put out, or turn Remettre, to remit, &,c. 

out. Soumettre, to submit. 

Se Demettre, to resign. Transmettre, to transmit. 

MOUDRE, to grind. Part. Moulant, moulu. 

Pres. Mouds, mouds, moud . . moul-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Moul-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Moul-us, us, ut umes, utes, urent. 



212 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

Fut. Moud-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Moud-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. 
Imperative* Mouds,moule. . . . moul-ons, ez, ent. 
Sub. P. Moule, moules, moule . moul-ions, iez, ent. 
Pret. Moul-usse, usses, ut . . . ussions, ussiez, ussent. 

So conjugate Emoudre, to whet. 

Remoudre i to grind again. 

NAITRE,tobeborn,torise. Part. Naissant, ne. 

Pres. Nais, nais, nait naiss-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Naiss-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Naqu-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. 

Put. Nait-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Nait-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Nais, naisse naiss-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Naiss-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. 

Pret. Naqu-isse, isses, it ... . issions, issiez, issent. 

So conjugate 

Renaitre, to be born again, to revive. 

PAITRE, to graze, to feed. Part. Paissant, pu. 

Pres. Pais, pais, pait paiss-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Paiss-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret Not used. 

Fut. Pait-rai,ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Pait-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Pais, paisse paiss-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Paiss-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. 

Pret Not used. 

So conjugate Repaitre, to eat, to feed, except that this 
compound has the preterite rcpus. 

PAROITRE, to appear, to Part. Paroissant, paru (no 
seem. fem.) 

Pres. Par-ois, ois, oit paroiss-ons, ez, oient. 

./////;. Paroiss-ois, ois, oit .... ions, iez, oient. 

Pret, Par-us, us, ut umes, utes, urent. 

Put. Paroit-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Paroit-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. 
Imperative. Pamis, paroigfe . . . paroiss-ons, ez, ent. 
Sub P. Paroiss-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. 



APPENDIX. 213 

So conjugate 

Apparoitre, to appear (as a ghost does). 
Comparoitre, to appear as a witness. 
Disparoitre, to disappear. 
Reparaitre, to reappear. 

This verb and its compounds are often spelled as they 
are pronounced — paraitre, apparaitre, &c. 

PLAIRE, to please. Part. Plaisant, plu. 

JPres. Plais, plais, plait plais-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Plais-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Prct. Plus, plus, piut plumes, plutes, plurent. 

Fat. Plai-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Plai-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Plais, plaise plais-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Plaise, plaises, plaise . plais-ions, iez, ent 
Prct. Plusse, plusses, plut . . . pluss-ions, iez, ent. 

So conjugate Complaire, to humor. 
Deplaire, to displease. 

PRENDRE, to take. Part. Prenant, pris. 

Pres. Prends, prends, prend . . prenons, prenez, prennent. 
Imp. Pren-ois, ois, oit ..... . ions, iez, oient. 

Prct. Pris, pris, prit primes, prites, prirent. 

Fut. Prend-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Prend-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. 
Imperative. Prends, prenne . . . prenons, prenez, prennent. 

Sub. P. Prenn-e, es, e pren-ions, iez, prennent. 

Prct. Prisse, prisses, prit .... priss-ions, iez, ent. 

So conjugate 

Apprendre, to learn. Meprendre, to mistake. 

Cotnprendrc, to understand, Reprendre, to rebuke, to take 

to include. again. 

Desapprendre, to unlearn. Surprendre, to surprise. 
Entrcprcndre, to undertake. 

RESOUDRE, to resolve. Part. Resolvant, resolu. 

Prcs. Res-ous, ous, out resolv-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Resolv-ois, ois, oit ... . ions, iez, oient. 

Prct. Resol-us, us, ut umes, utes, urent. 

Fut. Resoud-rai, ras, ra . . . . rons, rez, ront. 



214 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

Con J. Resoud-rois, rois, roit . . rions, riez, roient. 
Imperative. Resous, resolve . . resolv-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Resolv-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. 

Pret. Resol-usse, usses, ut . . . ussions, ussiez, ussent. 

Besides the participle resolu, this verb, when it means 
to change, has resous (masc), resoute (fern.). Soudre (to 
solve), the primitive, is used only in the infinitive present. 
Absoudre (to absolve) and dissoudre (to dissolve) have no 
preterite indie, or subj., and only the regular participles 
absoiis, absoute y dissous, dissoute. 

RESTREINDRE, to restrain, is conjugated like 
Etcindre. 

RIRE, to laugh. Part. Riant, ri. 

Prcs. Ris, ris, rit ri-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Ri-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret. Ris, ris, rit rimes, rites, rirent. 

Put. Ri-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Ri-rois, rois, roit rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Ris, rie ri-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Rie, ries, rie rilons, riiez, rient. 

Prct. Risse, risses, rit riss-ions, iez, ent. 

So conjugate Sourire, to smile. 

SUFFIRE, to suffice, or be sufficient, is conjugated like 
Cunfirc, except that its past participle is sujji. 

SUIVRE, to follow. Part, suivant, suivi. 

Prcs, Suis, suis, suit suiv-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Suiv-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Pret Suiv-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. 

Put. Suiv-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Suiv-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Suis, strive suiv-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Suiv-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. 

Pret. Suiv-isse, isses, it issions, issiez, issent. 

So conjugate 

Sensuirrc, to follow from. 
Pour$nivre % to pursue. 



APPENDIX* %iO 

ss TAIRE, to be silent. Part. Taisant, tu. 

Prcs. Tais, tais, tait tais-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Tais-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Prct. Tus, tus, tut tumes, tutes, turent. 

Fat. Tai-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Court. Tai-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, r oient. 

Imperative. Tais, taise tais-ons, ez, ent. 

Sah. P. Taise, taises, taise . . tais-ions, iez, ent. 
Prct. Tusse, tusses, tut tuss-ions, iez, ent. 

TEINDRE, to dye, is conjugated like Atteindre. 

TRAIRE, to milx. Part. Trayant, trait. 

Prcs. Trais, trais, trait trayons, trayez, traient. 

Imp. Tray-ois, ois, oit .... . ions, iez, oient. 

Put. Trai-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Trai-rois, rois, roit .... rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Trais, traie tray-ons, ez, traient. 

Sub. P. Traie, traies, traie . . . tray-ions, iez, traient. 

There are no preterites. 

So conjugate 

Abstraire, to abstract. Rentraire y to fine-draw. 

Distraire, to distract. Retraire y to milk again. 

Extraire, to extract. Soustraire, to subtract. 

VAINCRE, to conquer. Part. Vainquant, vaincu. 

Pres. Vaincs, vaincs, vainc . . vainqu-ons, ez, er.t. 
Imp. Vainqu-ois, ois, oit . . . ions, iez, oient. 

Prct. Vainqu-is, is, it imes, ites, irent. 

Put. Vainc-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Vainc-rois, rois, roit . . . rions, riez, roient. 
Imperative. Vaincs, vainque . . vainqu-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Vainqu-e, es, e ions, iez, ent. 

Prct. Vainqu-isse, isses, it . . . issions, issiez, issent. 

So conjugate Convaincre (to convince), except that the 
three persons singular of the present tense, and the whole of 
the imperfect, of vainer x are seldom used. 



•216 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



VIVRE, to live. Part, vivant, vecu. 

Pres. Vis, vis, vit . . , . viv-ons, ez, ent. 

Imp. Viv-ois, ois, oit ions, iez, oient. 

Prct. Vec-us, us, ut umes, utes, urent. 

Fat. Viv-rai, ras, ra rons, rez, ront. 

Cond. Viv-rois, rois, roit rions, riez, roient. 

Imperative. Vis, vive ....... viv-ons, ez, ent. 

Sub. P. Vive, vives, vive .... viv-ions, iez, ent. 

Prct. Vec-usse, usses, ut . . . . ussions, ussiez, ussent. 

So conjugate Revivre, to revive, — Survivre, to survive. 



LIST OF THE PRECEDING IRREGULAR VERBS, 

ARRANGED ALPHABETICALLY, FOR MORE EASY REFERENCE. 



Page. 

Abattre. See Battre 204 

Absoudre. See Resoudre. . . .213 

Abstenir See Tenir 198 

Abstraire. See Traire 215 

Accourir. See Courir 193 

Accroitre. See Croitre 208 

Accueillir. See Cueillir 193 

Acqucrir, to acquire 192 

A dine ttre . See Mettre 211 

\\\v\\to go 190 

AppafoHre. Sec Paroitre. . . .212 

Appartenir. See Tenir 198 

A p prendre. See Prendre. .. .213 

Assailltr. See Tressaillir 199 

Asseoir, to sit 200 

Astreindre. See Atteindre. . .204 

A tteindre, to reach , etc 204 

Aveindre. .See Atteindre. . . .204 
Avoir, to have 72 

.to brut 204 

Boire, to drink 204 

Bouilltr, to boil 192 

Braire, to bray 205 

Bruire, to roar 205 

( Jeindre, to <jird 205 

Choir. See Dechoir 200 

Circoncire. See Confire 206 

Clore. See £clore 20!) 

Combattre. See Battre 204 

Coramettre. Set Mettre 21 1 

Compaiotlre. See Paroitre. .212 

< 'omplaire. 8m Plaire 213 

[ nrendre. Set Prendre. . .213 



Page. 
Compromettre. See Mettre. .211 
Conclure, to conclude ........ 2(J5 

Concourir. See Courir 193 

Conduire, to conduct 205 

Confire, to preserve 206 

Connoitre. to knoic. 206 

Conquerir. See Acquerir .... 192 

Consentir. .See Sentir 197 

Construire, to construct 206 

Contenir. See Tenir 1 98 

Contraindre. See Craindre. .207 

Contredire. See Dire 209 

Contrefaire. See Faire 210 

Contrevenir. See Venir 199 

Convaincre. See Vaincre .... 21 5 

Convenir. See Venir 1 99 

Coudre, to sew 207 

Courir. to run ] s*3 

Cou vrir. See Ouvrir 1 ! .""> 

Craindre, tofeur 207 

Croire, to believe 203 

Croitre. to grow v fc 

Cueillir, to gather 193 

Cuire, to cook, &c £08 

Debattre. See Battre 21 I 

Dechoir, to Jul! away 

D6coudre. See Coudre 

Decotrvrir. See r Ouvrir 195 

Decrire. Scr Ecrire 210 

Decroitre. See Croitre 208 

Desire. See Dire 209 

Deduire. See Conduire 205 

Defaire. Set Faire 210 



APPENDIX. 



217 



Page. 

D&mentir. See Mentir 194 

Demettre. See Mettre 211 

Departir. See Partir 196 

Deplaire. See Plaire 213 

Desapprendre. See Prendre. 213 

Desservir. See Servir 197 

D^enlr. See Tenir 198 

D jtruire. See Construire . . . .206 
iJevemr. See Venir . ....... 199 

Devoir,, to owe 201 

Dire, to sty 209 

Diseonvenir. See Venir 199 

DLseourir. See Courir 19 > 

Disparoitre. See Paroitre. . . .212 
Dissoudre. See Resoudre. . . .213 

Distraire, See Traire .215 

U jriiiir. to sleep 193 

Eclore.jto hatch 209 

Ecrire, to write 210 

Liire. See Lire 211 

E noudre. See Moudre 21 1 

Enouvoir. See Mouvoir. . . .201 
Jjnceindre. See Ceindre. . . .205 

E noourir. See Courir 193 

E;idormir. See Dormir. . . . . .193 

Eiidaire. See Conduire 205 

E -iruir. See Fuir 194 

Knjoindre. See Joindre 207 

Euquerir. See Acquerir 192 

Rasuivre. See Suivre 214 

i -atteprendre. See Prendre.. 213 

lintre tenir. See Tenir 193 

E itrevoir. See Voir 203 

Eavoyer, to send 191 

E ieindte. See Atteindre 204 

E Ire, to be 74 

E xclu re . See Conclure 205 

Extraire. See Traire 215 

Fiire. to do or make 210 

IVindre. See Atteindre 204 

Frire, to fry 21 1 

Fuir. to shun 194 

II air, to hate 194 

Induire. See Conduire 205 

Inscrire. See Ecrire ...210 

Instruire. See Construire. . .206 

Interdire. See Dire 209 

Intervenir. See Venir 199 

Introduire. See Conduire 205 

Joindre, to join 207 

19 



Page. 

Lire, to read 211 

Luire. See Cuire . . , 208 

Main tenir. -Sec Tenir 198 

Maudire. See Dire 209 

Meconnoitre. See Connoitre . 206 

Medire. See Dire 209 

Mentir. to lie 1 94 

Meprendre. See Prendre .... 21 3 

Mesoffrir. See Oifrir 195 

Mettre, to put 211 

Moudre, to grind, 211 

Mourir, to die 195 

Mouvoir, to move 201 

Naitre, to be born 212 

Nuire. See Cuire 208 

Obtenir. See Tenir 198 

Ofrrir, to offer 195 

Oindre. See Joindre 207 

Omettre. See Mettre 211 

Oui'r, to hear 1 95 

Ouvrir, to open. 195 

Paitre, to feed 212 

Parcourir. See Courir 193 

Paroitre, to appear 212 

Partir, to set out 196 

Parvenir. See Venir 199 

Permettre. See- Mettre 211 

Plaire, to please 213 

Pour suivre. See Suivre 214 

Pourvoir, to provide for . 2 »1 

Pouvoir. to be able 202 

Predire.' See Dire 209 

Prendre, to take. 213 

Prescrire. See Ecrire 210 

Pressentir. See Sentir 197 

Prevaloir. See Valoir 203 

Pre venir. .See Venir 199 

Prevoir. See Voir 203 

Produire. See Conduire y05 

Promettre. See Mettre 211 

Proscrire. See Ecrire 210 

Provenir. See Venir 1 99 

Querir. See Acquerir 192 

Rabattre. See Battre 204 

Rasseoir. See Asseoir 200 

Rebattre. See Battre 204 

Rebouillir. See Bouillir 12 

Reconduire. See Conduire. .205 
Reconnoitre. See Connoitre. 206 
Recoudre. See Coudrc 2^7 



213 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



Page. 

Recoarir. See Courir li)3 

Recou vrir. See Ouvrir 193 

Recrire. See Ecrire 210 

I » eroit iv. See Croi tro 208 

Recueillir. See Cueillir 193 

Recuire. See Cuire 208 

Red..* faire. See Faire 210 

Redire. See Dire 209 

Red u ire. See Conduire 205 

Refeire. See Faire 210 

Retire. See Lire 211 

Reluire. See Cuire 208 

Remettre. See Mettre 211 

llemoudre. See Moudre 211 

Renaitre. See Naitre 2J2 

Rendormir. See Dormir 193 

Rentraire. See Traire 215 

Renvoyer. See Envoyer 191 

Repaitre. .See Paitre 212 

Reparoitre. .See Paroitre. . . .212 

Repartir. See Partir 196 

Repentir, to repent 1 96 

Reprendre. See Prendre 213 

Requerir. See Acquerir 192 

R soudre, to resolve 213 

Ressentir. See Sentir 197 

Ressouvenir. See Venir 199 

Restreindre. See Atteindre-.204 

Retenir. See Tenir 198 

Retraire. .See Traire 215 

Re venir. See Venir 199 

Rew-tir, to clothe 197 

Rvvivre. See Vivre 216 

Revoir. Sec Voir 203 

Ptire, to laugh 214 

S lillir. See Tressaillir 199 

S itisfair ■. See Faire 210 

S.ivoir, to know 202 



Pa?e\ 

Secourir. See Courir 193 

Seduire. See Conduire 205 

S'en aller, to go axoiuj 190 

Sentir. to feel 197 

Seoir, to jit, &-c 2l>2 

Servir, to serve 1 97 

Sortir, to go ovt 198 

Souffrir, to suffer ...» 198 

Souinettre. See Mettre 211 

Sourire. See Rire 214 

Souscrire. See Ecrire 210 

Soustraire. See Traire 215 

Soutenir. See Tenir 198 

Souvenir. See Venir 199 

Sub venir. See Venir 199 

Suffire. See Confire 206 

Suivre, to follow 214 

Surfaire. See Faire 210 

Surprendre. See Prendre 213 

Surseoir. See Seoir 202 

Sur venir. See Venir 199 

Survivre. See Vivre 216 

Taire, to be silent 215 

Teindre. See Atteindre 204 

Tenir, to hold 198 

Traduire. See Conduire .... 205 

Traire, to wi'k. 215 

Transcrire. See Ecrire 21 

Transmettre. See Mettre 211 

Tressaillir, to start 199 

Vaincre, to vanquish 215 

Valoir, to be wortft 203 

Venir, to come 1 99 

Vetir. See Re vetir 197 

Vivre, to live 216 

Voir, to see 2 3 

Vouloir, to be willing 203 



FRENCH WORDS BEGINNING WITH SILENT H. 



The following vocabulary comprises all the French words 
that begin with silent //, and before which the article or 
pronodn Buffers an elision : — 

1 labile, clever. Habillcr, to clothe. 

Habilement, cleverly. Hqbittement, dress. 

Habiltte y cleverness. Habit, a coat. 



APPENDIX. 



219 



Habiter, to inhabit. 
Habitable, inhabitable. 
Habitant, inhabitant. 
Habitude, custom. 
Habituel, habitual. 
Habituer, to use. 
Haleine, breath. 
Hamecon, a fishing-hook. 
Harmonie, harmony. 
Hebdomadaire^ weekly. 
Hebraique, Hebraic. 
Hebreu, Hebrew. 
Hecatombe, a hecatomb. 
Hegire, hegira. 
Helasl alas! 
Helicon, Helicon. 
Heliotrope, turnsol. 
Hemisphere, hemisphere. 
Hemistiche, hemistich. 
Hemorrhagic, hemorrhage. 
Hemorrhoides, piles. 
Hepatique, hepatical. 
Herbage, herbage, pasture. 
Herbe, herb or grass. 
Herboriste, herbalist. 
Hereditaire, hereditary. 
Heresie, heresy. 
Heretique, heretic. 
Heritage, inheritance. 
Heriter, to inherit. 
Heritier, an heir. 
Haritiere, an heiress. 
Hermine, ermine. 
Hcrmite, a hermit. 
Hermitage, hermitage. 
Heroine* a heroine. 
Heroique, heroical. 
Heroisme, heroism. 
Hesiter, to hesitate. 
Hesitation, hesitation. 
Heur, luck. 



Heure, hour. 
Heureux, happy. 
Heureusement, happily 
Hexagone, a hexagon. 
Hexametre, hexameter. 
Hiatus, hiatus, a gap. 
Hier, yesterday. 
Hieroglyphs, hieroglyphic. 
Hirondelle, a swallow. 
Histoire, history, 
Historien, historian. 
Historique, historical. 
Histrion, a buffoon. 
Hiver, winter. 
Hiverner, to winter. 
Holocauste, burnt sacrifice. 
Hombre (jeu), ombre. 
Homelie, a homily. 
Homicide, a homicide. 
Hommage, homage. 
Homme, man. 
Honnete, honest. 
Honrtetement , honestly. 
Honnetcte, honesty. 
Honneur, honor. 
Honorable, honorable. 
Honoraire, honorary. 
Honorer, to honor. 
Hdpital, hospital. 
Horizon, horizon. 
Horloge, a town clock. 
Horloger, a watch-maker. 
Hormis, except. 
Horoscope, horoscope. 
Horreur, horror. 
Horrible, horrid. 
Horriblemcnt , horribly. 
Hospitalier, hospitable. 
Hospitalite, hospitality. 
Hostie, host, or victim. 
Hostilite, hostility. 



* The h is aspirated in hiros 



220 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



Hole, landlord. 
/ Tote s se, 1 in d 1 ady . 

Hotel, a hotel or great house. 
Hotelier, inn-keeper. 
HoteUeric, an inn. 
Huile, oil. 
Huffier, oil-cruet. 
Huissier, usher, or tipstaff. 
Huitre, oyster. 
Hum a in, human. 
Humainemcnt, humanely. 
Humaniser, to civilize. 
Humanite, humanity. 
Humble, humble. 
Humblement, humbly. 
Humect at ion, moistening. 
Humect er, to moisten. 
Humeur, humor. 
Humide, damp, moist. 
Humidite, humidity. 



Ifumiliant, mortifying'. 
Humiliation, humili ation. 
Humilier, to humble. 
Humilite, humility. 
Hyacinthe, hyacinth. 
Hydre, hydra. 
Hydromel, mead. 
Hydro-pique, hydropic. 
Hydro pi sie, dropsy. 
Hymen, hymen. 
Hymne, hymn. 
Hyperbole, hyperbole. 
Hypocondre, hypochondriac. 
Hypocrisie, hypocrisy. 
Hypocrite, hypocrite. 
Hypotheque, mortgage. 
Hypoihequer, to mortgage. 
Hypothese, hypothesis. 
Hysope, hyssop. 
Hysterique, hysteric. 



In familiar discourse, the letter h is not aspirated in the 
words Hanovre, Hollande, and Hongrie, when either of 
them is preceded by de ; for, though we always say le Hano- 
vre, la Hollande, and la Hongrie, yet it is usual to say and 
write V Elector at d' Hanovre, la reine d y Hongrie, la toile 
d Hollande, and the like. As to other national and proper 
names, the initial h is aspirated in most of them ; as in 
Hainaut, Hambourg, Havanne, Henri, &c. ; but in Hamil- 
ton, Har court, Hector, Helene, Herculc, Herode> Homer e y 
Horace, and Hyppolite, it is mute. 



COMPOUND ADVERBS. 



The following very complete list of adverbial phrases is 
taken from Hodgson's Critical Grammar. Its length is 
some objection to it, but it was thought that, as most 
teachers require their pupils to commit phrases to memory, 
this list, would furnish them with a far more useful exercise 



APPENDIX. 



221 



than any phrase book can offer. It is hoped that the classi- 
fication will assist the memory, although an alphabetical ar- 
rangement may be preferable for mere reference. 



1st. Adverbs of Time* 
Present Time. 



A-ce-conp, at this time, now. 
A-cette-heure, at this moment. 
A-V instant, instantly. 
A-present, at present. 

t immedi- 
Tout-d-Theure, \ ately, 
Tout-incontinent, / direct- 
8ur-le-champ 9 ) ly, off 

( hand. 



at 



this in- 
fment. 
in a mo- 
from this 



Dans-ce-moment, 
stant. 

D ans-un-moment , 

Des~aujourd?hui, 
very day, 

En-moins-de-rien, in a trice. 

Pour-le-present, for the pres- 
ent. 

Sur-Vheure, forthwith. 



Past Time. 



A-Vheure-meme, ) at that very 
Au-moment, ) instant. 
A-sept*heures-sonnantes, as 

the clock was striking 

seven, &c. 
Au-bon-vieux-tems , in the good 

old times. 
Au-meme-tems, soon after, at 

the same time. [yore. 

Jadis, formerly, in days of 
Avant-hier, the day before 

yesterday. 
Ci-devant, formerly. 
De-nouveau, lately, newly. 
Depuis-le-tems, since. 
Depuis-ce-t ems-la, ever since. 
Depuis-deux-ans, these two 

years. 
Depuis-hier, since yesterday. 
Depuis-peu, not long since. 
Depuis-long-tems, a great 

while ago. 
Dejd, already. 

19* 



Des-le-herceau, from one's in- 
fancy. 

De-longue-main, long since. 

Hier-au-matin, yesterday 

morning. 

Hicr-au-midi, yesterday noon. 

Hier-au-soir, last night. 

Hier-matin, yesterday early. 

Il-n-y-a-pas-long-tems, not 
long ago. [now. 

Il-n-y-a-qrf un-moment , just 

ll-y-a-long-tems, a long while 
ago. [back. 

Il-y-a-quelquc-tems, some time 

Il-y-a-quinzc-jours , a fortnight 
ago. _ i [ago. 

Tl-y-a-trois- jours, three days 

ll-y-a-huit-jours , a week ago. 

Il-y-a-un-an, a year ago. 

ll-y-a-un-mois, a month past. 

Jusqu'd-prcsent, until this 
time. 

Jusqu'ici, hitherto. 



222 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



La-di c time. 

re,the last year. 

t year. 
. last week. 
I/imtrejour, tiie oilier day. 
rnier, last uiontli. 



A-Tavmir, for the future. 

Apr&s-demain, after to-mor- 
row. 

Au-premier-jour, the next day. 

A vant-qu' il-soit-long-tenif , be- 
fore long. 

Cc-matiii, this morning. 

d-soir, this evening. 

Cette-apres-dinee, ) this after- 

Citt -apres-midi, j noon. 

Cttte-apres-spupee, to-night. 

Ci-aprer,, hereafter. 

I)f/ns-d:ur-GU-trois-joitrs-d f ici, 
two or three days hence. 

D ans-la-r,iaihiec , in the morn- 
ing, [ternoon. 

Dans-Vapres-dinec, in the af- 

Dans-piu, shortly. 

Dan$-pev-dc-tems } within a 
short time. 

Dans-sir-: t iai:- y in six months. 



L( : ; our-pr s cedent , the preced- 
ing day. 
N'aguerc, lately, not long ago. 
Novisslme, newly. 
Tcut-recemmcnt, \ newly, 
Toid-fraichcntcnt, j recently. 

Come, 

Dans-un-an-dHei, a year 

hence. [er day. 

Dc-dcm -jours-Van, every oth- 
Demain-au-soi'r, to-morrow 

night. [early. 

Di main-matin, to-morrow 
Desormais, hereafter. 
De-irGis-cn-trois-jours, every 

third day. 
D'ici-en-avant, henceforward. 
Durar.t-irois-jours, during 

three days. 
En-trois-mois, in three 

months. 
IS annec-qui-vicnt, the next 

year. [ing day. 

Lc-jour-mivant, the follow- 
Lc-Iendcmain, the next day. 
Lc-moi s-prochain , the coming 

month. [to-morrow. 

Le-sur-lendcmain, day after 



Unspecified 

A-contrctems, unseasonably. A.-, 
A-demeurc, for a continuance. A-< 
A-jamais, for ever. 
A-jo/ir-nommf, at the appoint- A 

ed day. [day. A 

in rant, by break of 
A-la-cojitinue, ) in time, at A 
i last. A 

A" ', with 

the first opportunity. 



Time. 

Vinjini, without end. 
F ordinaire, usually, com- 
monly, [of night. 
-nit it-firm ante, at the fall 
■miit-fmnce, at the close 
of night. [ever. 
•perpetuiti, for ever and 
-point, in time, in the nick 
of time. [of time. 
-point-nomme, in the nick 



APPENDIX, 



2:23 



A-portes-ouvrantes, at the 

opening of the gates. 

Aprh-coup, too late. 

Assez-tdt, soon enough. 

J\-tem$\ in good time. 

AAoui-bout-de-ckamp , ever 
and anon. 

A'to-it-momeni, every minute. 

Aii-cusur-de-F hiver, in the 
^ middle of winter. 

lA-tout-propos, at every turn. 

A-foute^heure, at every turn. 

Au-plus-tard, at the latest. 

Au-plutoi, as soon as possi- 
ble. 

A-sa-poste, to one's liking. 

Au-saut-du-iit , ) at one's up- 

Au-sortir-du-lit, J rising. 

Au-sortir-de-V hiver, at the 
close of winter. 

Au-sortir-de-table, at rising 
from table. 

Avec-Ie-tems, \ in process 

En-suite-de-tems, ) of time. 

Bien-long-tems , very long 
time. [another. 

Bon-an-mal-an, one year with 

Continuemenl, without inter- 
mission. 

Coup-sur-coup, ever and anon. 

Dans-V occasion, when oppor- 
tunity offers. [times. 

Be-bonne-heure, early, be- 

De-hon-matin, \ early in the 

D -: rand-ma- > morning, 
tin, ) betimes. 

D -war, in the day time. 

D -our-en-jour, from day to 
day. 

D> -long-terns, for a long time. 

De-matin, in the morning. 

Dc-mon-vivant, in my life- 
time. 



anew, again. 



De-nouveau, 

Derechef, 

De-nuii, in the night time. 

De-plus-belle, afresh. 

D-prime-abord., \ at first 

Tout-dJahord, / sight. 

De-soir, in the evening. 

Dc-tems-a-autre, now and 
then. [time. 

De-tems-cn-tems, from time to 

De-tous-iems, at all times, 
ever. 

Dlieure-en-heure, hourly. 

D* ordinaire, mostly, most 
times. [time. 

En-attendant, in the mean 

En-attendant-niieuz , till some- 
thing better happens. 

Encore, again. [time. 

En-meme-iems, at the same 

En-plein-jour, in open day. 

En-plcin-midi , at noon-day. 

En~tems-et-li( u , in proper 
time and place. 

En-tout-tems, at all seasons. 

En-un-clin-d' ceil, in the twink- 
ling of an eye. [bly. 

Eort-d-propos , very seasona- 

Jour-ct-nuii , night and day. 

Joumelkment, daily, [times. 

La-plupart-dii-tcm s , m os t 

3Iatin, early. [night. 

Nuitamment (in law), by 

Pas-encore, not yet. 

Plus-tar d, later. 

Pour-jamah, for evermore. 

Pour-lors, then, at that time. 

Pour-toujours, for ever ah I 
ever. 

Pour-un-tcms, for a while. 

Frcsquc-jamais, hardly ever. 

Presqiie-toujours, most com- 
monly. 



224 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE* 



Si-tot, so soon, so sudden. 

Sou-dain t on a sudden, forth- 
with. 

Souvcnt, often. 

Sur-le-soir, towards night. 

Tatit-qiu-h-joiir-durc, as long 
as it is day-light. 

Tr op-tar d, too late. 

Tous-les-deux-j o urs , every 
second day. 

Tous-lesyours, every day. 



Tout-d-point, in the nick of 

time. 
Tout-du-long-de-V annee, 

the year round. 
Tout-le-jour, all day. 
Tout-le-long-dc-la-nuit , 

night long. [l° n g- 

Tout-le-long-dy-jour , all day 
Tout-le-nuit , all night. 
Trop-souvent, too often. 
Tr op-tot, too soon. 



all 



all 



2d. Adverbs of Place. 



the 



A-bas, upon the ground, 
A-cote, by the side. 
A-droite, to the right. 
A-gauche, to the left. 
Ai/leurs, elsewhere. 
A-la-belle-etoile, under 

canopy of heaven. 

la-portee, within reach. 

-Ventour, ) , , 

T . . ' > round about. 

out-autour, ) 

Vexterieur, on the outside. 
-. I 'opposite, over against. 
A-main-droite, to the right 

hand. [hand. 

A-mcrin -gauche, to the left 
^.-moitie-chemin, half way. 
A-prrtc-dc-vuc, as far as one's 

eye can reach. 
A-portee, at hand. 
A-r(z-(/<-c/i(/tfsscc, level with 

the ground. 
A-terre, down. 
Au-dedans, within, inwardly. 
A u-dedan$-et-au-dehorSy a- 

broad and at home. 
Av^dehors, outwardly, in for- 

eign countries. 

< lu-deld, beyond. 
AuhU$$OU$. under. 



Au-dessus, above, beyond. 
Au-loin, a great way off. 
Au-long-et-au-large, far and 

wide. [place. 

Au-meme-endroit , in the same 
Au-sein, in the midst. 
Autrepart, elsewhere. 
Aux-environs, hard by, in the 

vicinity. 
Bas, down. [way. 

Bicn-avant, deep, far, a great 
Bicn-loin, far distant. 
Bien-pres, very near. 
Cd-et-ld, hither and thither. 
Ceans, here, within. 
Ci'dessous, underneath. 
Ci-dcssus, above this. 
Contre-bas, downwards. 
Dans-ce-lieu-fd, ) in that 

Dans-cet-endroit-ld, J place. 
Dwis-ce-meme-evidroit-la, in 

that very same place. 
Dans-les-pays-etr angers, a- 

broad. [neighborhood. 

Dans-le-voisinage, in the 
Au-depd, \ 
lln-dcca, \ on this side. 

Dr-rc-rote-fi, ) 
Depd-et-deld, up and down. 



APPENDIX. 



225 



De-ce-cote-ld, on the other 

side. 
En-deld, out of the way. 
De-cote, sideways, aside. 
D e- cot e-et-d autre, from side 

to side. 

En-dedans, ) . • -, . A , ■ 
r x , 7 > inside, within. 
La-dedans, ) 

De-dessous, from under. 

D'en-bas, from below. 

D } en-haut, from above. 

De-part-et-d' autre, \ on both 

Des-deux-cotes, ) sides. 

De-part-en-part, through. 

De-par-tout, from every quar- 
ter, [whence ? 

De-quel-endroit ? from 

De-plein-pied, on one floor. 

Depuis-lc-haut-jusqrf en-bas , 
from top to bottom. 

Par-derriere, behind. 

D e-t out es-p arts, from all quar- 
ters, on all sides. 

Par-devant, before. 

D'ici-ld, thither. [through. 

D'outre-cn-outre, through and 

Du-dchors, without doors. 

D' un-bout-d-V autre, all over. 

D'un-cote-et-d 'autre, about 
and about. 

En-aucun-endroit, in no place. 

En-cwant, forward. 

En-bas, below. 

En-dehors, ) outside, with- 

Par-dehors, f out. 

En-haut, above, up stairs. 

En-pleinc-mcr , in the open 
sea. 

En-pleine-rue, in the middle 
of the street. 

En-quelquc-part , wherever. 

JusqiCici, as far as this. 

Ici-autour, here about. 



Ici-bas, here below. 

Ici-dessous, under here. 

Ici-dessus, here above. 

Ld-autour, there about. 

Ld-bas, below there, yonder. 

Ld-dessous, under there. 

Ld-dessus, up there. 

Ld-haut, above there. 

Ld-merne, in that very place. 

Ld-porte-joignante, the next 

door to it. 

Nulle-part, no where. 

Par-bas, ) , , 

n r 7 } downwards. 
Par-le-bas, ) 

Par-depd, on this side. 

Par-dedans, through. 

Par-deld, beyond, through 
yonder place. 

Par-dessous, underneath. 

Par-dessus, over. 

Par-devers, by, through. 

Par-en-bas, through the low- 
er part. 

Par-en-kaut, through the up- 
per part. 

Par-haut-et -par-bas, upwards 
and downwards. 

Par-haut, ) , 

Par-le-haut, ) ^ 

Par-ici, this way, through 
this place. [there. 

Par-ici-par-ld, here and 

Par-la, that way, through 
that place. 

Par-ou? which way? through 
where ? 

Par-quel-endroit ? through 
what place? 

Par-terrc, on the ground. 

Par-tout, every where. 

Par-tout-ou, wherever. 

Plus-avant, further. 

Plus-loin, further off. 






226 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



Plus-pres, nearer. 
Plus-pres-d-pres, closer. 
Pres, near. 

Pres-d-pres, close together. 
Proche, hard by, near. 
Sur-la-gauche, on the left 

hand. [part. 

Sur-lc-devant, on the fore 
Sur-te-derriere, on the hinder 

part. 
Tous-les-licux-d? alcntour , all 

places round about. 
Tout-droit, straight along. 



Tout-du-long , all through. 
Tout-le-long , all along. 
Tout-outre, through and 

through. 
Aupres, 
Ici-pres, 
Pres-d'ici, 
Tou t-p res-d' ici, 
Tout-aupres, 
Tout-eontre, 
Tout-proche, 
Trop-avant, too far, too re- 
Vis-d-vis, opposite. [mote. 



hard by, 
just by, 
close by, 
very near. 



3d. Adverbs 

A-bis-et-d-blanc, by fits and 
% starts. 

A-bon-droit, deservedly. 
A-bon-titre, justly. 
A-califourchon, astride. 
A-cheval, on horseback. 
A-cloche-pied, hopping. 
A-caur-jeun,^ 

A-condition, conditionally. 
A-contre-jour, in a false light. 
A-contre-sens , the wrong way. 
A-court, straitened. 
A-couvert, under shelter. 
A -croup itons, squat down. 
A-deeouvert, openly. 
A-drsscin, designedly. 
A-dt '•ur-mains, with both 

hands. 
A-droiture f directly straight. 
A-faitr, falsely. 
A-jleur, even with. 
A-fh ur-d'cau, between wind 

and water. 

A-fond, thoroughly. 
A-force*de t by dint. [force. 
A-forcr-ourcrtc, with open 



of Manner. 

A-gcnoux, kneeling. 
A-grand-bruit, with great 

bustle. 
A-huis-clos, privately. 
A-la-belle-etoile, in the open 

\ air - 
A-la-bonne-foi, sincerely. 

A-la-bonne-heure , fortunately. 

A-Pabri-de, under shelter. 

A-la-derobee, by stealth. 

A-la-face, \ to his face, to 

A-son-nez, > one's face, be- 

En-face, ) fore one's face. 

A-la-Francoise, after tin 

French fashion. [ner. 

A-la-grande, in a grand man- 

A-Paise, easily. 

A-Pimpourvu, ) 
\ v 1 i unawares. 

A-l improvistc, ) 

A-la-Judaique, after the Jew- 
ish fashion. 
A-la-Juive, Jew-like. 
A -la-leg ere, lightly. 
A ~P amiable, amicably. 
A-la-majet/re, by seniorit}'. 
A-la-wode, fashionably. 
A-fa-nagc, by swimming. 



APPENDIX. 



227 



A-V Angloise, after the Eng- 
lish fashion. [fashion. 

A-V antique, after the old 

A-la-paysanne, country-like. 

A-T 'apostolique, holily. 

A-la-raie, one with another. 

A-la-renverse, upon one's 
back, backwards. 

A-la-reserve, except. 

A-la-rigueur, strictly. 

A-la-royale, well seasoned. 

A-V article-de-\ 

la-mort, I dying, at the 

A-la-mort, \ point of 

Au-point-de- I death. 
la-mort, J 

A-la-serpe, in a bungling 
manner. 

A-la-s our dine, privately. 

A-la-Suisse, after the Swiss 
fashion. 

A-la-tr averse, thwartingly. 

A-la-Turque, after the Turk- 
ish fashion. 

A-la-turque, roughly. 

A-Vavenant, proportionably. 

A-Vaventure, at a venture. 

A-la-villageoise, after the 
country fashion. 

A-la-vogue, fashionably. 

A-le-g out-regnant, after the 
reigning fashion. 

A-Vendroit, on the right side. 

A-Venvers, on the wrong side. 

A-Venvi, in emulation. 

A-Vetroit, narrowly. 

A-Vetuvee, stewed. 

A-leur-gre, to their mind. 

A-V example, in imitation. 

A-Vinstar, in the same man- 
ner. 

A-livre-ouvert, extempore. 

A-loisir, leisurely. 



A-V ordinaire, as usual. 

A-Vuni, level. 

A-mon-gre, to my mind. 

A-mort, mortally. 

A-nu, nakedly. 

A-outrance, ) to the last 

A-tout-outrance, ) extremity. 

A-perte, with loss. 

A-perte-oV haleine, out of 
breath. [ly. 

A-pic, apeak, perpendicular- 

A-pied, on foot. 

A-pied-sec, dry shod. [ly. 

A-pies-de-mouckes , scrawling- 

A-plaisir, at pleasure. 

A-plat, plainly. [edly. 

A-plats-couvert, underhand- 

A-plein, fully, entirely. 

A-plein-bras, graspingly. 

A-plein-g osier, at full stretch. 

A-plomb, perpendicularly. 

A-propos-de-rien, without any 
cause. 

A-pur-et-d-plein, to all intents 
and purposes. 

A-qui-mieux-mieux, in emula- 
tion of each other. 

A-raison, at the rate. 

A-rebours. \ 

a i f against 

Au-rebours, > , & 

A-rebrousse-poil, ) ~ 

A-reculons, the wrong way, 

backwards. [tantly. 

A-r egret, grudgingly, reluc- 
A-sa-poste, to one's liking. 
A-sec, dried up, stranded. 
A-son-gre, to his or her mind. 
A-tdtons, groping in the dark. 
A-telle-Jin-que-de-raison, a- 

gainst all events. 
A-tire-larigot , very hard (said 

of drinking). 
A-titre, under color. 



223 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



j. -tort, wrongfully. 
A-tous-coups, at every turn. 
A-tous-egarcls, to all intents 

and purposes. 
A~t out-force, by all means. 
A-toutc-volee, point blank. 
A-tout-prcndre, in the main. 
Au-bcau-milieu, in the very 

midst. [to mouth. 

A u-fur-et-d-mesure, from hand 
Au-depourvu, unprovided, 

napping. 

u 'J on 9 I at the bottom. 

Dans-lc-jond, ) 

Au-manier, by the feel. 

Au-moyen-dc, by means of. 

Au-naturel, to the life. 

Av-ph-aller, | , the ^^ 

A-toute-extre- > i 

mite, j ha PP en - 

Au-regard, with respect to. 

An-respect, in respect. 

Autrement, otherwise. 

Au-vu-et-au-su, in sight of. 

A-vau-Veau, with the stream, 
gone to wreck. 

Avec-clemcnce, clemently. 

Avcc-maturite, maturely. 

Avcc-poich-rt-mesure, with cir- 
cumspection. 

Avec-precision , precisely. 

Avee-rcrison, justly. 

Avec-soin, carefully. 
I r c-vehemenc.e, vehemently. 
ide t empty. f r i cr 1 1 1 . 

A-visagc-decouvert, down- 

.\roir-bcffu, in vain. [line. 

A-rnf-fFoisscm/, in a straight 

A-voire-gre % to your mind. 

A-nte-de-prtys, by iniess. 
A-nir-fFoil^ visibly. 

A-ri(<-<r<>israi/, in a horizon- 
tal li 



A-yeux-clos, blindly. [long. 

Clop in-clopan t, hobbling a- 

Comme-de-raison, as it is just. 

Concurr eminent, in compe- 
tition, [termission. 

D arr ache-pied, without in- 

De-biais, slopingly. 

Dc-bon-caiur, heartily. 

De-bonne-lutte, without ex- 
ception. 

Dc-bon-jeu, ) ~ . , 

De-bonne-guerre, ) c 1 •*' 

De-bonne-foi, sincerely. 

De-bout, up, standing. 

De-bricole, indirectly. 

De-but-en-blanc, bluntly, point 
blank. 

De-cettc-sorte, ) in this man- 

De-la-sorte, y ner. 

De-complot, designedly. 

De-compte-fait, by calcula- 
tion, [way or other. 

De-fagon-ou-d 'autre, some 

De-fortune, by good hap. 

De-gaite-dc-cceur, \\ antonly . 

De-gre, , J 

De-bon-gre, \ willingly. 

De-plcin-gre, ) 

Dc-gre-d-gre, with mutual 
consent. [prepense. 

De-giut-d-pens, with malice 

Dc-guingois, awry, obliquely. 

De+leger, lightjy. 

D-t-necessite, of necessity 

De-nivcau, level with, even. 

De-pair, \ , 

7) ^ > upon the square. 

De-pit d-frnic, without stir- 
ring, [top to toe. 
De-jjii-i r-cap, cap-a-pie, from 
De-point -i n-blanc, point 

blank* [to door. 

De-port (-< ;i-porte, from door 



APPENDIX. 



229 



De-propos-delibere, on set 

purpose* 

De* sang-froid, in cool blood. 

De-sa-tete, ) of his own 

Dc-son-cJief, ) head. 

De-sorte-que. ) .^ , 
■& , * ' > so that. 
±jn-sorte-que, ) 

De-t elle-sort e, in such a man- 
ner. 

De-tous-sens, ) in every 

Dc-tous-les-sens, ) sense. 

De-travers, across. 

De-visu, an eye-witness. 

D' ordinaire, ) usually, 

Pour-ordinaire, ) mostly. 

Du-bon-sens, with the right 
meaning. [another. 

Du-fort-au-foible, one with 

Du-mauvais-sens, with the 
wrong meaning. 

D'une maniere-grossiere, un- 
mannerly. 

En-ami, as a friend. 

En-arriere, in arrear. 

En-badinant, ) a r r 
-r, . . > for a frolic. 

r^n-mant, ) 

Fn-banniere, unfurled. 

En-bateau, in a boat. 

En-beau-c/iemin, in a fair way. 

En-cacheMe, strictly. 

En-carrosse, in a coach. 

En-conformite, in conformity. 

En-droiture, by the direct 

road. 

En-fraude, deceitfully. 

En-friche, untilled, fallow. 

En-grand, in a large size. 

En-haine, out of spite. 

En-paix, peaceably. 

En-pantoufes, at one's ease. 

En-particulier , especially. 

En-perce, broached, [court. 

En-pleine-audiencc, in open 

20 



En-pleine-paix, in the midst 
of peace. 

En-pointe, point-wise. 

En-public, publicly. 

En-pur •e-perte, in vain. 

En-qualite-de-prince, as being 
a prince. 

En-raison, in a ratio. 

En-recompense, in return. 

En-regne, in vogue. 

En-repos, quietly. 

En-reserve, in store. 

En-rev anche,to make amends. 

En-ridicule, as a laughing- 
stock. 

En-secret, secretly. 

En-spectacle, exposed to pub- 
lic scorn. 

En-substance, summarily. 

En-sursaut, suddenly, in a 
start. 

En-suspens, in suspense. 

En-tapinois, slyly. 

En-temoin-de-quoi, in testi- 
mony whereof. 

En-triomplie, triumphantly. 

En-tumulte, tumultuously. 

En-un, in one, together. 

En-vain, to no purpose. 

E-rcgione (with printers), in 
register. 

Fort-bien, very well. 

Fort-et-ferme , sto lit! y . 

Fort-mal, very wrongj 

Gentimcnt, neatly, prettily. 

Haut-d-la-main , with a high 
hand. 

Inccssammcnt, in cessan t ' y . 

La-guevie-jenfarifiee, blunder- 
ingly and confidently. 

Lanturlu, contemptuously. 

Mal-en-point , at an ill pass. 

Mal-volontiers, unwittingly. 



230 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



Xutamment, especially. 
Xitonent, without dissimula- 
tion. 
Par-abstraction, abstractedly. 

Par-accident. ) , , 

n . ' \ by chance. 

Par-avcnlurc, ) J 

Par-astuce, by craft. 

Par-bonheur, happily. 

Par-cxemple, for instance. 

Par-hasard, accidentally. 

Par-inadvertence, inadver- 
tently. 

Par-indivis, jointly. 

Par-megarde, by oversight. 

Par-mepris, by mistake. 

Par-occasion, occasionally. 

Pour-badiner, in jest. 

Pour-cet-effet, to that end. 

Pour-rire, in joke. 

Pro-forma, for form's sake. 

Purement-et-simplement , with- 
out any reserve or con- 
dition, [thing. 

Ric-d-ric, exactly, to a far- 

Rien-de-saillant, nothing 
striking. 

Rien-moins, nothing less. 



Rien-moins-que-cela, quite 
another thing. 

Roide, swift. [business. 

Rompu-aux-aff aires, used to 

Sain-et-sauf, safe and sound. 

Sciemment, wittingly. 

Serre-dt-douleur , oppressed 
with grief. 

Sous-lt-manteau, privately. 

Sous-mains, underhand. 

Sur-le-champ , on the spot, ex- 
tempore, off hand. 

Tete-pour-tete, full butt. 

Tout-au-long , at full length. 

Tout-d-point , seasonably. 

Tout-court, bluntly. 

Tout-de-bon, in good earnest. 

Tout-de-go, without ceremo- 
ny, [blood. 

Tout-en-sang, covered with 

Tout-franc, freely. 

Tout-froidement, coldly. 

Tout-haut, boldly, aloud. 

Tout-net, plainly. 

Tout-plat, flatly. [jaded. 

Tout-rompu-de-fatigue, quite 

Tout-uni, all of one color. 



A-grands-pas, 

stride's. 

A-la-flc, ) one after 

Queue-d-qiteue, j another. 
A-/a-/in, finally, at the last. 
A-la-rond<\ nil round. 
A-Tavenir, for the future. 
A-nuritiS-chemiii, half way. 
Apr&s-quoi, after which. 
A-t on r-d< -rolr, in one's turn. 
Atten€mt i next to. 
Auparavant, before. 



4th. Adverbs of Order. 
with great 



Au-bout-dit-comptr , after all. 
Au-cont retire, I on the con- 
A u-rebours , $ t r a r v . 
Au-demeurant,as for the rest. 
Au-prea!ablc, previously. 

7^ \ ' ! as for the rest. 
Ue-reste, \ 

Bord-d-bord, alongside, even 

with. 

Beut-d-bout. tacked together. 



Bref, 



En-abrcge, 



briefly, in short. 



APPENDIX. 



231 



up 



hill, 



up 



the 



Ci-dessus, aforesaid, 
Cote-d-cote, 
De-front, J> abreast. 
De-rang, 
Contrc-mont 
river. 

D'avance. ) , ,. * , 

P- > beforehand. 
ar-avance, ) 

D'autrepart, on the other 
hand. 

D'emblee, at the first onset. 

D' entree, at first. • 

De-fond-en-comble, to the 
very ground. 

De-la-meme-maniere, in the 
same manner. [sides. 

De-part-et-d! autre, on both 

De-proclie-en-proche, close af- 
ter one another. 

^ , ' f orderly, with or- 

En-orare, > j • j 

D 7 I der, in order. 

Par-ordre, J 

De-suite, in succession. 

Du-petit-au-grand, one with 

another. 

Du-premier-coup , at the first. 

Encore-un-coup , once more. 



En-dernier-lieu, in the last 

place. [instance. 

En-dernier-res sort, in the last 
En-fin, at length. 
En-petit, in short. 
En-premier -lieu, &c, in the 

first place. 
En-rond, in a ring. 
Entre-ci-et-ld, between this 

and that. 
Et-le-reste, et caetera, or &lc. 
Face-d-face, \ 
Nez-d-nez, > face to face. 
Tete-d-tete, ) 

Feuille-d-feuille, leaf by leaf. 
File-d-la-file, file after file. 
Goutte-d-goutte, drop by drop. 
IJun-apres-V autre, one after 

the other. 
Par-tete, man by man. 
Plus-avant, further. 
Pour-conclusion, to conclude. 
Premierement, &c, firstly. 
Puis, then, afterwards. 
Tete-pour-tete, one for the 

other. 
Tour-d-tour, by turns. 



5th. Adverbs of Contusion. 



Ab-hoc-ct-ab-hac, at random. 

A-depechc-compagnon, with- 
out quarter. 

A-V abandon, in confusion. 

A-la-debandade, helter-skel- 
ter, [ed. 

A-plate- couture, utterly rout- 

A-rebours, the wrong way. 



A-vau-de-route, in disorder. 

Pele-mele, pell-mell. [vy. 

Sens-dessus-dessous , topsy-tur- 

Sens-devant-derriere, the cart 
before the horse, prepos- 
terously. 

Tout-rebours, all the wrong 
way. 



6th. Adverbs of Rashness. 

A-la-chaudc, in the 



A-boulc-vue, rashly. 
A-corps-perdu, desperately. 
A-coup-perdu, at random. 



heat of 
passion. [head. 

A-la-desesperadc, hand over 



232 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



A-la-legere, inconsiderately. 
A-Vavcnture, at a venture. 
A-la-volee, inconsiderately. 
A-Vetourdie, heedlessly. 
k-t or t-et-d-tr avers , at random. 



A-t out-has ard, at all events. 
Au-hasard, at random. 
Nonchalamment, carelessly. 
Tete-baissee, headlong. 
Tout-au-rien, neck or nothing. 



7th. Adverbs of Haste. 



Subitcmcnt, \ suddenly, 

Tout-d-coup, > all of a 

Tout-d' un-coup , J sudden. 

A-la-hdte, in a hurry. 

Allegro (in music), briskly, 
quickly. 

A-tire-d'aile, very swiftly. 

A-toute-bride, full speed. 

A-travers-les-choux, inconsid- 
erately, [ble. 

Au-plus-fort , as fast as possi- 



Au-plus-vite, ) with all 

En-toute-diligence, ) speed. 

D'ardeur, eagerly. 

En-courant, ) • , 

^ 7-7- } in haste. 

En-diligence, ) 

En-pantenne, in a hurry. 

Ex-abrupto, out of hand. 

Promptement, quickly. 

ViUment,} ( V lick > hT ' lskl y- 



8th. Adverbs of Moderation. 



Largo° } ( in music )> slowl y- 
A-Vetroit, sparingly. 
A-longuc-main, by gentle 

means. 
Andante (in music), gently. 
A-petit-bruit, gently. 
Au-fur-et-d- } 

mesure, f , , 
Petit-d-pctit, \ ^ de S rees - 
Peu-d-peu, / 



La-la, come softly. 
Par-fois, now and then. 
Pas-d-pas, slowly, step by 

step. 
Piano, gently, softly. 
Pied-a-pied, gradually. 
Tout-bas, softly, in a whisper. 
Tout-beau, ) 

Tout-bellemcnt , f softlv, 
Tout-douccment, ( gently. 
Tout-dour, ) 



9th. Adverbs of Difficulty. 



A-rontrc-coeur, against one's 

will. 
A-contrb-gri. \ 

A-r r l,ro,L- t ,oil, J*** gram. 

A-ror-< t-d-rri y by hue and crv. 
A-fortc-ouvcrt, \ by main 
Di-hdutt-hittc, J force. 



A-grand-pcine, with much 
ado. 

A-peine, with difficulty. 

A»regret 9 against one's con- 
sent, [might. 

A-tour-dr-bras, with all one's 

A-tout-rcstv, with might and 
main. 



APPENDIX. 



233 



Au-defaut, for want of. 
Bon-gre-mal-gre, whether one 

will or not. [will. 

Contre-mon-gre, against my 
Contre-vcnt-et-maree, against 

wind and tide, [deal with. 
De-difficile- convention, hard to 



De-force, I b force _ 
Jfar-jorce, ) J 
De-vive-force, with main 

strength. 
En-clef aut, at fault. 
Mal-aisement, with much ado. 



] Odi. Adverbs 

A-la-fois, at once. 

A-la-foule, ) . , 

j^ x j ' > in a crowd. 
En-joule, ) 

A- plate- couture, totally, ut- 

v ter1 ^ 
A-pur-et-d-plein, entirely. 

De-tout-blanc, totally. 

De-toutes-manieres , all ways. 

En-general, in general. 

En-gros, by wholesale. 

Ensemble, together. 



of Collection. 

Tout, quite. 

Tout-d-fait, wholly, entirely 

De-plein-saut, 

Tout-d' un-saut , 

Tout-cVune-tirade 

Tout-d'une-tire, 

Tout-d'un-train, 

Tout-d-la-fois , all together. 

Tout-de-suite, in one breath 

Tout-en-gros, in all. 

Y-cornpris, inclusive. 



all at a 

stretch, 

all at 

once. 



11th. Adverbs of Separation. 



A-cela-pres, that excepted. 
A-la-reserve, except. 
A-Vecart, out of the way, on 

one side. 
A-V exclusion , excluded. 
A-part, by one's self, apart. 
A-quartier, aside. 
Arrierc, away, avaunt. 



En-detail, by retail. 
En-partie, partly, in part. 
Excepte, \ 

Ote, > save, except. 

Sin on, ) 
Sur-et-tant-moins, in part, on 

account. 
Tant-soit-peu, ever so little. 



12th. Adverbs of Quality. 



A-fond, thoroughly. 

A-merveille, ) in 

; . 7 ' > extremely well. 
A-miracle, ) J 

A-peindre, excellently well. 

A-ravir, charmingly. 

Avec-clemence, clemently. 

Au-grand-teint, dyed in grain. 

20* 



Au-pctit-tcint, dyed 

piece. 
Au-supreme-dcgre, 

highest degree. 
Couci-couci, ) 
La-la, ) 

Chaud, hot, warm 



the 



the 



so so. 



234 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



D' athlete, very stout. 

Dc-bonnt-condition,we\\-born. 

JJr-bonnc-vcnte, of ready sale. 

Vr-srns-ixissis, with sound 
judgment. 

Entre-le-zist-et-lc-zest, indif- 
ferently. 

Fort-bien, very good. 

Fort-mal, very bad. 

Gras-d-lard, very fat. 



Ni-bien-ni-mal, neither good 

nor bad. 
Par-excellence, excellently. 
Par-malice, maliciously. 
Pas-trop-bon, none too good. 
Qui-est-de-saison, in season. 
Qui-n ' est-pas-de-saison, not 

in season. 
Tant-bon-que-mauvais , good 

and bad together. 



13th 

A-bon-marche, ) very 

Au-grand-marche, } cheap. 

A-la-pareille, I shall be even 
with you. 

A-peu-pres, nearly, almost. 

Approchant, nearly. 

Avec-plus-de-detail, more cir- 
cumstantially. 

A-vil-prix, at a low price. 

Commc-cela, like this, or that. 

D ) autant-mieux, ) so much 

Tant-mieux, ) the better. 

D'autant-moins, so much the 
less. 

D' aut ant-plus , so much the 
more. 

Dc-bcauconp, by much. 

t\ i ( worse and 

De-mal-cn-pis, \ 
n . • < worse, 

Dc-pis-cn-pis, 1 ..„ ' 
r r ' \ still worse. 



Adverbs of Comparison. 



De-mieux-en-mieux, better and 
better. 

Du-petit-au-grand, to com- 
pare small things with great. 

De-plus-belle, more than ever. 

En-pareil-cas, in a similar 
case. 

Non-plus-ultra, the utmost. 

Pis-que-jamais, worse than 
ever. 

Quasi, almost. 

Tant-et-si-peu-que, as much 
and as little as. 

Tant-pis, so much the worse. 

Tant-s' en-faut-que, so far 
from. 

Tout-aussi, every whit. 

Tout-autant, quite as much. 

Trop-cher, too dear. 

Trop-peu, too little. 



14th. Adverbs of Quantity. 

A-forcc-dc-plciircr, by dint of 



A-baugc, in plenty. 

A-dcmi, by halves. 

A-foison. ) , . r n 

r , • . > plentifully. 

A-pn nit -s-inains, ) l J 

A-furcc-rft-hoire, by hard 

drinking. [of arm. 

A-fori(-(l(-bras, by strength 



crying. 
A-la-tdche, by the job. [bly. 
A-P equipollent, proportiona- 
A-Pinfni, vastly. 
A-mi-clumin, half way. 
A-mi-corps, half length. 



APPENDIX. 



335 



> at the least. 



A-mi-jambe, to the middle of 

the leg. 
Au-moins, 
A-tout-le-moins , 
Du-moins, 
Pour-lc-moins, 
Tout-au-moins , 
Tout -du-moins , 
A-moins, for less. 
A-peu-de-choses-pres, al most. 
A-p^u-pres, nearly. 
A-plein, fally. 
A-poigaees, by handfuls. 
A-revcndre, enough and to 

spare. 
A-seaux, ) as hard as it can 
A -verse, ) pour. 
A-suffisance, sufficiently. 
A-tout-rompre, at the utmost. 
A-vide, empty. 
Aii-plus, ) 

Tout-au-plus, ) 
Au-prorata, proportion ably. 
Au-quadruple, four times as 

much. [rest. 

Au-surplus, moreover, for the 
But-d-but, even, equal. 
D'abondant, over and above. 
B'avantagc, more. 
De-plus, over and above. 
De-plus -en-plus, more and 

more. 
De-point-en-point, to the full. 
Dt-reste, more than enough. 
En-abondance, in plenty. 
En-bloc-et-cn-tdche, by the 

lump. 



at most. 



En-grand, at full length. 
En-grand-nombre, in great 

numbers. [quantity. 

En-grand-quantite, in great 
En-peu-de-mots , briefly. 
Fait-d-fait, in proportion. 
Force, a great many. 
Gratis, for nothing. 
Haie-au-bout, something to 

boot. 
H-y-a-plus , more than that. 
Le-moins-du-monde, ever so 

little. [nor less. 

Ni-plus-ni-moins , neither more 
Non-pair, odd. 
Par-dessus-le-marche, to boot, 

into the bargain. 
Pas-beaucoup, not much. 
Peu-s'en-faut, there wants but 

little. 
Pour-moins, for less. 
Qui-plus-qui-moins , some 

more, some less. 
Si-peu-que-rien, very little. 
Tant-d-tant, even (at cards, 

&c.) 
Tant-par-tete, so much a- 

piece. [empty. 

Tant-plein-que-vide, full or 
Tant-plus-que-moins, there- 
about. 
Tant-soit-peu, ever so little. 
Tout-au-plus, at the most. 
Trop-est-trop, too much of 

one thinor i s good for noth- 



15th. Adverbs of Number. 



Par-centaines^ 

A-milliers, by millions, pro- 
fusely. 



rmes, > in great 
ntaines, J numbers. 



Bien-de-fois, very often. 
Cent-mille-fois , innumerable 

times. 
Mille-fois, very often. 



236 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



Numtriquement , in exact 

number. 
Par-fois, at times. 
Plusicurs-fois, several times. 



Tant-de-fois, so many times. 
Trois-fois, thrice. 
Vingt-fois, twenty times. 
Une-fois, &c., once. 



16th. Adverbs of Affirmation. 



in 



A-bon-cscient, willingly, 

good earnest. 
Absolument, by all means. 
Absolumcnt-parlant, in the 

main. 
A-ce-compte-ld, it being so. 

A-coup-sur, ) , . . t 

P r « ' > most certainly. 
our-sur, ) J 

A-dire-vrai, ) to speak 

A-nc-point-mentir, J the truth. 

A-la-bonne-foi , ) honestly, 

En-bonne-foi, J truly. 

A-la-bonne-heure, well and 

good. 
-d-/'av«race, already. 
A-la-verite, it is true, indeed. 
J-propos, now I think of it. 
A-pur-et-d-plein , to all intents 

and purposes. 
A-savoir, that is to say. 
Assertivemcnt, affirmatively. 
A-tous-egards, to all intents 

and purposes. [vents. 

•toi/t-evenement, at all e- 

■toitte-force, by all means. 
Au-fond, in reality, in the 

main. [so. 

A uyuste, the lowest price, just 
A itssi-fot-dit-ai/ssi-tdt-fait, no 

sooner said than done. 
At/-rrm\ truly, for certain. 
fo-tra, that will do. 
( 1 ertainement J certainly. 
Certes, to be sure, truly. 
D' accord, agreed. [ing?y< 
l)<-honnc-volontc , very will- 
De-fait, in reality. 



;! 



De-fait-et-de-fait, indeed and 

in truth. 
De-point-en-point , completely. 
De-tovt-blanc, totally. 
En-conscience, conscientious- 
ly, indeed. 
En-effet, really, in fact. 
En-Ji lagrant-delit , in the act. 
En-liomme-de-bonne-foi, as an 

honest man. 
En-verite, in truth. 
Immanquable- \ 

ment, > infallibly. 

Infailliblement , j [ly. 

Incontestablement, undoubted- 
Indubitablement, indubitably. 
Le-voild, there he is. 
Memement, likewise. [ly. 

Nommemcnt, namely, especi a l- 
Notamment, particularly, e- 

specially. 
Oui-dd, ay, ay marry. 
Oui-en-verite, ) yes, indeed ; 
Oifi-r raiment, ) yes, truly. 
Par-consequent, consequently. 
Qui-pis-rst, what is worse. 
Si, ) 

Si-fait, F es - 

Soit, let it be so, I agree to it. 
Tope, done, agreed. 
Toitt-d-fait, quite, entirely. 
Tout-courant, readily. 
Toui-roule-ld-dessus, that is 

the main point. 
Voild-Vitem, that is the main 

point. 
Volontiers, willingly. 



APPENDIX. 



237 



17th. Adverbs of Negation. 



by 



no 



m 
no wise. 



En-aucune-fagon, 

means. 
En-nulle-maniere, ) 
Nullement, j 

SRe, \ 

Nenni, \ not. 

Nenni-pas, ) 
Nenni-dd, no indeed. 
Ne Jamais, never, [nor wrong. 
Ni-bien-ni-mal, neither right 



Ni-moi-non-plus, nor I nei- 
ther. 

Non-seulement, not only. 

Nulle-part, no where. 

Pas-tant-que-de-merveille, not 
over much. 

Pas-trop-bon, none too good. 

Point-de-tout, not at all. 

Rien-moins, nothing less. 



18tb. Adverbs of Doubt. 



Ce!a-se-peut } that may be. 
En-aucune-fagon-que-ce-soit, 

however it may be. 
Le-cas-avenant, in case it 

happens. 
Par-hasard, by chance. 



Peut-etre, perhaps. 
Si-jamais, if ever. 
Si-le-cas-y-echet, if there be 

occasion. 
Si-tant-est-que, if so be that. 



19th. Adverbs 

A-moins-de-cela, otherwise. 
A-plus-forte-raison, much 

more, much less. 
Avant-toutes-c hoses, before 

all things. 
Bien-loti ! a fine choice truly ! 



of Choice, 

D aid ant-mi eux , so much the 

rather. 
D'aut ant-plus, so much the 

more. [ever. 

Plus-que-jamais, more than 
Sur-tout, above all. 



20th. Adverbs of Interrogation. 



A-cPautres 1 do you take me! La-oil 1 where ? when ? 

| Pair-ou-non ? even or odd ? 
I Par-oil ? which way ? 
P ar-quel-endroit ? through 

what place ? 
Pourquoi-non ? why not ? 
Que ? how much ? 
Qui-va-ld ? 
Qui-vive ? 



for a fool? 
A-quoi-bon ? to 
Combien-de-fois 1 
Depuis-quand 1 

since ? 
De-quel-cndroit ? 
Jusqucs-a-quand ? how long 1 
Jusqu'ou ? how far ? 



[pose ? 
what pur- 
how often ? 
how long 
[whence ? 
from 



}. 



;ho is there ? 



238 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE- 



PREPOSITIONS. 

In the following list, both simple and compound prepo- 
sitions are included, that the pupil may see what case they 
govern. To determine whether the first class govern the 
genitive or ablative, see if the noun which precedes de be- 
longs, in any sense, to the noun which follows it in the sen- 
tence. Thus, in La maison de mon pere, the house of my 
father, maison belongs to per e, and pere is in the genitive 
case. In Autour de sa personne, about his person, lour is a 
noun belonging in some sense to personne. The author 
always teaches his pupils to resolve compound words, of all 
sorts, into their elements ; but when teachers do not so, it 
will be better to consider those only in the genitive which 
can be rendered by the English possessive case ; thus, in 
the first example given above, La maison de mon pere, my 
father's house. 



1st. Prepositions governing the Genitive or 
Ablative. 

A la faveur de, by means of. 

A rinsu de, without the 

knowledge of, unknown to. 



De, of, from, by, with, (and, 
before an infinitive mode,) 
to. 

Autour de, about, round. 

A cause de, because of, on ac- 
count of. 

A cause de vous, de lui, d'elle, 
de nous, &x., on your, his, 
her, our, &,c, account. 

A cote de, aside, by. 

A convert de, free, secure, or 
screened from. 

A fieur de, close to, even with. 

A mains de, under. 

A force de, by dint of. 

4 rais&n de, at the rate of. 
tabri de, at the rate of. 
Tigal de 9 in comparison of. 

A tigard dc, with regard to, 
with respect to, as to, con- 
cerning. 



i 



la maniere de, 
la mode de, 



A V opposite de, 



in or after 
the man- 
ner or 

fashion of. 

over 

orainst. 



' > on this side. 



Vis a vis de, 

Au defd de, 

En deed de, 

Au dcld de, on that side, 

the other side. 
Au dehors de, out, without. 
Au dessus dc, above, over, 

upon. [beneath. 

An dessous dc, under, below, 
An decant dc, before. 
{Alter au (levant de, to go to 

meet.) [back part of. 

Au derricrc dc, behind, at the 



APPENDIX. 



239 



Au dedans de, in, within. 

Au lieu de, instead of. [of. 

Au milieu de, in the middle 

A ., ( in com- 

Au pnx de, \ 

^ r * -, j < parison 

Jbn cornparaison de, j r . , 

Aux environs de, about, round 

about. 
En suite de, after. 
Faute de, for want of. [off. 
A la hauteur de (sea term), 



near. 



Hors de, out of. 

Le long de, along. 

Loin de, far from. 

Pres or proche de, ) 

Aupres de, ) 

Pour V amour de moi, de lui, 
dlelle, de vous, &c, for my 
sake, for his, her, your 
sake, &lc. [by. 

Tout aupres de, close, hard 

A Vepreuve de, proof against. 



2d. Prepositions governing the Dative 

A, to, at. [pursuant. 

Conformement, according, 
Jusqu'd, ) till, until, even 
Jusques a, / to, as far as, to. 



Par rapport a, with respect 

to, on account of. 
Quant a, as for, as to. 



3d. Prepositions governing the Accusative. 



Apres, after. 

D'apres, after, according to. 

Avant, before. 

Avec, with. 

A travers, across, through. 

Chez, in, to, at, among. 

Chez moi, chez toi, chez lui, 

chez elle, chez nous, &,c, at 

or to my, thy, his, her our, 

&,c, house. 
Contre, against. 
Dans, in, into, within. 
Depuis, since, from. 
Derriere, behind. 
Des, from. 
Devant, before. 
De dessus, from the top. 
De des sous, from under, from 

beneath. 
Durant, during. 
En, in, into, like, as a, at. 
Entre, between. 



Envers, towards, with regard 
to. 

Environ, about. 

Excepte, } 

Hors, > except, but, save. 

Hormis, ) 

Moyennant, for, provided. 

Nonobstant, ) notwithstand- 

Malgre, ) ing, in spite of. 

Outre, beside. 

Par, by, through. 

Par depd, on this side. 

Par deld, on that side. 

Par derriere, behind. 

Par dessus, above, over. 

Par dessous, under, below. 

Parmi, among. 

Pendant, during, for. 

Pour, for, (and, before an in- 
finitive,) to. 

Sans, without. 

Sauf, saving, but, without. 



240 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE* 



Scion, ) ,. 

c , . ' > according to. 

Suivant, ) te 

Sous, under. 



Sur, upon, about. 

Touchant, concerning, about. 

Vers, towards, to. 



CONJUNCTIONS. 

The following list contains the simple as well as the com- 
pound conjunctions, arranged in three classes, that the pupil 
may see what mode of the verb usually follows them : — 

1st. Conjunctions which require the Infinitive 
Mode after them. 



Afin de, in order to. 

A moins de, or ) , 
\ . ' 7 > unless. 
A moins que de, ) 

Avant de, or ) 

Avant que de* ) 

Au lieu de, instead of. 

De craintc de, or ) c r c 
r> n ' } for fear of. 

JJe pair de, ) 



before. 



Excepte de, except to. 
Faute de, for want of. 
Jusqu'd, to that degree that, 

till. 
Loin de, far from. 
Plutot que de, rather than. 



2d. Conjunctions which require the Indicative 
Mode after them. 



A insi que, as. 

Taut ainsi que, just as. 

Apris que, after that, after. 

A cause que, ) x 

7> ■ ' > because. 

Jrarce que, ) 

A ce que, according as or to. 

A condition que, on or upon 
condition that. [as, as. 

A mesure que, in proportion 

Au Urn f/itr, whereas. 

J)h k moment que, the mo- 
ment that. 



as soon as. 



Aussi long terns que, as long 

as. 
Aussi loin que, as far as. 
Aussitot que, 
D'abord que, 
Des que, 
Si tot que, 
Attendu que, considering that, 

seeing that. 
Com me, or ) 
En tant que, j 



* This is now little used. 



APPENDIX. 



241 



I in such a 
manner 
that, so 
that, so. 



Defagon que, 

De maniere que 

De sorte que, 

Si bien que, 

Trllrment que, 

Depuis que, ever since, since. 

Puisque, since. 

Dz me me que, even as. 

D'ou vient que, how comes it 

to pass that, why. 
Lersque, I ^ ' 
Qurrnd, ) 
Mm$, bat. 

Quire que, beside that. 
A peine — que, hardly or 

scarcely — but or when. 

Pendant que, ) ,-, 
rjy ,. * / while. 
1 anais que, I 



Petit etre, perhaps. 

/. 7 ' „ } though. 
Quand me me, ) a 

Scion que, ) ,. 

c « . 2 . > according as. 

ibutvanl que, ) s 

Tant que, as long as. 

Que — le — ne, than, only. 

A ut ant que, as much as. 

J}' a ut ant que, whereas, for so 

much as, since. 
D^autant plus que, so much 

the more, or the more, — as. 
Tout que, for all that. 
Tout«fois, yet, nevertheless. 
Toutes lesfois que, every tune, 

as often as, whenever. 
Si hah que, except that. 
Si, if, in case, whether. 



3d. Conjunctions which require the Subjunctive 
Mode after them. 



Pour 



n que, j 
ur que, \ 



that, in order 
that, to the 
end that. 
Avant que* before. 
Au or en cas que, in case that, 

if, suppose that. 
A nioins que,* ) 
Ezdepte que, f unless, ex- 
Si ce n'est que, C cept. 
Que — ne, ) 

JMen que, \ though, al- 

Encore que, > though, for 
Quoique, ) all that, as. 
De crainte que* ) lest, for 
J)e peur que, ) fear. 
Dieu veuille que, God grant. 



Piaise or plut a Dim que, 

please God, or would to 

God. [forbid. 

A Dieu ne pla'se que, God 

Ho rm is que, I save that, nn- 

Hors que, j less, except. 

Jusqu'd ce que* till, until. 

Loin que, far from. 

ir . ( save that, 

Moyennant que, J 'A A 

Pourvu que, i S. 

Nohobstant que, notwith- 
standing that. 

Pour pen que, how little so- 
ever, however little. 

Sans que, without that. 



* These conjunctions require the negation ne before the verbs fol- 
lowing them : Ex. 

A moins qu'*7 nn lefasse, Unless he does it 

De crainte, or de peur quit's ne clcuncnt, For fear or lest they come 

21 



242 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



8oit que, whether, — or. 
Supposons que, suppose, let 

us suppose that. 
Tant s'enfaut queje, I am so 

far from. 



Tant s' enfant quHl or elle, he 
or she is so far from. 

Tant s'tn faut que nous or 
vous, we or you are so far 
from. 



LIST OF PHRASES 

IN WHICH THE NOUN FOLLOWS THE VERB WITHOUT AL- 
LOWING ANY ARTICLE BETWEEN THEM. 



This list, also, the pupil should learn as a substitute for 
miscellaneous phrases. 



Acheter chat en poche, to buy 
a pig in a poke. 

Ajonterfoi, to give credit, to 
believe. [dently. 

Aller pie a pie, to act pru- 

Aller vent large, to sail with 
a fresh wind. 

Aller terre a tcrre, to coast, 
to sail along shore. 

Avoir acces, to have free ac- 
cess to. 

Avoir affaire, to have to do, 
to have business with. 

Avoir appvtit, to have an ap- 
petite. 

Avoir attention, to attend. 

Avoir avis, to have notice. 

Avoir beau, to try in vain. 

Avoir bran roitrir, to run in 
vain. [in vain. 

a 1 voir (xau travaillcr, to work 

Avoir bee tt onglvs, to be 
sharp, to know how to 
defend one's self. 

Amir besoin, to have need of. 



Avoir bon appetit, to have a 
good appetite. 

Avoir bon bee, to be a prat- 
tler, to speak well. 

Avoir bon visage, to look 
over. 

Avoir carte blanche, to have 
full power. 

Avoir chaud, to be hot or 
warm. 

Avoir compassion, to compas- 
sionate, to commiserate. 

Avoir confiance, to repose 
confidence in. 

Avoir connoissancc, to have 
knowledge of. 

Avoir cours, to be in fashion. 

Avoir coutume, to be in the 
habit of. 

Avoir dessein, to have a de- 
sign, to intend. 

Avoir droit, to have a right. 

Avoir egard, to pay attention 
to, to take into considera- 
tion, to have respect for. 



APPENDIX. 



243 



Avoir envie, to have a mind, 

to have a fancy for. 
Avoir esperance, to have hope. 
Avoir f aim, to be hungry. 
Avoir froid, to be cold. 
Avoir gain de cause, to carry 

the cause. 
Avoir grand appetit, to have 

a good appetite. 
Avoir grand 1 f aim, to be very 

hungry. [thirsty. 

Avoir grand? soif, to be very 
Avoir grand? soin, to have 

special care. 
Avoir grand? tort, to be very 

much in the wrong. 
Avoir honte, to be ashamed. 
Avoir horreur, to shudder 

with horror. 
Avoir justice, to have justice. 
Avoir lieu, to have room, to 

take place. 
Avoir mal au bras, to have a 

pain in one's arm. 
Avoir mal au cote, to have a 

pain in one's side. 
Avoir mal aux dents, to have 

the tooth-ache. 
Avoir mal a Tepaule, to have 

a pain in one's shoulder. 
Avoir mal au nez, to have a 

sore nose. 
Avoir mal a Voreille, to have 

the ear-ache. 
Avoir mal aux pieds, to have 

sore feet. 
Avoir mal a la tete, to have 

the headache. 
Avoir mal au ventre, to have 

the bellyache. 
Avoir mal aux yeux, to have 

sore eyes. [jealous. 

Avoir martel en tete, to be 



Avoir obligation, to be obli- 
gated, [opportunity. 

Avoir occasion, to have an 

Avoir ordre, to have orders. 

Avoir part, to have a share, 
to be concerned in. 

Avoir patience, to have pa- 
tience, [fear 

Avoir peur, to be afraid, to 

Avoir permission, to have 
leave. [to pity. 

Avoir pitie, to have pity on, 

Avoir plein pouvoir, to have 
full power. 

Avoir pratique, to have cus- 
tom, to have free inter- 
course with the natives, to 
have practice. 

Avoir querelle, to have a 
quarrel. 

Avoir raison, to be in the 
right. 

Avoir rapport, to have rela- 
tion to. 

Avoir soif, to be thirsty. 

Avoir soin, to take care, to 
look to. 

Avoir sujet, to have reason. 

Avoir tort, to be in the wrong. 

Avoir tout pouvoir, to be at 
full liberty. 

Avoir vent arriere, to have 
the wind aft. 

Avoir vent debout, to have 
the wind right ahead. 

Avoir vent et marec, to sail 
with wind and tide. 

Avoir vingt ans, to be twenty 
years old. 

Battre monnoie, to coin. 

Boire sonneur, to drink hard. 

Brusquer fortune, to be a for- 
tune-hunter. 



244 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



Chanter 

pontiles, 
Chanter go- 



to call names, 
to abuse, to 
rail with foul 
gtattes, ) language. 

Chanter matines, to sing mat- 
ins. 

Chanter vepres, to sing ves- 
pers. 

Chereher chicane, to cavil. 

Chereher fortune, to seek 
one's fortune. 

Chereher qmretk, to pick a 
quarrel. 

Chereher malheur, to seek 
misfortune, to seek misery. 

Chereher midi a quatorze 
heures, to seek a knot in a 
bulrush. [quarrel. 

Chereher noise, to pick a 

Corriger magnificat a ma- 
tines, to blame without 
reason. 

Con per cours, to stop the 
course. 

Courir meme bora 7 , to stand 
on the same tack. 

Courir risque, to run the 
risque. [for help. 

Crier misericorde, to cry out 

Crier vengeance, to call for 
revenge. [audience. 

Demander audience, to ask an 

Demander avis, to ask advice. 

Demander caution, to ask se- 
curity, to ask bail. 

Demander eompte, to require 

an account. [vice. 

Demander conseii, to ask ad- 
Demander grdce, to ask par- 
don, [justice. 
Demander justice, to seek for 
Demander pardon, to beg par- 
don. 



Demander quartier, to beg 
quarter. 

Demaneler raison, ^ to de- 

Demander seitis- > mandsat- 
f action, ) isfaction. 

Demcurer con f us, to be a- 
bashed. 

Denaturer son bien, to con- 
vert one's estate into mon- 
ey. _ 

Devenir gros monsieur, to be- 
come a great man. 

Dire matines, to say matins. 

Dire vepres, to say vespers. 

Donner atteinte, to strike at. 

Donner audience, to give au- 
dience. 

Donner avis, to give advice, 
to let one know. 

Donner beau j en, to give fair 
play. [battle. 

Donner bataillc, to fight the 

Donner cai~riere a son esprit, 
to give one's wit full scope. 

Donner caution, to give bail. 

Donner conge, to give leave, 
to give a holiday. 

Donner carte blanche, to give 
full power and liberty. 

Donner charge, to charge 
one. 

Donner conseil, to give advice. 

Donner courage, to encourage. 

Donner cours, to bring a thing 
into fashion. 

Donnir aide, to remind, to 
set one agog. [ample. 

Donner example, to set an c\- 

Donncr fond, to cast anchor. 

Donner gain de cause, to yield. 

Donner Inure, to appoint an 
hour. 

Donner jour, to fix a day. 



APPENDIX. 



245 



Donncr legon, to give a lesson. 

Donner lieu, to give room. 

Donner occasion, to give an 
opportunity. 

Donner ordre, to give orders. 

Donner parole, to give the 
word. [thing to one. 

Donncr part, to impart a 

Donner permission, to give 
permission." 

Donner plein pouvoir, to give 
full power. 

Donner pouvoir, to authorize, 
to empower. [advantage. 

Donner prise, to give one an 

Donner qu artier, to give quar- 
ter. 

Donner quittance, to write a 
receipt, to give a discharge. 

Donner ?*aison, to give a rea- 
son. 

Donner rendez-vous, to ap- 
point a place of meeting, 
to make an assignation. 

Donner sujet, to give occa- 
sion, [full power. 

Donner tout pouvoir, to give 

Donner tete baissee, to run 
blindfold. 

Donner vent, to give vent. 

Donner vent devant, to bring 
the wind ahead. 

to be ac- 
quainted 
with the 
jest. 

Entendre raillerie, to take a 
joke well. 

Entendre raison, to listen to 
reason. [pers. 

Entendre vepres, to be at ves- 

Faire abjuration, to abjure, 
to recant. 

21* 



Entendre finesse, 
Entendre malice, 



Faire abstinence, to fast. 

Faire affaire, to make an end 
of a business. 

Faire affront, to affront. 

Faire alliance, to make an 
alliance. 

Faire halte, to halt. 

Faire aiguade, to take in 
fresh water. 

Faire amas, to heap up. 

Faire amitie, to show kind- 
ness to one. 

Faire argent, to raise money. 

Faire arret, to arrest one. 

Faire arriere, to fall astern. 

Faire attention, to pay atten- 
tion to. [a bankrupt. 

Faire banqueroute, to become 

Faire binet, to make use of a 
save-all. 

Faire bon menage, to live 
well together. 

Faire bonne mine, to put a 
good face on the matter. 

Faire bon compte,to sell cheap. 

Faire bon visage, to look 
pleasantly upon one. 

Faire breche, to cut {a pie). 

Faire bombance, to feed lux- 
uriously. 

Faire bonne cherc, to live well. 

Faire bonne vie, to lead a 
merry life. 

Faire bourse communr, to live 
in common. 

Faire car erne, to keep Lent. 

Faire cas de, to value. 

Faire commerce, to trade, to 
deal. [compassion. 

Faire compassion, to raise 

Faire cqmpte, to assure one's 
self. [secret with one. 

Faire confidence, to trust a 



246 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



Faire conscience, to scruple. 
Faire corps neuf, to recover 

from a distemper. 
Faire credit de la main a la 

bouche, to trust no farther 

than one can see. 
Faire depit, to vex, to spite. 
Faire deshonneur, to disgrace. 
Faire difficulty, to start scru- 
ples. 
Faire eau, to leak. 
Faire eclat, to break out. 
Faire effct, to operate. 
Faire emplette, to market. 
Fed re envie, to raise envy. 
Faire epreuve, to make a trial. 
Faire excuse, to beg pardon. 
Faire face, to face. 
Faire faute, to mistake. 
Faire faux bond, to be guilty 

of a slip. [pretend. 

Faire feinte, to dissemble, to 
Faire fete, to give one a kind 

entertainment. [&c. 

Faire feu, to fire a musket, 
Faire fleche de tout bois, to 

make any shift. 
Faire fores, to spend high, 

to dash. 
Faire foi, to prove. 
Faire foi ct hommagc, to do 

fealty. 
Faire fonds sur t to rely upon. 
Faire fortune, to make a 

fortune. [coldly. 

Faire froide mine, to receive 
Faire front, to face. 
Fain gageure i to lay a wager. 
Faire gitteS) to scamper away. 
Faire gleire, to take a pride 

in a thing. 
Faire grdce s to favor, to grant 

a pardon. 



Faire grand! chere, to spend 

money extravagantly in 

eating, &,c. 
Faire gras, to eat flesh. 
Faire grise mine, to look sour 

upon one. 
Faire honneur, to do honor. 
Faire honte, to shame one, to 

disgrace one. 
Faire horrcur, to strike with 

horror. [impression. 

Faire impression, to make an 
Faire injure, to do an injury. 
Faire insulte, to abuse, to in- 
sult, [inventory. 
Faire invent aire, to make an 
Faire joyeuse vie, to lead a 

merry life. 
Faire justice, to do justice. 
Faire long feu, to flash in the 

pan, to miss fire. 
Faire main basse, to put all 

to the sword. [gain- 

Faire marche, to make a bar- 
Faire mauvaise mine, to put 

a bad face on the matter. 
Faire mine de, to feign. 
Faire montre, to make a show. 
Faire naufrage, to suffer 

shipwreck. [brage. 

Faire ombrage, to give urn- 
Faire pacte, to make an a- 

greement. 
Faire parade, to make an os- 
tentatious show. 
Faire pari, to lay a wager. 
Faire paroli, to double the 

stakes. 
Faire part, to communicate 

to. 
Faire partie, to make a 

match. 
Faire peine, to make uneasy. 



APPENDIX. 



247 



Faire penitence, to do pen- 
ance. 

Faire peur, to affright. 

Faire pitie, to excite pity. 

Faire plaisir, to do a kind- 
ness, 

Faire place, to make room. 

Faire present, to make a 
present. 

Faire preuve, to make an 
attempt. 

Faire profession de la medi- 
cine, to practise physic. 

Faire provision, to lay in 
stores. 

Faire quarante milles par 
jour, to go forty miles a 
day, [ter. 

Faire quartier, to give quar- 

Faire raison, to give satisfac- 
tion, to pledge one. 

Faire reflexion, to reflect. 

Faire reparation, to make 
good a damage. 

Faire ressort, to react, to 
fly back again. 

Faire ripaille, to junket. 

Faire route, to be bound to a 
port. [estly. 

Faire satisfaction, to act hon- 

Faire scrupule, to be scrupu- 
lous. 

Faire semblant, to pretend. 

Faire sentinelle, to stand sen- 
try, [oath. 

Faire scrment, to take an 

Faire signe, to beckon to, to 
nod, to make a sign, to 
wink. 

Faire souche, to be the first 
great man of a family. 

Faire tapage, to make a 
racket or a clatter. 



Faire tort, to wrong another. 
Faii^e trafic, to trade, to deal. 
Faire treve, to make a truce. 
Faire trophee, to glory in a 

thing. 
Faii^e usage, to make use of. 
Faire vie qui dure, to live 

within compass. 
Faire vent arriere, to bring 

the wind aft. 
Faire voile, to set sail. 
Fausser compagnie, to with- 
draw from company, to 

take French leave. 
Gagner pays, to gain ground. 
II fait beau, it is fine. 
II fait beau temps, it is fair 

weather. 
II fait chaud, it is hot. 
II fait clair, it is broad day. 
H fait clair de lune, it is 

moonlight. 
Ufait crotte, it is muddy. 
Ilfaitfroid, it is cold. 
II fait jour, it is daylight. 
H fait mauvais temps, it is 

bad weather. 
II fait nuit, it is night. 
II fait obscur, it is dusk. 
77 fait sale, it is dirty. 
II fait soleil, the sun shines. 
II fait sombre, it is cloudy. 
II fait vilain temps, it is foul 

weather. 
Jeter feu ct famines, to fret 

and fume. 
Jouer bicn son jev, to play 

one's part skilfully. 
Jouer grosjeu, to play high. 
Laisser parole, to leave word. 
Lacker prise, to let go one's 

hold. [shop. 

Lever boutique, to set up a 



248 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



Lever cabaret, to set up an 
alehouse. 

Lever menage, to begin house- 
keeping. 

Lier amitie, to form a friend- 
ship. 

L'u r commerce, to establish a 
correspondence. 

Lier partie, to form a party. 

Livrcr bataille, to join battle. 

Mener grand bruit, to keep up 
a clatter. 

Mcttrc has, to bring forth. 

Mettre Jin, to put an end to. 

Mettre ordre a ses affaires, to 
settle one's self. 

Mettre pied a terre, to alight. 

Obtenir permission, to obtain 
leave. [English. 

Parler Anglois, to speak 

Parler Latin, to speak Latin. 

Parler raison, to speak rea- 
sonably. 

Parler sens commun, to talk 
common sense. 

Passer carrierc, to take a 
final resolution. 

Passer condemnation, to con- 
fess one's self in the wrong. 

Passer maitre, to be made a 
freeman, to dine without 
waiting for any one. 

Payer ric a ric, to pay to the 
last farthing. 

Pcrdre courage, to be dis- 
couraged. 

Perdre jond, to drag the an- 
chors. 

Perdre patience, to lose pa- 
tience. 

Perdre pied, to lose foothold. 

Pcrdre terre, to go out of 
one's depth. 



Plier bagage, to pack up 
and be off. [luck. 

Porter bonheur, to bring good 

Porter compassion, to pity. 

Porter coup, to strike home. 

Porter envic, to bear envy. 

Porter guignon, to bring bad 
luck. 

Porter lionneur, to honor. 

Porter malheur, to bring ill 
luck. [diced. 

Porter prejudice, to be preju- 

Porter respect, to respect. 

Porter temoignage, to bear 
witness. 

Pousser mille cris, to rend 
the air with shrieks. 

Precher miser e, to complain 
that times are bad. 

Prendre aire, to get under 
weigh. 

Prendre avantage, to take 
advantage of. 

Prendre avis, to take advice. 

Prendre bicn son temps, to 
nick the time. 

Prendre chair, to grow fat. 

Prendre conjiancc, to con- 
fide in. 

Prendre conge, to take leave. 

Prendre connoissancc, to take 
notice, to inform one's self 

Prendre Conseil, to take ad- 
vice, [be brown. 

Prendre eouleur, to begin to 

Prendre courage, to cheer up. 

Prendre cours, to be in fash- 
ion. 

Prendre cramplc sitr quel- 
qu-Un, to take example by 
one. 

Prendre fareur, to <ret favor. 

Prendre feu, to catch fire. 



APPENDIX* 



249 



Prendre fin, to end. 
Prendre garde, to beware. 
Prendre gout, to like. 
Prendre haleine, to take 

breath. 
Prendre hauteur, to take the 

altitude of the sun. 
Prendre heure, to fix upon a 

time of day. 
Prendre interet, to take an 

interest in a thing. 
Prendre jour, to appoint a 

day. [ligence. 

Prendre langue, to get intel- 
P rendre marte pour renard, 

to make a great mistake. 
Prendre medecine, to take 

physic. [born. 

Prendre naissance, to be 
Prendre Paris pour cvrbeil, 

to be guilty of a great 

bluuder. 
Prendre part, to concern 

one's self in a thing. 
Prendre parti, to enlist as a 

soldier. [patiently. 

Prendre patience, to bear 
Prendre pied, to get a foot- 
ing, [rate. 
Prendre pitie, to commise- 
Prendre place, to take one's 

place. [ure. 

Prendre plaisir ,to take pleas- 
P rendre possession, to enter 

into possession. 
Prendre pretext e, to make a 

pretence. 
Prendre racine, to take root. 
Prendre seance, to take one's 

place. 
Prendre scl, to take salt. 
Prendre soin, to take care of 

a thins: 



Prendre terre, to come ashore. 
Preter serment, to take an 

oath. 
Promettre monts et merv exiles, 

to deceive by fine promises. 
Recevoir ordre, to receive 

orders. 
Remuer del et terre, to leave 

no stone unturned. 
Remuer menage, to remove. 
Rend re compte, to give an 

account. 
Rendre gloire, to give glory. 
Rendre gorge, to disgorge, 

to refund. 
Rendre graces, to return 

thanks. [ a g e - 

Rendre hommage, to pay hom- 
Rendre justice ^ to do justice. 
Rendre noir, to blacken. 
Rendre raison, to account for. 
Rendre service, to do service. 
Rendre temoignage, to testify. 
Rendre visite, to pay a visit. 
Reprendre racine, to take 

root again. [coach. 

Rouler carrosse, to keep a 
Savoir hon gre, to take it 

kindly. [it unkindly. 

Savoir mauvais gre, to take 
Sans faire semblant de rien, 

without seeming to notice 

any thing. 
Se faire beau garpon, to tip- 
ple, to dress finely. 
Se faire jour, to cut the way 

through the enemy, to 

break through. 
Soutenir these, to take the 

part of some one. 
Tenir compte, to make ac- 
count, to value. [keeper. 
Tenir boutique, to be a shop- 



250 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



Tenir cafe, to be a coffee- 
house-keeper. 

Tt.nl r cabaret, to keep an 
alehouse, &x. [of. 

Tenir lieu, to be in the place 

Tenir menage, to be a house- 
keeper. 

Tenir parole, to be as good 
as one's word. 

Tenir pied a boule, to stand 
fair ; mind one's business. 

Tenir table ouverte, to keep 
open house. 

Tenir tete, to cope with one. 
to draw ad- 



Tirer avan 
Tircr parti 



tage, f j 
ide, | 



vantage 
from. 



Tircr pays, to proceed on 

one's journey. 
Tourner casaque, to be a turn- 
coat. 
Tourner visage, to turn upon 

the enemy. 
Trousser bagage, to pack up. 
Trouver mauvais, to dislike, 

to take ill. 
Trouver buisson creux, to 

find the game gone. 
Trouver visage de bois, to find 

nobody at home. 
Voir Dieu, to see God 
Vouloir mal, to bear one a 

grudge 



USE OF 
DE, A, and POUR, 

BEFORE INFINITIVE MODES, &C. 



As the prepositions de, a, and pour, before an infinitive, 
are usually translated by the same English preposition, viz. 
to, the following rules and tables will greatly assist the 
pupil in determining which of these prepositions he should 

u e : — 

I. 

The following verbs require the preposition de before the 
infinitive which follows them. The pupil must notice also, 
thai every infinitive, thus following these verbs, may be 
translated by means of our present participle, and therefore 
this table will enable the pupil to write such exercises as 
are referred to in Lesson (VIII., page 1~>;5. 

The verba printed in Italic type not only require de before 
the infinitirt, hut before the following noun, if there be no 
infinitive 





APPENDIX. 


251 


abuser 


se desaccoutumer s 'impatient er presumer 


s'abstenir 


desesperer 


sHndigner 


professer 


s' accommodcr 


se deshabituer 


s* informer 


profit er 


s'acquitter 


se desister 


s'ingerer 


promettre 


affliger 


determiner 


s'inquieter 


proposer 


s'affliger 


dire 


inspirer 


se rebut er 


s f appercevoir 


disconvenir 


jouir 


recom mander 


apprehender 


dispenser 


jurer 


redouter 


s'approcher 


divertir 


justifier 


refuser 


approuver 


ecrire 


se lasser 


rejouir 


arreter, 


edifier 


louer 


se rejouir 


attendrir 


s'efforcer 


mander 


remercier 


attrister 


effrayer 


manquer 


se repentir 


s'attrister 


s' emanciper 


medire 


reprendre 


avertir 


embarrasser 


mediter 


repr imander 


s'aviser 


s'emparer 


se mefier 


reprocher 


blamer 


empecher 


se meter 


resoudre 


censurer 


s'empecher 


menacer 


se ressouvenir 


cesser 


s'empresser 


meriter 


retenir 


chagriner 


enjoindre 


se moquer 


se retenir 


se chagriner 


s'ennuyer 


negliger 


se retracter 


charger 


s' enorgueillir 


notifier 


se rire 


se charger 


enrager 


offrir 


se saisir 


choisir 


entreprendre 


omettre 


scandaliser 


commander 


epouvanter 


ordonner 


se scandaliser 


conclure 


essayer 


oublier 


se servir 


conjurer 


s'etonner 


pardonner 


sommer 


conseiller 


excuser 


parler 


se soucier 


se consoler 


exempter 


permettre 


soupyonner 


contraindre 


exiger 


persuader 


suffire 


convaincre 


feindre 


pester 


suggerer 


convenir 


finir 


se piquer 


supplier 


craindre 


se flatter 


plaindre 


surprendre 


decharger 


se g order 


se plaindre 


susciter 


decourager 


gener 


plaire 


tdcher 


defendre 


gronder 


precipiter 


tromper 


se defter 


hair 


se precipiter 


troubler 


degouter 


se hater 


prescrire 


user 


se demettre 


hesiter 


presser 


se vantcr 


se depecher 









FRENCH ACCIB-E-NCE. 



II. 



The following verbs require the preposition a before the 
following infinitive mode; and such as are printed in Italic 
type, require a before the following noun also. Most of 
the infinitives which follow these verbs may be translated 
by the English present participle ; thus, Aidez-moi a faire 
cela, Help me to do that, or, in doing that. 



s 1 abandonncr 


eondescendre 


exercer 


penser 


about ir 


consister 


exhorter 


perdre 


s' 'act "out timer 


eonirevenir 


s' expos er 


persisted 


admettre 


contribuer 


sejicr 


se plaire 


s'adonner 


convier 


habituer 


porter 


adherer 


demeurer 


s'habi titer 


pour voir* 


aider* 


de pled re 


inciter 


pousser 


aimer 


de sob sir 


incliner 


preceder 


applauder 


destiner 


in suiter 


presenter 


s r appliquer 


determiner 


inviter 


pretendre 


apprendre 


disposer 


jouer (to game) 


renoncer 


appreter 


donner 


se mettre 


resistcr 


s'appreier 


dresser 


montrer 


ressemblcr 


s'arreter 


eclairer 


nuire 


r ester 


assigner 


encourager 


obeir 


satisfaire* 


s' attacker 


s'endureir 


obvier 


subvenir 


s'atteridre 


engager 


s'obstiner 


survivrc 


autoriser 


s'en'gageir 


s'occuper 


tendre 


chercher 


enhardir 


s y opinidtrer 


travailler 


com pat ir 


enseigner 


s'opposer 


riser 


condamner 


exciter 


parvettir 





* Aider and poufvoir take either the dative or accusative of pro- 
nouns; as,. uidez-le or (lidez-Jui. Satlsfaire requires the accusative of 
pera pa, and the dative <f things. 



III. 



following verbs take indifferently de or a before the 
• infinitive, the ease of pronunciation determining which 

Shall be. used : — 



commence? 


discontinue! 1 


forcer 


couter 


contr.aindre 


essayer 


s'eiForcer 


manquert 


continue? 









M mfurr requires di when it means to fail, and a when it means 
to forget 



APPENDIX. 



253 



IV. 

The following verbs allow no preposition before the next 
infinitive or noun :— 



aimer mieux 

confesser 

croire 


desirer* 
entendre 
devoir 


esperer* 

faire 

s'imaginer 


reconnoitre 

savoir 

souhaiter* 


declarer 
deposer 


envoyer 
dire* 


laisser 
pretendre 


voir 
vouloir 



* Dire, when it means to bid, takes de before the next infinitive. 
When desirer, esperer, and soukaiter themselves are in the infinitive, 
they take de before the infinitive following them. 

The following verbs allow no preposition before the next 
infinitive : — 

aller falloir paroitre venir 

daigner oser sembler valoir mieux 

oui'r 

The following verbs allow no preposition before the fol- 
lowing noun : — 

affirmer considerer nier rapporter 

apercevoir ecouter observer regarder 

assurer epier publier soutenir 
avouer 

V. 

The following adjectives, when placed after the verb etre, 
require de before the next infinitive : thus, etre aise de faire 
quelque chose, to be glad to do something: — 





r aise 


r digne 


'indigne 




assure 


ennuye 


joyeux 




avide 


fache 


las 


Etre«J capable Etre< 


fatigue Etre< 


mecontent 




certain 


honteux 


ravi 




content 


incapable 


satisfait 




curieux 


4 incertain 


^sur 



The following adjectives, following etre, require a before 
22 






254 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



the next infinitive ; thus, etre admirable a voir, to be won- 
derful to see : — 





^ admirable 


r civil 




Uncivil 




adroit 


dernier 




lent 




affreux 


diligent 


• 


malhonnete 




agile 


doux 




dispose 




agreable 


effroyable 




porte 


Etre^ 


aise a a 
r ., Etre<^ 
iacile 


enclin 


Etre< 


premier 




exact 




pret 




ardent 


habile 




prompt 




assidu 


hardi 




propre 




beau 


hideux 




second 




bon 


honnete 




sujet 




k charm ant 


^ horrible 




terrible 


And, for a general rule, all nouns or 


adjectives signifying 


inclination, aptness, fitness, or unfitness, require the prepo- 


sition a, or the dative of the article, (au, a la, a l\ or aux,) 


after 


them. 









VI. 

1. The following nouns, following avoir, without the 
intervention of any article, require de before the next infini- 
tive ; thus, avoir besoin de lefaire, to have need to do it : — 



Avoir 



affaire 
\ besoin 

conge 
' coutume 
> dessein 



Avoir 



droit 
ienvie 

lieu 

I occasion 
, permission 



Avoir 



L raison 
; soin 
J sujet 
( tort 



2. The following nouns require de before the infinitive : — 



adresse 

action 

ambition 

amitie 

amour 

ardcur 

arrogance 

art 

artifice 



assurance 

attente 

attention 

audace 

autorite 

av ant age 

avidite 

avis 

bonheur 



bonte 

chagrin 

choix 

co3ur 

commodite 

confusion 

conseil 

Constance 

contrainte 



courage 

curiosite 

danger 

depit 

deplaisir 

desrspoir 

desir 

durete 

effronterie 





APPENDIX. 


255 


embarras 


hardiesse 


mal-adresse 


plaisir 


envie 


hasard 


malheur 


pourvoir 


esperance 


honnetete 


malice 


precaution 


espoir 
esprit 
faciiite 


honte 

imprudence 

impudence 


maniere 

mortification 

motif 


presomption 

puissance 

rage 


facon 
faveur 


impuissance 
incommodite 


moyen 
nature 


risque 
ruse 


fermete 
fierte 


inquietude 
insolence 


necessite 
obligation 


sagesse 
satisfaction 


force 


intention 


ordre 


scandale 


front 


jugement 


orgueil 


souci 


fureur 
gloire 
grace 


justice 
liberte 
maitre 


passion 

patience 

peine 


temerite 

vanite 

volonte 


habitude 









And, for a general rule, all nouns that do not imply in- 
clination or disinclination, aptness, fitness, or unfitness, 
require de before the infinitive that follows them. 



256 FRENCH ACCIDENCE, 



ELEMENTS 



FRENCH PRONUNCIATION. 



Letters. 



The French letters are the same as the English, except 
that they have no w. 

The division into vowels and consonants is the same. 

The names of the letters are as follows ; but the pupil 
must be careful to recollect that, in French, as in English, 
the name of the letter is a different thing from its sound. 



A, ah. 


H, 


hahsh. 


N, 


na. 


T, 


ta. 


B, ba. 


I, 


e. 


o, 


o. 


u, 


* 


C, sa, or ka. 


J, 


zha. 


P, 


pa. 


V, 


va. 


D, da. 


K, 


ka. 


a, 


# 


x, 


eex. 


E, a. 


L, 


la. 


R, 


ra. 


Y, 


e Greek. 


F, fa. 


M, 


ma. 


s, 


sa, or za. 


z, 


za. 


G, zha, or ga. 


















Accents. 









(/ ) The acute accent is placed over the vowel e, to show 
that it is not silent, and to give it a short and quick 
sound, like e in the English word end; thus, verite. 

( \ ) The grave accent is placed over e, to give it a 
sound like that of the first e in our word there, which 
is the same as that of a in base, and of ai in pair. 

When the grave accent is placed over a or u, it affects 
the meaning of the word, but not its pronunciation , thus, 
la menus the or her, but Id means there; ou means or, but 
ou means where. 



* The name of Q may bo found by endeavoring' to pronounce the 
English name cur, with t\w lips contracted and protruded as we place 
them tn whistling. Pronounce U in the same manner. 



APPENDIX. 257 

( A ) The circumflex is placed over words in which some 
letter of the ancient orthography has been omitted ; 
and, in such cases, it always lengthens the vowel 
over which it is placed. 

( ? ) The elision marks the cutting ofT of an a or e ; as, 
Vidiome, for le idiome; Videe, for la idee ; Tame, for 
la dme ; s'imaginer, for se imaginer ; s'il, for si il ; 
qu'il, for que il; rfaime, for ne aime; V honor er, for 
te honorer, &c. 

(♦ •) The diaeresis, placed over a vowel, shows that it be- 
gins a syllable, and is not sounded with the vowel 
before it ; thus, hair, pronounced ha-ir. 

( C ) The cedilla is placed under c to show that it is to 
be sounded like s, and not like k. 



Vowels. 

The vowels in French, as in English, have their long 
and short sounds. 
A, long, is sounded ah. 
A, short, sounds like a in bat. 
E, unaccented, is pronounced nearly like the French «. 

The lips should be contracted in the same manner, 

but not so closely, and the sound should be less full 

and strong.* 
6, with the acute accent, is sounded like our a in the word 

base. 
E, with the grave accent, is sounded like the first e in our 

Word there. 
E, with the circumflex, is the same as e grave, only it is a 

little longer and broader. The sound is produced by 

opening the mouth a little more than in pronouncing 

e grave. 
I is pronounced like our letter e ; in some words being long, 

like ie in field, and in others short, like i in fig. 

* In the United States, e mute is generally pronounced like ur in 
the English word fur, and the same fault prevails in many parts of 
France. The true sound is something between uh and eu, when 
spoken quickly. Tardy says it resembles the e in over. 

22* 



25S FRENCH ACCTDENCE. 

O is pronounced as in English, long, as in robe, and short, 
as in rob. 

U. The sound of this letter has nothing exactly correspond- 
ing in English. Place the lips as if you intended to 
whistle, and then, keeping them so, if you attempt to 
pronounce English u, you will hit the French sound. 
The short sound is found by dwelling less upon it, 
and is nearly, if not exactly, the sound of unac- 
cented e. 

Y. In the middle of words, y is sounded like two French 
fs, or like two English e's, belonging to different syl- 
lables. In other situations, it is usually pronounced 
like a single e. 



Consonants. 

Most of the consonants are pronounced as in English. 
The exceptions only will be noticed. 

C, before e, i, and y, is pronounced like 5, as in English ; 
but before a, o, and u, it is pronounced like Jc, unless 
the cedilla (p) is placed under it to give it the sound 
of 5. 

G, before e, i y and y, is pronounced soft, like z in azure; 
but before a, o, and u, it is sounded hard, Iikeg* in go. 

J is always like z in azure, and exactly like the French 
soft g. 

Q, is usually followed by w, and qu are pronounced like Jc. 

R is rolled more than in English, as in the er of our word 
error. Between two vowels, it is pronounced more 
smoothly, as we pronounce r in the word are. 

S, between two vowels, is always sounded like z ; but, in 
all other cases, like our s. 

CII are usually sounded like sh. 

GN are liquid, and, in dividing a word into syllables, gn 
must not be separated. The gn are sounded like n 
and if in English, so that vi-gnette is pronounced 

vin-ytt. 

LL are liquid when preceded by at, ct, oui, and sometimes 
by single i. When ill are preceded by a vowel, the 



APPENDIX. 259 

t is not sounded, and does not affect the sound of 
the vowel before it. It is a mere sign that the IV s 
are liquid. Thus, in pronouncing Jille, the i is 
sounded, because not preceded by a vowel, and the 
two /'s are sounded like gl in seraglio. But, in 
faillir, the i is not sounded, and the vowel a, before 
it, retains its single sound of ah, and the word is 
pronounced, as nearly as it can be indicated in 
English, fahlyeer. 

It should be remarked that, in such cases, the French 
sometimes pronounce the words as if there were no I in 
them — in fact, as if a y were put instead of ill, so that fcdlUr 
would be nronounced fahyeer. 



Lessons for Practice upon the Simple Vowels. 



a 


1 





u 


o 


i 


e 


y 


e 


u 


e 


a 


e 





A 

e 


u 


e 


i 


e 


y 


i 


A 

e 


a 


e 


e 





a 


y 


i 






II. 



ta 
le 
te 
le 


ty 

lo 
le 
ti 


tu 
le 
lu 
ta 


te 

iy 

te 
li 


te 
le 

ty 

te 
III. 


iy 

le 
la 
tu 


tc 
lu 
ti 
le 


to 

ty 

le 
to 


te 

la 
te 
le 


ne 


ni 


ne 


na 


ne 


ny 


A 

ne 


nu 


no 


mo 
te 


mu 
ma 


me 
le 


my 
ti 


me 
na 


ma 
le 


me 
mo 


mi 
te 


me 
nu 


la 
ne 


mi 
mo 


te 
nu 


no 
la 


lu 
ti 

IV. 


me 
ne 


ty 

tu 


ne 

lu 


la 
le 


fe 


fo 


j'y 

fe 


j a 


fe 


j'i 
fa 




fe 


J e 
fu 



260 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



fi 


le 


J e 


tu 


fe 


ni 


j°. 


me 


la 


ty 


fe 


j'y 


na 


mi 


fe 


mi 


jo 


te 


fu 


le 


J a 


ne 


fo 


ma 


j e 


ti 


fe 


lu 


ji 


mo 


fi 


ne 


ja 


tu 


ne 


mo 



V. 



vy 


ve 


va 


ve 


vu 


ve 


VI 


ve 


vo 


ro 


re 


ri 


re 


ru 


re 


ra 


re 


r y 


re 


te 


ve 


le 


ri 


my 


vu 


no 


ra 


fe 


vo 


i? 


re 


ta 


ve 


iy 


ru 


ni 


ve 


me 


ri 


fa 


ve 


J u a 


re 


ti 


va 


le 


ry 


no 


va 


mu 


re 


ti 


me 


lu 



VI. 



pa 


pe 


pe 


pe 


pe 


P 1 


po 


pu 


py 


de 


da 


de 


di 


de 


do 


dy 


de 


du 


be 


bu 


be 


by 


bo 


be 


bi 


be 


ba 


de 


li 


be 


ta 


pe 


ni 


de 


m'y 


bo 


fe 


pu 


J u 


de 


ro 


by 


ve 


Pi 


te 


du 


te 


bi 


me 


py 


fa 


de 


j° 


be 


ri 


pe 


vu 


dy 


no 


bi 


be 


to 


pe 


ti 


du 


ne 


ba 


my 
VII. 


po 


je 


di 


no 


ki 


ke 


ka 


ke 


ky 


ke 


ko 


ke 


ku 


zu 


ze 


zo 


ze 


ze 


zy 


za 


ze 


zi 


ke 


le 


zi 


te 


ko 


n'y 


ze 


ma 


ky 


j'y 


zo 


fa 


ku 


re 


za 


ke 


vo 


bu 


ti 


pe 


zu 


di 


zi 


nu 


ka 


le 


ze 


de 


ki 


ba 


zu 


pe 


ru 


be 


Pi 


do 


ve 


ry 


fa 


J e 


me 
VIII. 


no 


ky 


ze 


ja 


g e 


2* 


CO 


cu 


ca 


g u 


g a 


go 


re 


ga 


ze 


cu 


ki 


be 


g° 


di 


ka 


pe 


X" 


ve 


ri 


g° 


J e 


ca 


fe 


de 


ga 


tu 


cu 


iy 


CO 


g u 


ne 


ga 


me 


cu 


be 


di 


£0 


by 


ca 


pe 


to 


fe 


J a 


ou 


)e 


CO 


go 


do 


ve 


cu 


ri 


g u 



APPENDIX. 261 

IX. 



SO 


se 


SI 


se 


sa 


se 


sy 


se 


su 


hu 


he 


hy 


he 


ha 


he 


hi 


he 


ho 


se 


Ga 


he 


g° 


si 


ze 


hu 


ky 


sa 


de 


bi 


CO 


su 


ve 


hy 


re 


so 


J e 


he 


fe 


sy 


ni 


ha 


mu 


si 


to 


ha 


le 


se 


po 


he 


g° 


ca 


zu 


ke 


hy 


do 


se 


be 


pu 


ho 


re 


su 


va 


ho 


fe 


j° 


sa 


hu 


ni 


me 


lo 


si 


se 


ha 


tu 


vu 


de 


ba 


Pi 


g a 


he 


ze 



X. 

Although, in spelling a word, the French pronounce 
each syllable distinctly, yet, in prose reading, and in speak- 
ing, the syllables ending in e, unaccented, are seldom heard. 
Thus, if the syllable be not the last, the word is pronounced 
as if the e were omitted : thus, pe-lu is pronounced plu ; 
me-ne, mne ; ce-la, gla or sla ; de-mi, dmi. If the sylla- 
ble end the word, the word is pronounced as if the last 
syllable belonged to the preceding : thus, da-me is pro- 
nounced dame ; ha-ve, have ; da-te, date, &c. 

For a general rule, therefore, if an unaccented e ends any 
syllable but the last, pronounce the consonant that precedes 
it, but omit the e ; and if the syllable end the word, shorten 
the word one syllable. To enable the pupil to do this, in 
the following lesson, the e that may be omitted in the first 
syllables is Italicized, and the hyphen is omitted in such 
words as may be contracted into one syllable less than the 
orthography indicates. 



bi-ne 


ba ve 


fa-ne 


li re 


pa-me 


he-be 


de-ca 


da te 


ha te 


pipe 


me me 


fa-me 


pa-ve 


type 


mu-ri 


pi re 


ra le 


jo-li 


bu-te 


bile 


pu re 


pe-ri 


ro-ti 


la-ma 


de-ja. 


bo-bo 


pipe 


du-ra 


te te 


pu-ni 


de 9a 


de-mi 


le-ve 


la-di 


pa-te 


de-ro-be 


pe-lu 


bu be 


e-te 


o-ca 


pa le 


a-bo-li 


me-ne 


jupe 


mu-ni 


ta-ri 


be te 


a-ra be 


te-nu 


tu be 


ly-re 


ba-ti 


do-do 


a-me re 


pe-le 


pe re 


ve-nu 


di me 


pa-li 


re-me de 


da me 


ra te 


vo-le 


ha le 


defi 


pe-ti te 



262 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

me-su re pu-ni-ra dc-bu-tc-ra a-ma-zo ne a-do-ni-se 
rc-cu-le re-te-nu. ma-jor-i-te la-ti-tu de ba-na-li-te 
re-je-te ra-mc-ne e-ma-ne-ra re-si-de-ra 

XL 
Compound Vowels. 

The next class of sounds consists of what may be called 
compound vowels, because two or more vowels are united, 
and each loses its own peculiar sound in helping to form a 
new sound, different from that of either of the simple vowels. 

AI and EI are pronounced like e, which, it has been said, 
resembles the first e in there. 

AU and EAU are pronounced like o. 

EU is pronounced like unaccented e, or like e in the English 
word over. 

OU is pronounced like English oo in the word boot. 

OI is pronounced like the English oo-ah* 



Lai 


Soi 


Foi 


Nou 


Dai 


Vei 


Mou 


Bou 


Soi 


Tei 


Cau 


Veu 


Feu 


Neu 


Jau 


L'eau 


Seau 


Peau 


Beau 


Veau 


Jeu 


Rau 


Pei 


Bau 


Seu 


Cou 


Fei 


Mau 


Rei 


Gou 


Roi 


Rai 


Bai 


Mai 


Toi 



XII. 

In this lesson, the liquids ill and gn, and qu and ch y are 
introduced with single and compound vowel sounds. 



cha 

illot 


chau 
gneau 


ille 
chou 


chi 
illai 


ba gne 
che re 


gnu 
qui 

illat 


que 

illau 

choi 


gna 
qua 
ille 


qu'ai 

che 

gnai 


ba ille 
cha que 
va che 


gno 


qu'of 


gne 


illoi 


ga-gne 



* American teachers almost universally pronounce this sound as if 
it irere written oo-aw. 

t Pronounced like l-yn. l-ijah, in one syllable. 

\ The ( ' ) elision shows that the sound is only found, in French, 







APPENDIX. 




^t>. 


que 


gneu 


chai 


qui soi 


i-gne 


cheu 


illou 


que 


gni bou-illi* 






XIIL 








The same sounds continued. 




che-veu 


rou ille 


ai se 


fi-lou 


veu ille 


cha-teau 


feu-ille 


pei gne 


poi-sse 


bou-leau 


ai-gu 


bai-gne 


oi-seau|| 


nou-veau 


fille 


bou-rrut 


qui tte 


be-deau 


moi-neau 


bai-sse 


chau ffe 


bu-reau 


fou ille 


ai-se 


ma-che 


mou sse 


cha-roi 


meu le 


pei-gne 


17*6 tefl 


fau che 


neu ve 


ba ille 


hai ne 


d'ho te 


ba-teau 


dau be 


foi re 


ai ne 


bou che 


que llej 


bi-jou 


ho che 


va-nneau 


mou ille 


ai-ne§ 


jeu-di 


na-seau 


pou le 


jau ne 


pei-ne 


chi que 


fu-seau 


sou-ille 


Yheu re 


chau ve 


ai-de 









XIV. 

Exercise on 01 and ai, oy and ay. 

The pronunciation of oi and ai has been explained. In 
regard to oy and ay, the pupil must observe that, as y is 
equal to two i's, the first i is pronounced with o or a, form- 
ing the sounds oi and ai, and the second i begins the next 
syllable, if there be one, and is pronounced alone if no syl- 
lable, or none beginning with a vowel, follows it. Thus, 
noy-au must be pronounced nooah-yo, as if written noi-iau; 
and pay-san must be pronounced pa-e-zahn, as if written 
pai-i-zan. 

when c has been cut off from que, and the qu are joined to the follow- 
ing word. 

* Like bool-ye in English. 

t Double consonants are rarely separated, and must be pronounced 
as one, with the exceptions that, when the r is double, it must be 
rolled more than when single, and double s never has the sound of z. 

+ E'le is never liquid. 

§ Formerly spelled ais-n6. See remarks on the circumflex. 

|| S between two vowels, like z, will be marked, in this lesson, with 
Italic letters. 

IT //"silent will be marked, in this lesson, by Italic type. 



264 



FRENCH ACCIDENXE. 



ray-a 


de-lay-e 


choy-e 


e-tay-e 


pay-e 


boy-au 


si-am-oi se 


moi-ti-e 


fray-a 


a-loy-au 


gloi re 


sou-doy-e 


brai re 


broy-e 


e-gay-a 


grai sse 


loy-au-te 


ba-lay-e 


croi-tre 


net-toy-e 


noy-e 


hoy-au 


fou-droy-e 


ai-gri 


roy-au me 


de-ploy-a 


ray-e 


a-boy-a 


pay-a 


lou-voy-a 


joy-eu-se 


blai-reau 


croi-si-e re 







XV. 



Diphthongs. 

The following sounds are called diphthongs, which means, 
that more than one vowel is pronounced in the same sylla- 
ble, and the sound of more than one vowel is distinctly 
heard. In this respect, they differ from the compound vow- 
els noticed in Lesson XI. These diphthongs are ia, ie, io r 
ua, ue, ui 9 and iai, iau, icu, oua, oue, oui ; and they must be 
spoken quickly, in one syllable. 

As the separate sounds have been described, it is un- 
necessary to describe these compounds ; but the pupil must 
observe that in i-ai, i-au y i-eu, ou-a, ou-e, and ou-i, but two 
sounds are heard — at, au, en, and ou, being simple sounds, 
as already explained in Lesson XL 



mia 


true 


dieu 


roui 


lue 


lieu 


tue 


pie 


cui 


joua 


nia 


fui 


loua 


tui 


fio 


fiai 


loue 


tie 


niai 


via 


noue 


tua 


miau 


dio 


vua 


piau 


rua 


soui 


sia 


rieu 


flue 


fia 


pui 


ssieu 


toue 


mie 


doua 


nui 


rio 


niai 


voua 


trie 


vio 


none 


miai 


bua 


miau 


voue 


mue 


mm 


roui 


piau 


bue 


loua 


noui 


lui 



XVI. 

(hi we pronounced like g in our word go, the u being 
added to harden the g. 

P/i is like/, as in English. 

Kh t f Vh. Whenever h follows r and t, in French, it is 

silent. 



pho 
gue 
pha 
gue 
the 
gueu 



gui 


gue-ri 


phe-no-me ne 


rhu 


pha-se 


me-ta-pho re 


phe 


gui de 


a-na-pho re 


rha 


pha re 


the-o-ri que 


gua 


the-a-tre 


the-o-re me 


rheu 


gue re 


phos-pho-re 
sphe-ri que 



265 



Nasal Vowels, 

Nasal vowels are vowels whose sounds are modified by 
the nose. They are formed by placing m or n after either 
of the simple or compound vowels. This m or n is not 
sounded, but is a mere sign of a nasal sound, and the sound 
is the same whether m or n be used after the vowel. 

A distinguished French teacher has said, " The pronun- 
ciation of the nasal vowels can not be described, and must 
be learned from the mouth of a master. In the south of 
France, an infinity of persons pronounce them badly, or not 
at all." It may be vain, therefore, to attempt to describe 
them here, but they are too important, and too universally 
pronounced wrong, to be abandoned without an effort. 

are pronounced exactly alike; and if the pupil 
will hold his nose so that no sound can pass 
through it, and sound our all nasally, he 
will obtain the French sound of an y en, &,c. 

'are pronounced exactly alike; and if the 
pupil will hold his nose, as before direct- 
ed, and endeavor to pronounce our word 
an nasally, he will obtain the French 
sound desired. The vowel in this nasal 
sound has exactly the sound of the first e 
in there. 

ON and OM are pronounced alike; and the sound may be 
obtained by holding the nose, as before directed, 
and sounding our long o nasally. Be careful to 
preserve the sound of long o, for no fruit is more 
common with American teachers, than to <rive it the 
sound of short o, as if it were mon, and not mown. 
23 



AN, AM, 
EN, EM, 



IN, IM, AIN, 
EIN, YN, YM, 



266 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



UN and UM are pronounced exactly alike; and the sound 
may be obtained by holding the nose, and pronoun- 
cing the English syllable un nasally. The u in this 
sound is short, and exactly like the English. 

OIN. This is the nasal in just given, preceded by our 
oo or w. 

This may be a homely method of teaching these nasal 
sounds; but when all other methods have failed, this may 
be resorted to with less repugnance. 

Besides the above nasal voivds, there are a few nasal 
diphthongs ; but it will be seen, that these are the above 
nasal vowels with another vowel, not nasal, before them, 
whose sound is distinctly heard ; thus, 

IAN is an, 
ION is on, ) 

UAN is an, ) , , , 

U1N ism;l preCededbyM - 

OUAN is an, ) , » , - , T 

OTTIN ' i P recec * ec * by tne compound vowel ou. 

IEN is en preceded by i ; but the en is sounded like na- 
sal in and not like an y its usual sound. 



> preceded by i. 









XVII. 








Ian 


can 


tran 


fan 


gan 


ban 


tan 


tarn 


lam 


vam 


dam 


cram 


cam 


bam 


ven 


tren 


plen 


fen 


ten 


pren 


men 


Tern 


d'em 
vin 


trem 
crin 


sem 


tern 
lin 


n'em 
fin 


s'em 


sin 


prin 


min 


tim 


fim 


d'im 


s'im 


Tim 


n'im 


qu'im 


plain 


sain 


bain 


vain 


pain 


train 


crain 


fein 


sein 


pein 


tein 


rein 


lein 


strein 


sym 


tvm 


clym 


t//ym 


lym 


nym 




syn 


fyn 


vyn 


lyn 








ton 


mon 


son 


fon 


pi on 


spon 


gron 


trom 


torn 

brim 

foin 


Ion 

qu'un 
loin 


nom 


som 
hum 
join 


plom 
prum 
poin 


pom 


lun 


fiim 


Tun 


soin 


moin 





APPENDIX. 



267 



Nasal Diphthongs of one Syllable only. 

vian, fian, trian, dian. 

bien, tien, lien, chien, rien, sien, mien. 

pion, sion, nion, lion, vion. 

juan, buan, truan, huan, cuan, luan. 

juin, suin, ehuin, buin. 

louan, jouan, houan, nouam 

bouin, souin, douin. 



XVIIL 



Further Exercises on 


the Nasal Trowels and Diphthongs, 




and other Sounds previously described 




en-voi 


lam-beau 


en-jeu 


qua-train 


boi-sson 


a-fin 


bam-bou 


de-ssein 


lam-pion 


bon-te 


ai-glon 


den-te 


des-tin 


pa-lan 


chi-ron 


^e-lan 


ban que 


di-vin 


man-chon 


bu-rin 


ai-rain 


gri-son 


foi-son 


sai-son 


oin dre 


cam-pe 


e-taim 


guim-pe 


ren-voi 


mai-son 


pam-pre 


fes-tin 


dau-phin 


mi-gnon 


rai-sin 


rom-pu 


ba-ron 


ha-illon 


mi-ssion 


vain ere 


am bre 


din-don 


bu-tin 


sa-pin 


quin te 


fein-dre 


in-dien 


ban-deau 


te-moin 


poi-son 


fen dre 


de-dain 


gou-dron 


re-frein 


van-te 


cha-grin 


ga-lion 


cha-fouin 


le-sion 


gui-gnon 


ba-ssin 


tim bre 


dou-blon 


sain-foin 


ma-tin 


ba-£llon 


om bre 


pein dre 


ba-ton 


tern pie 


ga-bion 


rem-ploi 


man-teau 


fran che 


blon-din 


fau-con 


a-lun 


main-tien 


cha-pon 


an tre 



XIX. 

Consonants at the Beginning of Syllables. 

The following syllables are sounded as in English : — 

ab, ac, ad, ag, al, ap, ar, 

ec, eg, el, ep, ex. 

ic, ig, il, ip, ix. 

ob, oc, og, ol, op, or. 

uc, ul, up. 

The following combinations of consonants, also, are pro- 
nounced as in English, whatever vowels may follow them : — 



268 



TRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



bl, cl, fl, phi, gl, pL 
br, cr, chr, dr, fr, phr, gr, pr, tr, vrv 
ps, sb, sc, sf, sph, si, sm, sp, st. 
scl, spl, spr, scr, sgr, str. 

It is unnecesary to give examples, but the fact is men- 
tioned, to remove any doubt in the mind of the pupil. 



XX. 

C, followed by e or i 7 is soft, like 5, as in English ; but, 
in every other case, c is bard, like A, unless marked with 
the cedilla, thus, g. 

G, followed by e or i, is soft, as in English, and has ex- 
actly the sound of French j 7 which is that of our z in 
azure. In all other cases, g is hard, as in our English 
words gate, got, gun. 

Whenever the French wish to soften g, before a or u r 
they place an unaccented e between them. Thus, the g m 
the verb manger is soft throughout the verb ; but, in the 
imperfect tense, mangois, the g would be erroneously pro- 
nounced hard, if they did not interpose an c, thus, mangeois. 
This mode of softening g is invariable ; and whenever the 
pupil sees e between g and a or 0, he must never sound it, 
but only regard it as a sign that g is to be softened. 

When g is to be hardened before e or /, the letter it is 
interposed ; thus, langue, guide ; and the pupil must con- 
sider the u thus interposed as a sign that g is hard, and 
never pronounce it. 

An exercise will be given upon these sounds, because, as 
far as the author's experience goes, it will be likely to aid 
the pupil in pronouncing English as well as French : — 



ce 


ca 


g e 


ga 


ci 


ce 


go 


caio 


g*/e 


CO 


P 


ce 


cu 


g« 


coi 


cau 


gm 


gir* 


ca 


gei 


gai 


geau 


gau 


CO 


geu 


gue 


cen 


can 


cu 


cu 


gieu 


coui 


cein 


Con 


con 


gta 


ga 


•ran 


cieu 


can 


gco 


g° 


cei 


cou 


geu 


gweu 


cia 


cai 


gin 


gttin 


scan 


seen 


cie 


cua 


gsir 


scor 


gel 


guv] 


cam 


cem 


ciau 


cui 


ger* 



Ir is pronounced eer in French. 

Er, when not at the end of a word, is pronounced like cr in our 
word error and never like ir in our word sir. 







APPENDIX 


* 




26 


gar 


eel 


GUI 


cieu 


coui 


g ir 


cer 


g°r 


eeu 


gui 


cen 


can 


gal 


gen 


gan 


guer 


gun 


cain 


cien 


coin 


geor 


cer 


goi 


gou 


guen 


geau 


Gin 


got 


cil 


giai 


seu 


COll 


scan 


sci 


SCO 


seen 


can 


eie 


goin 


gio 


geoir 


geul 


gei 


gel 


ca 


g a 


gea. 


gour 


gie 


guieu. 


gien 


geou 


gour 


goi 


geai 


geoi 


guer 


cour 


con 


5 an 


en 


eeau 


com 


en-gean 


ce 


ven-gean ce ch 


an-gean te 


i as-si-e-gea 


rou-geo 


le 


bour-geoi 


se de- 


■ran-gea 


man-j 


^eoi re 


af-fli-gea 


es-tur-geon de- 


•gor-gea 


a-bre 


-gea 


frin-gwan te 


de-ga-gea 


de- 


ro-gea 


bal-an-coire 



Pronunciationt of Final Consonants, or Conso- 
nants at the End of Words, 

1st. Final Consonants sounded. 

The first general rule is, that c, jf, 7, and r are the only 
consonants which are pronounced at the end of French words. 

The common rule for forming the plural of French nouns 
and adjectives, is to add s, as we do to our nouns : but the 
s thus added, in French, is never sounded. In the follow- 
ing words, therefore, the c, f, I, and r are considered as 
ending the word, whether it be singular or plural : — 

sac, sacs, lac, lacs, bac, bacs, trac. 
bee, bees, sec, sees, grec, grecs. 
as-pic, as-pics, pub-lie, pub-lies, bas-i-lic. 
choc, chocs, troc, trocs, soc, socs, 
due, dues, sue, sues, luc, stuc. 
chef, chefs, bref, brefs, nef. 
vif, vifs, substantif, substantifs. 
neuf, neufs, veuf, veufs — soif. 
gri-ef, gri-efs, bri-ef, bri-efs, re-liefs. 
juif, juifs, suif, suifs. 
bal, bals, mal, carnaval, chc-vaL 
tel, tels, quel, quels, sel, sels. 
vil, vils, fil, fils, civil, civils. 
vol, vols, bol, bols, sol, sols. 
23* 



270 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

nul, nuls, consul, consuls, paul. 

seul, seuls, ti-lleul, ti-lleuls, (11 liquid.) 

poil, poils, con-tre-poil. 

cor-di-al,* fi-li-al, ad-ver-bi-al. 

ci-el, ci-els, mi-el, fi-el, fi-els. 

char, chars, car, par, gar. 

pair, pairs, chair, chairs, clair, clairs. 

sou-pir, sou-pirs, de-sir, de-sirs. 

ma-jor, ma-jors, cor, cors, cas-tor. 

sur, surs, pur, pur, mur, murs. 

fleur, fleurs, pe-cheur, pe-cheurs. 

soeur, soeur, coeur, coeurs, moeurs, (ceu like eu.) 

jour, jours, tour, tours, four, fours. 

soir, soirs, loir, loirs, voir. 

pri-eur, pri-eurs, ri-eur, ri-eurs, li-eur. 

cuir, cuirs, fuir. 

* Not cor-ge-al r as in English, but cor-dee-al. 

XXI. 

2d. Final Consonants not sounded. 

In the following arrangement, the first column gives the 
termination in the singular number, and the second its plu- 
ral, if it has any. The third column gives the sound of the 
first and second in French and English letters, the French 
being in Roman, and the English in Italic type. Every ter- 
mination included in a brace (-~^) is pronounced like the 
sound opposite the centre of the brace in the third column. 



Sing. Plurttl. 



Sound 



Examples. 




bas, cas, gras, pas, tas, las, ras. 
plat, plats, chat, chats, rat, rats, mat. 
drap, draps. 
bah ! 



es s amc, ames, lance, lances, perte, pertes. 



Bee the sound of Bflenl e explained on page 257. When figures 
are glTeo instead of the English sound, they denote the page to which 
the pupil is re fe rred for the explanation of the French sound there 
given. 









APPENDIX* 2il 


Sing. 


Plural. 


Sound. 


Examples. 


er 


ers N 




boucher, bouchers, berger, bergers. 


e 


es 


, 


porte, portes, charme, charmes. 


eh! 




> e 




ee 


ees 


a 


fee, fees, imitee, imitees,pillee, pillees. 


ez 


ez 

J 




nez, chez, tirez, portez, chantez. 


aid 


aids " 




laid, laids, plaid, plaids. 


aie 


aies 




plate, plaies, raie, raies, baie, baies. 


ai 


ais 




vrai, vrais, delai, delais, balai, balais 


aix 


aix 


e 


faix, paix, porte-faix. 


es 


es 


e in 


pres, tres, gres, proces. 


et 


ets 


there 


pret, prets, reflet, reflets, met, mets. 


egs 


egs 




legs. 


ait 


aits 




parfait, parfaits, souhait, souhaits. 


ait 


aient > 




il disait, ils disaient, elles chantaient 


id 


ids > 
ies 




nid, nids. 


ie 


i 


vie, vies, prie, pries, lie, lies. 


i 


is 


> , 


ami, amis, pli, plis, sorti, sortis. 


it 


its 
> x j 


6 


delit, delits, esprit, esprits. 


ix 




prix. 


oh! 


*\ 






op 


ops 




galop, galops, sirop, sirops, trop. 


o 


OS 




niimero, numeros, domino, dominos. 


ot 


ots 





lot, lots, mot, mots, pot, pots. 


aud 


auds 





chaud, chauds, crapaud, crapauds. 


ail 


aux 




tuyau, tuyaux, baux, chaux, vaux. 


eau 


eaux 




beau, beaux, sceau, sceaux. 


aut 


auts j 




saut, sauts, defaut, defauts, artichaut 


u 


us 




vertu, vertus, pointu, pointus. 


ud 


uds 


u 


talud, taluds. 


ue 


ues 


>_ ^I 


vue, vues, nue, nues, crue, crues. 


ut 


uts 


2d8 


debut, debuts, attribut, attributs. 


ux 


UX j 




flux, reflux. 


eu 


eux 




jeu, jeux, feu, feux, cheveu, cheveux 


03U 


03UX 


eu 


VGeu, vceux. 


oeud 


oeuds 


262 


nceud, nceuds. 


eut 






veut, peut, meut. 



272 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



Sing 



Plural. Sound. 



Examples. 



OU 

ous 
oud 
oue 
oup 
out 

oi 

oid 

oie 

oigt 

oit 

oix 

ia 
iat 

ie 
ied 
ier 
iez 

iet 
iais 
iait 

iot 



lea 

ieue 

uid 
uie 

uis 
uit 

our 

ouee 

ouer 



oux 

ous 
ouds 
oues 
oups 
outs j 

ois 
oids 
oies 
oigts 
oits 
oix 

ias 



les 
ieds 
iers 
iez 

iets 

iais 

iaient 

iots 
iaux 

ieux 

ieues 

yeux 

uids 

uics 

uis 

uits 

ours 

ou6ea 



OU 
00 



01 

oo-ah 



ia 
e-ah 



J 
f 

in 

I there 



e-a 



ie 



10 

e~o 

ieu 
204 



264 



chou, choux, bijou, bijoux, caillou. 
nous, vous, tous, sous, 
resoud, resouds, absoud, absouds. 
joue, joues, roue, roues, proue,proues. 
loup, loups, coup, coups, beaucoup. 
bout, bouts, gout, gouts, tout, touts. 

loi, lois, roi, rois, trois, fois. 

froid, froids, poids. 

voie, voies, proie, proies, foie, foies. 

doigt, doigts. 

droit, droits, toit, toits, croit, boit. 

choix, voix, noix, poix. 

acacia, acacias, tu prias, tu plias. 
qu'il niat, qu'il criat, qu'il liat. 

allie, allies, chatie, chaties, appuye. 
pied, pieds. 

papier, papiers, poirier, poiriers 
niez, pliez, riez, criez, liez. 

inquiet, inquiets. 

biais, niais. 

il niait, ils niaient, elles niaient. 

idiot, idiots, chariot, chariots, 
materiaux, bestiaux. 

pieu, pieux, lieu, lieux, dieu, dieux. 
lieue, lieues, banlieue. 

muid, muids. 

pluie, pluies, suie, truie, truies. 

buis, fuis, puis, suis. 

uuit, units, fruit, fruits, puits. 

jour, jours, louc, loues, noue, noues. 
jouee, joules, louee, louees, nouee. 
louer, jouer, nouer, vouer. 



APPENDIX. 



273 



Sing. 



Plural. Sound. 



Examples. 



ouet 

ouais 

ouait 

oui 
ouit 

an 
anc 
and 
ang 
ant 
amp 
end 
eng 
ent 
emps 
empt 

in 

inct 
ingt 
int 
aim 
ain 
aint 
ein 
eing 
eint 

on 
one 
ond 
ong 
ont 
omb 
ompt 

un 
unt 
um 



oue 



\ 


oo-e 


ouaient 


in 
, there 


ouis j 


) oui 




> 00-e 


ans > 




ancs 




ands 




angs 




ants 
amps 
ends 


an 


265 


engs 




ents 




emps 




empts J 




ins i 




incts 




ingts 




aims 


in 


ains 


265 


aints 




ems 




eings 




eints j 




ons 




ones 




onds 


on 


ongs 
onts 


r 

265 


ombs 




ompts 




uns > 
unts 
urns d 


un 


266 



fouet, fouets, rouet, rouets, jouet. 
nouais, louais, jouais, vouais. 
nouait, nouaient, louait, louaient. 

enfoui, enfouis, louis. 
jouit, enfouit, rouit. 

plan, plans, cran, crans, pan, pans. 

blanc, blancs, franc, francs. 

grand, grands, gland, glands, quand. 

rang, rangs, etang, etangs, sang. 

chant, chants, gant, gants. 

camp, camps, champ, champs. 

il entend, j'entends, tu entends. 

hareng, harengs. 

dent, dents, lent, lents, vent, vents. 

temps. 

(exempt, exempts.) 

vin, vins, crin, crins, pin, pins. 

instinct, distinct, distincts. 

vingt, quatre-vingts. 

vint, souvint, tint, soutint, parvint. 

essaim, essaims, faim. 

grain, grains, pain, pains, main. 

saint, saints, plaint, plaints. 

plein, pleins, frein, freins, sein. 

seing, seings. 

peint, peints, feint, feints, ceint, 

bon, bons, son, sons, ton, tons. 

jonc, joncs, tronc, troncs, done. 

blond, blonds, rond, ronds, fond. 

long, longs. 

pont, ponts, mont, monts, front. 

plomb, plombs. 

prompt, prompts. 

brun, bruns, aucun, chacun. 

defunt, defunts. 

parfum, parfums, humble. 



274 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



Sin or. 



Plural. Sound. 



Examples. 



oin 
oing 
oint 

iant 

ien 
ient 

ion 
ouin 



oins 
oings 
oints 

iants 

iens 
ient 

ions 
ouins 



oin 

266 

ian 
266 
ien 
266 
ion 
266 
ouin 



266 



coin, coins, soin, soins, foin, loin, 
poing, poings, coing, coings. 
joint, joints, point, points. 

suppliant, suppliants, negotiants. 

bien, biens, mien, miens, tien. 
il vient, elle previent, on retient. 

pion, pions, lion, lions, scion, 
babouin, babouins, marsouin. 



In the preceding terminations, the vowel sounds only are 
heard ; but in the following, the sound of r is heard in all 
but the last : — 



ard 
art 


ards 
art 


1 


ar 
ar 


egard, egards, canard, canards, 
ecart, ecarts, quart, quarts. 


erd 
ert 


erds 
erts 


i 


er 
air 


je perds, tu perds, il perd. 

concert, concerts, couvert, couverts. 


ord 
ort 


ords 
orts 


\ 


or 
or 


accord, accords, sabord, sabords. 
fort, forts, mort, morts, tort, torts. 


ourd 
ourg 
ourt 

eurs 


ourds 
ourgs 


} 


our 
oor 
eur 

~262 


sourd, sourds, lourd, lourds. 
bourg, bourgs, faubourg, faubourgs, 
concourt, accourt, parcourt. 

heurt, il meurt. 


iard 


iards 


i 


lar 
c-ar 


Hard, liards, fuytird, fuyards. 


iert 




i 


ier 

r-air 


acquiert, requiert. 


ect 


rets 


1 


ec 


suspect, suspects.* 



Respect is pronounced as if written rc-spc ; in English, rspa. 



APPENDIX. 275 

If a silent or unaccented e be placed after any of the 
foregoing final consonants, it forms a new syllable with them, 
and they are no longer silent, as has been amply shown in 
previous lessons. 

Exceptions to General Rules. 

In the examples, the letters to which the pupil's attention 
is to be directed are usually in Italic type. When the whole 
word is in Italic, it means that there are more examples of a 
similar kind with the word in Italic. 

As it is sometimes easier to mark the pronunciation in 
one language than in the other, when the sound is not given 
in both languages, an F. or E. determines whether the sound 
given is French or English, except when it is the same in 
both. 

C like g. 

Second, seconde, seconder, secondement. 

S like Z, not between two vowels. 

Alsace, balsamine, balsamique, transition, transitoire, transi- 
ger, transaction, transitif, intransitif, transeat. 

S with the hissing sound, between vowels. 

Contreseigner, desuetude, entresol, gisant, havresac, mono- 
syllabe, parasol, preseance, presupposer, vraisemblance, 
vraisemblable, and other compound words. 

t like S.* 

Action, actfionner, acrionnaire, addition, additionner, addi- 
tiojinel, ambition, caution, ambifionner, cautfionner, condi- 
tion, conditfionner, cond'tfionnel, confection, confecfion- 
ner, constitution, correction, constitu^ionnel, correcrionnel, 
diction, dicfionnaire, expedition, expedi£ionnaire, fraction, 
frac£ionnaire, intension, mention, inten^ionnel, menfionner, 
nation, national, petition, peti^ionnaire, precaution, pre- 
cau^ionner, revolution, revolu£ionnaire, sanction, sanc- 
tfionner, station, statfionnaire, and in all substantives in 
tion, except when tion is preceded by s or x. 

* T is only pronounced s when it is followed by a diphthong begin- 
ning with i. 



216 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

Argnrie, aristocrarie, burocra/ie, democrarie, diploma/ie, 
epizoofie, eutroperie, face/ie, imperirie, ineptie, minute, 
propherie, supremarie. 

Balbulier, inirier, sariete. 

Patience, patient , pati enter , impatience, quotient, pati emment, 
impatiemment, s'impatienter. , , 

Caperien, Dioclerien, Domirien, Egyprien, Egyprienne, 
Helverien, Helvetfienne. 

Initial, iniriale, initiative, partial, parriale, impartial, impar- 
riale, parrialite, impartiality, parriaux, imparriaux, mar- 
rial, marriale, nuptial, nupriale, iniria, balburia, and in all 
w or ds in tial and tiale. 

Confidence!, confidenrielle, difference!, differenrielle, essen- 
t'ie\, essenrielle, consubstanriel, consubstanrielle, parcel, 
parrielle, pestilence!, pestilenCelle, and in all words in 
tiel and tielle. 

AmbiCeux, ambiCeuse, capCeux, capCeuse, faceCeux, face- 
Ceuse, facCeux, facCeuse, contenCeux, contenCeuse, 
sediCeux, sediCeuse, and in all words in tieux and tieuse. 

ess like e-ss.* 
Essai, essay ee, essaim, essanger. 

eff like e-ff.* 

EfTet, effacer, efficace, effrayer, and in all words com- 
mencing with eff. 

CC like k-S.f 

Arrent, arrelere, arressible, arrident, succes, snrression, 
succeder, Occident, occipital, and in all words in which 
double c is followed by e or i. 

dd like d-d.f 
Addition, ar/r/itioiinrr, ar/r/itionnel, a<7r/ucteur, ar/r/uction. 

The hyphen shows that the 83 and f are in a ditiorent syllable 
firoin the e, which, though unaccented, is sounded like English «. 

These are exceptions to the rule, that double consonants should 
be sounded as one, and not separated in spelling the wc^rd. A is con- 
sul. -rod a double consonant. 



APPENDIX. 



277 



gg like hard g-j.* 
Su^erer, suggestion. 

11 like 1-1.* 

AZZegorie, aZZegorique, ApoZZon, coZZeter, coZZationner (a 
manuscript), coZZegiale, flageZZation, gaZZicisme, gaZ/icane, 
he/Zenisme, heZZenique, heZZespont, inteZZigence, inteZZi- 
gent, inte/Zigible, iZZegal, iZZegitime, iZZitere, iZZusion, iZZu- 
soire, and in all words beginning with ill. Millenaire, 
millesime, pa/Zier, puZZuler, sateZZite, syZZogisme, vaciller, 
vacillation. 

rr like r-r.* 

Aberration, abhorrer, concurrence, concurrent, errer, 
erreur, horreur, horrible, interregne, irregulier, irregu- 
larite, irriter, irritation, irrigation, and in all words be- 
ginning with irr. Terrestre, terreur, terrible, torrent, 
torride, je courrai, tu courras, il courra, je courrais, tu 
parcourras, il mourrait, tu acquerrais, and in the future 
and conditional of the verbs acquerir, courir, parcourir, 
mourir. 

tt like t-t.* 
A^ique, a^icisme, guttural, pittoresque, attitude. 

X like hard g-Z.* 

Examiner, exemple, exercer, exil, exiler, exister, existence, 
exorde, exorciser, exorcisme, exhalaison, exhausser, exhi- 
ber, exhorter, exhumer, hexacorde, hexametre, and in all 
words beginning with ex or hex, followed by a vowel or an 
h. Preexister, preexistence. 

X like z.* 
Deuxieme, deuxiemement, sixieme, sixain, sixiemement, 
dixieme, dixiemement, dixhuit, Xavier. 

X I ke S* with the hissing sound, 

Soixante, soixantaine, soixantieme, Auxerre, Aurerrois, 
Bruxelles, Bruxellois, Auxonne, JTaintonge, and at the 
end of the words Aix, Cadix, dix, six. 

* See note t, p. 270. 

24 



278 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

ai like e F. or a E. 

Mai, quai, j'ai, j'aurai, j'aimaz, j' aimer ai, ]e chanta/, je 
chanterai, je travaillm, je travailleroi, je planto, je plan- 
ter^', je dir ai, je ferai, je donnm, je donnera/, and at the 
end of all verbs in the preterite and future. 

ai like unaccented e F.* 

Bienfazsance, bienfafsant, feasant, satisfa/sant, fafsan, fai- 
sander, fatsandeau. 

eu, eue, eus, eut, #£e u F. 

Eu, eue, j'eus, tu eus, il eut, nous eumes, vous elites, Us 
eurent, que j'eusse, que tu eusses, qu'il eut, que nous eus- 
sions, que vous eussiez, qu'ils eussent. Gageure, mangewre, 
lacea-re, vergewre. 

01 like e K 
Foiblesse, foible, foiblement, connoissance, connoitre, re- 
connoitre, reconnoissance, paroitre, comparoitre, dispa- 
roitre, je portois, je porterois, tu disois, tu dirois, il diroit, 
and in all imperfect and conditional tenses of verbs. 

ch like k. 

AnacAorete, ancAylose, areAange, AcAab, Anacharsis, arcAi- 
episcopat, arcAiepiscopal, ArcAonte, arcAai'sme, arcAetipe, 
bracAial, Bacchus, baccAie, baccAante, baccAanale, cAaos, 
cAceur, cAoriste, Chorus, CAanaan, catecAumene, cAiro- 
mancie, cAiromancien,cAersonnese, CAaldee, cAakleen,cAi- 
rographie, cAeronee, e^Ao, eurAaristie, CAieti, Civita-vec- 
cAia, MekAisedech, MicAel-ange, lichen, irAtyologie, icA- 
nographie, irAoreux, Mac/iabees, lorA, Lachesis, NaburAo- 
donozor, patriarcAat, technique, philotecAnie, philoterA- 
nique, polytecAnique,pyrotecAnie, pyrotecAnique, terAnolo- 
gie, orcAestre, orcAestique, tarAygraphie, tacAygraphe, va- 
recA. 

gn lih hard g-n. 
Ag-nus, ag-nat, ag-nation, ag-natique, cog-nat, cog-nation, 
diacr-nostic, g-nostique, ig-ne, ig-nition, inexpug-nable, 
ig-nicole, pig-noratif, Prog-ne, reg-nicole, stag-nant, 
Ma g-n ante, stag-nation. 

* That is, in fact, as if no ai were there. 



APPENDIX. 279 

ill not liquid, 
Achille, arrm'ZZaire, codiczVZe, disU'ZZer, je distz'ZZe, tu disU'ZZes, 
il disU'ZZe, &>c, imbec/ZZe, imbeciZZite, mille, Lille, pupzZZe, 
scinU'ZZer, scintz'ZZation, sybi'ZZe, tranqm'ZZite, tranqmZZiser, 
tranqiuZZe, tranquz'ZZement, \ille, village. 

qil not like k, 6wf as in English, 

Aquzdor, ag^arelle, agwatique, agwatile, colligation, colli- 
gwatif, egu&teur, equation, in-^warto, logwace, ^wadruple, 
g^adrupede, tpadrupler, g^adrige, gwadrangulaire, quad- 
rature (du cercle), gwadragesime, gwadragenaire, g^ad- 
rilatere, gwadricolor, ^wadrinome, gwaterne, </waternaire, 
^waternite, gz/adrisyllabe, quaker, quadriennal, qtunqua- 
, gesime, quinquagenaire. 

Kquestre, liquefaction, gesture, gwesteur, quinquennal, 
, quinquennalite, quinquennium. 

E^witation, equilateral, egwiangle, a quia, gwirinal, agwila- 
alba, ubigwiste. 

Qwindecagone, gwinquagesime^winquagenaire, quinquennal. 

gua like gooah E. 
Aiguade, lingual. 

guer like gu-e F. 
Arguer, arguee. 

gu-i.* 

Aiguille, aiguillee, aiguillette, aiguillon, aiguillonner, Due 
de Guise, guisard. 

y like y E. 

Pa-yen, Bisca-yen, Ma-yenne, Ba-yonne, Ba-yonnais, Ga-yac, 
Ja-yet, Ba-yeux. 

aye like e F., in one syllable. 
Je paye, tu payes, il paye, j'essaye, tu essayes, il essaye, &,c. 



* The i not silent, as usual before liquid 11, and pronounced sep- 
arately from gu. 



280 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

am, em, not nasal, but as in English. 

j4mnistie, tfmnistier, Amsterdam, Abraham, Priam. 
Ammon, mammaire, mammifere, mammiforme, indemnite, 
indemniser, em retaining the sound of am. 

em not nasal, but as in English. 

Agamemnon, Clitemnestre, Memnon, Memphis, decemvir, 
septemvir, novemvir, Bethleem, Harlem, harem, hem! idem, 
ite/ft, Jerusalem, Emmanuel, Emmaiis, lemme, dilemme. 

emm like an-m, the an nasal, m as in English. 

Emmener, remmener, emmailloter, emmancher, emman- 
cheur, emmieller, emmiellure, emmenager, emmortaiser, 
emmagasiner, emmuseler, emmanteler, emmariner, and in 
other words beginning with emm. 

emm, the e like a in bat, E. ; the mm like single m 

not nasal. 
Femme, decemment, diligemment, prudemment, indifferem- 

ment, pertinemment, precedemment, and in other words 

in emment. 

im not nasal, but as in English. 

Seh'm, Ephraim, Nairn, interim, parnass/m. 

f 

ym not nasal, like im E. 

Hymne, gymnase, gymnastique, gymnique. 

imm not nasal, but as in English. 

Immortel, immense, immediat, immateriel, immeuble, im- 
mobile, immodeste, immoler, and in all words beginning 
with imm. 

om not nasal, but as in English. 

Automnal, calumnie, calomnier, catamniateur, insomnie, 
BOmnambuie, somnolence, somnifere. 

lllll like Om not nasal. 

Alb//;//, critori/////, deeon/m, diet/////, fact/////, for?/m, geranium, 
medium, mini/////, opium, palladium, post-scripUcifi. 



APPENDIX* 281 

Um like om nasal. 

Venlumvir, duumvir, duumviraX, maximn?n, minimum, Mu- 
seum, pensum, triumvir, triw/nvirat, Khunu 

anil not nasal, and Ike D?S m separate syllables. 

An nales, an nate, annexer, an nexe, an nuel, an nuellement, 
an nuite, an noter, an notation, suran ne, suran nation, 

en like en* F. nasal 

Agenda, dendroide, Benjamin, benjoin, benzo'ique, mentor, 
pentaedre, pentagone, pentametre, pentateuque, placenta, 
pensum, Europeen, vendeen, idumeen, acheen, Cyreneen, 
Jebuseen, pherezeen, eveen, 

en like en E., not nasal. 

Amen, abdomen, endecagone, ensiforme, examen, gramen, 
huile de ben, hymen, lichen, Pensilvanie. 

en like an-n F., an nasal, one n to each syllable. 

En'ivrer, enivremeni, entrant, enorgueillir, enharmonique, 
ewhardir. 

enn like en-n F,, not nasal, an U in each syllable, 

Decennal, deGennat, enneagone, enneandrie, quadriennal, 
quinquennal, triennat, triennal, triennalite, 

enn like an-n F. nasal, an 11 to each syllable. 

Ennui, ennuyer, ennuyeux, s'ennuiter, ennoblir, hennir, 
hennissement 

enn like a-n E. 
Sole nnel, solennite, sole nniser, sole nnisation. 

in like in E, 
In-octavo, in-pace. 

* This sound is the same as nasal in, which is nearly our article an 
pronounced nasally. 

24* 



282 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

inn as in English. 

In navigable, in ne, in nombrable, in novateur, in novation, 
in nover, in nomme, and all other words beginning with 
inn, except innocence and its derivatives. 

un like on F. nasal 
Nuncupatif, nundinal, opuntia, Jtmte, Juncaire. 

ien, ient, like ian F. nasal 

Audience, audiencier, client, clientelle, conscience, coeffi- 
cient, emollient, expedient, experience, efficient, efficiente, 
faience, fiente, fienter, inconvenient, ingredient, impa- 
tience, impatienter, lienterie, patience, patient, paten- 
ter, orient, oriental, orienter, science, scientifique. 

ent like e F., the nt being, in fact , silent. 

lis portent, elles dunsent, ils chantenl, elles m&ngent, ils 
bo'went, ils Yisent, ils com ent, elles bur ent, elles dirent, 
elles brent, elles mzngerent, ils travaillew£, ils donnent, 
elles travaillerfcn£ 

When c unaccented is preceded by a vowel, it is hardly heard at 
all, but the preceding vowel is made long, as in the following ex- 
amples : — 

Us ere ent, ils agre ent, elles se recre ent, elles supple ent, 
ils plient, elles ni ent, ils orient, elles se reorient, ils 
s'alli ent, elles publi ent, ils vari ent, ils solfi ent, elles sup- 
plirnt, ils salu ent, elles distribu ent, elles remu ent, ils 
diminu ent, ils continu ent, elles jou ent, ils vous lou ent, 
elles houent, ils trou ent, elles desavou ent, ils echou ent, 
elles se devouent, ils fiii ent, elles s'ennui ent, ils voi ent, 
elles croi ent, ils se ttftoient, ils rudoient, elles sudoi ent, 
ils nettoient, elles se coudoient, ils louvoi ent, and when- 
ever ent ends the third person plural of any tense of a verb, 

ail like a-ill F., the i silent, and the 1 liquid. 
Attiiv///, 1x7/7, ber.v///, betotV, e-mail, corail, detail, email, 
epouvanta*/, evenfcrii, gouvernoi/, mail, poitr«?7, portaiY, 
serat*/, Botipiratf, travail, &x. 



APPENDIX. 283 

eil like e-ill F., the i silent, and the 1 liquid. 
Appareil, conseil, eveil, orteil, pareil, reveil, soleil, sommeil, 
vermeil, vieil, &c. 

euil like eu-ill F., i silent, 1 liquid. 

Bouvreuil, cerfeuil, chevrefeuil, chevreuil, deuil, ecureuil, 
fauteuil, reseuil, seuil. 

ouil like OU-lll F., i silent, 1 liquid, 
Fenouil. 

11 liquid. 

Avril, babil, cil, mil (for millet), peril, emeril, gresil, and 
gentil (when followed by a vowel). 

II like 1 F., the 1 being silent. 

Fusil, outil, sourcil, nombril, coutil, chenil, baril, gril, per- 
sil, fenil, gentil. 

C, f, 1, r, sihmt at the end of words. 

Cotignac, estomac, tabac, un lacs, almanacA, respecYs, 
echecs, eric (a lever), sou/, pou/s, cuZ, au/x, Monsieur. 

Pronounce the final letters of the following words : — 

Arc, Marc (St.), pare, talc, busc, muse, fisc, turc, bourg, 
serf, mars, gars, est (wind), ouest, lest, zist, zest, contact, 
compact, tact, intact, rapt, correct, direct, indirect, ab- 
ject, le Christ, laps, relaps. 

As, hippocras, atlas, Jonas, Matthias, Agesilas, Jonathas, 
and other proper names in as. 

Gratis, vis, bis, lis, mais, jadis, devis, bris, indivis, tourne- 
vis, in extremis, metis, Parisis, Dervis, pubis, Iris, The- 
mis, Briseis, ibis, Dumasis. 

Tetanos, Rhinoceros, Lesbos, pathos. 

Blocus, argus, calus, chorus, quitus, foetus, hiatus, sinus, 
anus, rasibus, cholera-morbus, obtus, palus, prospectus, 
rebus, sus, agnus, angelus, phebus, oremus, olibrius, mo- 



284 FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 

tus, intrus, picpus, bibus, Titus, Venus, and other Latin 

words ending in us. 
Fat, opiat, vivat, Goliath, mat {mate at chess). 
Tacet, Bajazet, Achmet, net, Nazareth, Elisabeth, un fait. 
Rit, preterit, aconit, granit, prurit, zenith, deficit, transit, 

accessit, introit. 
Dot, astaroth. 
Brut, rut, chut, preciput. 
Amer, cher, fer, enfer, hiver, mer, ver, cuiller, ether, belve- 

der, fier, hier, Jupiter, pater, frater, Messer, Gaster, and 

other Latin words in er. 
David, sud, joug, cap, cep, sep, Alep, Sens, ains, Rheims, 

Rubens (ens), one. 

The last consonant of the following words is only pronounced, 
when the word ends a phrase : — 

Sot, mot, tous, broc, pore, os, Jesus. 

Temps, gens, sens, cinq, six, sept, huit, neuf, dix, done. 



Very Irregular Words. 

ez, etZ, az, like es F., the S hissing. 

Fez, Suez, Rhodez, Sanchez, Vasquez, Rodriguez, Metz, 
gaz. 

es, est, like e F. 
Tu es, ces, des, les, mes, tes, ses, il est, elle est, on est. 

et, ais, oe, like e F. 
Et (conjunction), je sais, axumenique, cedeme, eesophage. 

gan like Can F., nasal, 
gangrene, gangrener, gangreneux. 

gai Eke je F. gon like jon F. 

Harfeqjwtson. AL°ywquin. 

je like i-e F. aye like a-i-eu F. 

Cajeput. Anda-ye, Bisca-ye, Bla-ye. 






APPENDIX. 285 

oeil like euill F., i silent, 1 liquid. 
GEil, ceillade, oeillet, oeilleton, oeillere, 

CUeil like keuill F,, l silent, 1 liquid. 
Accueil, accueillir, ecueil, recueil, recueillir, recueillement. 

gueil like gueuill F., gU to mark hard g, i silent, 11 liquid. 

Orgueil, orgueilleux, orgueilleuse, orgueilleusement, s'enor- 
gueillir, 

11 liquid. glie liquid. 

Sulli. Le Due de Broglie. 

celle like shelle E. 
Vermicelle, Violoncelle. 

sch like sh E. 
Schisme, schismatique, schiste. 

sh like sh E. ker as in English. 

Sheri£ Quaker. 

e like e F. ue like ooa E. 

Cicerone, cantabile. Duegne. 

In the following words, the silent letters are in Italics : — 

Aout, aouteron, aoriste, Saone, taon. 

Caen, douceatre, asseoir, surseoir. 

Encoignure, oignon. 

Faon, faonner, paon, paonne, 

Beu/s, cewfs. 

San^sue, signet, Reynard, Renault. 

Automne, dar/mer, damnation, condaTnner, condamna- 
tion. 

Bapteme, baptiser, baptistere, compte, compter, comp- 
toir, decoinpter, mecompte, dompter, domptable, 
exempter, indomitable, sept, septieme, septieme- 
ment, promote, promptement, promptitude. 



a 
e 
i 
o 

fs 

g 
m 



286 



FRENCH ACCIDENCE. 



+ 1 



Desquels, desquelles, lesquels, lesquelles, Desbarreaux, 
Desfontaines, Des touches, and other proper names 
beginning with des ; and, in these words having silent 
s, the e preceding the s is sounded like a in base, 
th Asthme, as/Amatique. 

e Devourment, denouement, engoucment, denuement, 
aboiement, reniement, enrouement,remu£ment, cru- 
cifiement, devoiement, &,c. 

Nous plierons, vous plierez, ils plieront, &c. 

Nous continuerons, vous continucrez, ils continue- 
ront, &/C. 

Nous jouerions, vous joueriez, ils joucroient, &c. 

The vowel which precedes e silent is long. 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: Sept. 2006 

PreservatlonTechnologies 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATlO* 
1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724)779-2111 



